HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE & CABLE CORP
10-Q, 1996-08-19
COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE & CABLE CORP, 10-Q/A, 1996-08-19
Next: FOAMEX L P, 10-Q, 1996-08-19












              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements


                  For the quarterly period ended June 30, 1996





<PAGE>



                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q

                QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the quarterly period ended June 30, 1996    Commission file number 1-11484
                               -------------                          --------

                       HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


             Delaware                               13-652685
- -------------------------------           -----------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)


                  100 First Stamford Place, Stamford, CT 06902
                         (Address of principal executive
                                    offices)
                                  (203)348-9069
               Registrant's telephone number, including area code



Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding  twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past ninety days.

                                                              
       Yes  X     No


Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock as of the lastest possible date:




Common Stock, $.001 par  value                        4,166,626 Shares
- ------------------------------                        ----------------
          (Class)                    (Outstanding at August 19, 1996 )



<PAGE>









              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                                Table of Contents


Part I.  Financial Information                                      Page No.

         Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets                          2

         Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations                3

         Consolidated Condensed Statements of Stockholders' Equity      4

         Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows                5

         Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements           6

         Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition   9
         and Results of Operations

Part II. Other Information                                             16

Signature                                                              18




<PAGE>


                          Part I. Financial Information
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets
                        (In thousands, except share data)

                                 Assets  June 30, 1996         December 31, 1995
                                 ------  -------------         -----------------
                                         (unaudited)
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents             $      19,327         $        16,192
    Restricted cash                               2,164                   1,757
    Accounts receivable                           4,582                   1,399
    VAT receivable, net                           5,438                   4,432
    Prepayments and other                            34                     131
    Other current assets                          1,817                   1,598
                                            -----------             -----------
             Total current assets                33,362                  25,509
                                            -----------             -----------
Property, plant, and equipment                   63,410                  55,353
Less accumulated depreciation                     2,435                   1,131
                                            -----------             -----------
             Property, plant and equipment,
                net                              60,975                  54,222
                                            -----------             -----------
Goodwill and intangibles, less accumulated 
   amortization                                  15,368                  19,768
Other assets                                      1,963                   6,570
Construction deposits                             7,702                   4,318
                                            -----------             -----------
Total assets $                                  119,370         $       110,387
                                          =============             ===========

                          Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
                          ------------------------------------
Current liabilities:
    Current installments of long-term debt $       9,235         $        9,699
    Short term loans                              70,773                 33,982
    Accounts payable                               5,557                  8,835
    Due to related parties                         5,004                  3,075
    Accruals                                       2,060                  5,564
    Other current liabilities                      6,387                  2,253
                                             -----------             -----------
             Total current liabilities            99,016                 63,408
Long-term debt, excluding current installments    25,430                 23,467
Advance subscriber payments, long term                 0                  2,136
                                             -----------             -----------
             Total liabilities                   124,446                 89,011
                                             -----------             -----------
Commitments and contingencies
Minority interest                                  2,295                  5,637
                                             -----------             -----------
Stockholders' equity:
    Common stock, $.001 par value. Authorized
        10,000,000 shares; issued 4,166,626 shares
        in 1996 and 4,015,039 shares in 1995           3                      4
    Additional  paid-in capital                   46,834                 45,358
    Accumulated deficit                          (47,582)               (26,192)
    Foreign currency translation adjustment       (5,750)                (2,381)
    Deferred compensation                           (876)                (1,050)
                                             ------------            -----------
             Total stockholders' equity           (7,371)                15,739
                                             ------------            -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders equity  $     119,370            $   110,387
                                             ===========            ===========


See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.


<PAGE>


                          Part I. Financial Information
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations
        For the Three and Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
                        ( In thousands, except share and
                          per share data) ( Unaudited )

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 
                                            Three Months Ended                 Six Months Ended
                                                 June 30,                         June 30,
                                          ------------------------               --------------
                                             1996          1995               1996            1995
<S>                                    <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>    
TELEPHONE SERVICES REVENUES, NET        $   4,534   $        832         $     9,693    $     1,239
Operating expenses:
    Operating and maintenance expenses      6,510          5,342              11,474          6,676
    Depreciation and amortisation             924            309               1,917            765
    Management fees                         2,011            466               3,353            888
                                          -------         ------             -------        -------
    Total Operating Expenses                9,445          6,117              16,744          8,329
                                          -------         ------             -------        -------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS                       (4,911)        (5,285)             (7,051)        (7,090)
Other income (expenses):
    Foreign exchange losses                  (178)        (1,468)             (1,590)        (1,146)
    Interest expense                       (3,944)          (664)             (6,881)          (909)
    Interest income                           700            268                 892            404
    Other, net                                247                                459
                                          -------         ------             -------

LOSS BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST              (8,086)        (7,149)           (14,171)         (8,741)

MINORITY INTEREST                             649            994                 967          1,368
                                          -------         ------             -------        -------

LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS            (7,437)        (6,155)            (13,204)        (7,373)

EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                         (8,186)                            (8,186)
                                          --------        -------           ---------


NET LOSS                               $  (15,623)    $   (6,155)        $   (21,390)   $    (7,373)
                                          ========        =======           =========       ========


LOSS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

    BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM          $      1.76    $       2.17       $       3.18   $       2.65

    EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                 $      1.94                       $       1.97
                                          --------         -------            -------       --------
    NET LOSS $                              (3.70)    $      (2.17)      $      (5.15)  $      (2.65)
                                        ==========         =========          =========      =========

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF
COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING                 4,215,106       2,830,471          4,148,039      2,777,744
                                          =========       =========          =========      =========


</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.


<PAGE>






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Foreign
                                                    Additional             Currency                   Total
                                            Common   Paid-in  Accumulated Translation  Deferred   Stockholders
                                 Shares      Stock   Capital    Deficit   Adjustment   Compensation  Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>
Balances at December 31, 1995    4,015,039  $     4   45,358   (26,192)    (2,381)     (1,050)         $ 15,739

Common stock issuance              250,000             3,219                                              3,219

Exercise of warrants                 3,016                31                                                 31

Cancellation of shares            (101,429)      (1)  (1,774)                                            (1,775)

Net loss                                                       (21,390)                                 (21,390)

Foreign currency translation adjustment                                    (3,369)                       (3,369)

Earned compensation                                                                       174               174
                                 ---------        -   ------   --------    -------       ----           -------                    
Balances at June 30, 1996        4,166,626  $     3   46,834   (47,582)    (5,750)       (876)        $  (7,371)
                                 =========        =   ======   ========    =======       =====          =======

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.



<PAGE>


                          Part I. Financial Information
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
              For the Six Month Period Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
                                 (In thousands)
                                  ( Unaudited )

                                                    1996                  1995
                                                    ----                  ----

Net cash used in operating activities      $     (11,928)        $        2,961
                                               ----------             ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Acquisition of property and equipment       (13,679)               (12,721)
     Cash received from sale of subsidiaries 
          stock                                                           1,464

     Acquisition of interests in subsidiaries       (330)                   293
     Adjustment of minority interest                                     (1,382)
     Adjustment of Company's share of the excess of
        proceeds over book value of subsidiaries' 
         shares purchased by Telecom Danmark                               (737)
     (Increase) decrease in intangible assets       (731)                   404
     Loan receivable                                                        (11)
                                                ---------             ----------

Net cash used in investing activities            (14,740)               (12,690)
                                               ----------             ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Borrowings under long-term debt               1,499                  8,531
     Proceeds from short term loans               78,773                    354
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock                               1,220
     Repayment of short term loans               (50,752)
     Increase in amount payable to related party                            511
                                                ---------              ---------
         Net cash provided by financing 
            activities                             29,520                10,616
                                                ---------              ---------
Effect of foreign exchange rate  changes on cash      283                   128
                                                ---------              ---------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 
    equivalents                                     3,135                 1,015
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   16,192                 6,966
                                                ---------              ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $       19,327         $       7,981
                                                =========              =========


See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.


<PAGE>


                          Part I. Financial Information
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)


       (1)    Basis of Presentation

              The accompanying  condensed consolidated financial statements have
              been  prepared  without  audit and, in the  opinion of  management
              include all  adjustments,  consisting  mainly of normal  recurring
              accruals necessary for fair presentation.  Results for the interim
              periods are not  necessarily  indicative of the results for a full
              year.

       (2)    Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

              (a)  Cash and Cash Equivalents:
                   At June  30,  1996  cash of  $3,038,000  denominated  in U.S.
                   dollars was on deposit  with a major money center bank and in
                   a U.S.  Treasury money market fund, in the United States.  In
                   addition,   at  June   30,   1996   $16,289,000   ($9,002,000
                   denominated  in U.S.  dollars,  the  equivalent  of  $556,000
                   denominated  in German  Deutsche  Marks and the equivalent of
                   $6,731,000  denominated in Hungarian  Forints) was on deposit
                   with Hungarian  government-owned  banks and a foreign bank in
                   Hungary.

             (b)   Restricted Cash:
                   At  June  30,   1996,   approximately   $2,164,000   of  cash
                   denominated  in  Hungarian   Forints  was  restricted   under
                   concession contract fulfillment  guarantees with restrictions
                   to be removed  principally upon the successful  attainment of
                   certain   operational   requirements  as  prescribed  in  the
                   concession  agreements.  The  Company  expects to satisfy the
                   operational requirements in 1996 and therefore the restricted
                   cash is shown as a current asset.

       (3)    Related Parties

              Due to related parties of $5,004,000 at June 30, 1996 is comprised
              of the  following:  $33,000 due to Hungarian  Teleconstruct  Corp.
              ("Teleconstruct")  for rent and  other  services,  plus  interest;
              $1,556,000  due to  TeleDanmark  A/S ("TDI") for  management  fees
              accrued under the  management  agreement;  and  $3,415,000  due to
              Citizens   Utilities   Company   ("Citizens")   for   reimbursable
              management  costs and management fees accrued under the management
              services agreement .

              Included in other assets at June 30, 1996 is a deposit of $250,000
              paid to Teleconstruct for the purchase of a residential  apartment
              for which  title  passed to the company  subsequent  to the period
              end, and  $250,000  due from a former  director of the Company for
              funds advanced on a personal mortgage.

              The Company  purchased  from  Teleconstruct  the premises  used as
              offices by the Company and its subsidiary  HTCC  Consulting Rt. in
              Budapest, Hungary for a price of $393,000.

              The  Company  also  paid  legal  fees  to  a  former   officer  of
              approximately $71,000,  during the six months ended June 30, 1996,
              and a further $75,000 on July 1, 1996.

              Included in long term debt at June 30, 1996 is approximately  $6.0
              million  borrowed from TDI by  subsidiaries  under a  subordinated
              loan agreement.


<PAGE>


                          Part I. Financial Information
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)

       (4)    Credit Facility

              On March  29,  1996,  the  Company  entered  into a $75.0  million
              Secured  Term  Loan  Credit  Facility  ("Credit   Facility")  and,
              together  with HTCC  Consulting,  a related  Pledge  and  Security
              Agreement  with Citicorp North  America,  Inc.  Advances under the
              Credit  Facility may be requested  through  December 31, 1996. The
              Credit  Facility will bear  interest  rates of 4.5% and 3.5% above
              LIBOR or  Citicorp's  announced  base  rate,  respectively  at the
              Company's  option,  up to June 30, 1996. The spreadsover LIBOR and
              Citicorp's  announced  base rate will  increase  by 1% per quarter
              until  maturity on December  31, 1996.  As of June 30,  1996,  the
              Company used $70,773,000 from the Credit Facility to repay all the
              funds  advanced  or  guaranteed  by  Citizens  and  Chemical  Bank
              pursuant to the Citizens Loan Agreement,  and to meet  contractual
              commitments to contractors pursuant to construction  contracts. In
              April,  1996,  the Company  recorded an  extraordinary  loss for a
              non-cash charge of  approximately  $8.2 million  representing  the
              write off of the remaining  unamortized  deferred  financing costs
              pertaining to the Citizens Loan Agreement.

              The  Company  has  engaged  two  investment   banks  to  serve  as
              underwriters  for the placement of  approximately  $125 million of
              debt securities of the Company,  such  underwriting is anticipated
              to close in the second half of 1996.

       (5)    Construction Commitments

              In September of 1994 Kelet-Nograd Com entered into local telephone
              contracts with unrelated  corporations to provide their respective
              services. Re-negotiations of the largest contract have resulted in
              a cancellation  of a significant  portion of the contract scope of
              work  under  the  original  contract  and a  negotiation  of a new
              contract  to perform  the  portion  cancelled  under the  original
              contract.   This   change  has   resulted  in  a  cost  saving  to
              Kelet-Nograd  Com. The new contract is anticipated to be signed by
              mid-September  1996. The contracts,  including the renegotiations,
              totalled approximately $33.5 million.  Approximately $4.5 million,
              was paid in advance under the original contract. The balance sheet
              as of June 30, 1996  included  $2.8 million of  remaining  advance
              payments to be applied against future contract invoices.

              On  May  10,  1996,  Papa  es  Tersege   Telefon   Koncesszios  Rt
              ("Papatel") entered into a contract with an unrelated  corporation
              which provides for the construction of a local telephone  exchange
              in its  service  area on a  turnkey  basis,  at a fixed  price  of
              approximately  $13.2 million.  Included in the contract price is $
              2.0  million  in  settlement  of the  contractors  claims for work
              performed  prior  to the  acquisition  of  Papatel.  Of this  $2.0
              million, $1.3 million was recorded at the acquisition date and the
              remaining  $0.7  million  has been  reflected  as an  increase  in
              goodwill. The contract requires full completion of construction in
              1996.

              In addition, on June 3, 1996, Papatel entered into a contract with
              an unrelated corporation to provide a local telephone network with
              capacity  of 2,500  lines in the Papa  primary  region  at a fixed
              price of $2.9 million.  The contract  requires 100%  completion by
              the end of 1996.


<PAGE>


                          Part I. Financial Information
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)



              On May 23, 1996, Hungarotel  Tavkozlesi Rt ("Hungarotel")  entered
              into a contract  with an  unrelated  corporation  to  provide  for
              construction of a telephone  network with capacity of 11,000 lines
              in its Oroshaza  service  area at a fixed price of $14.2  million.
              The contract requires 60% completion by December 31, 1996 and 100%
              completion by the end of February 1997.

              In addition,  on June 28, 1996, Hungarotel entered into a contract
              with an unrelated corporation to provide for the construction of a
              telephone   network  with  a  capacity  of  40,000  lines  in  its
              Bekescsaba  service  area at a fixed price of $45.0  million.  The
              contract  requires  installation  of 14,000  lines by December 31,
              1996, and the remaining  26,000  additional  lines by December 31,
              1997.  Financing will be provided by the contractor for the entire
              contract amount. The financing  agreement requires repayment in 19
              quarterly installments commencing on March 31, 1998 with the final
              payment  due  December  31,  2002.  Interest  will be charged at a
              variable  rate  computed as the  weighted  average of the 6 and 12
              month  Hungarian  National  Treasury  Bill  interest rate for each
              quarter  plus  2.5%.  Interest  payments  may  be  deferred  until
              December 31, 1997.

              The  Company  has paid $7.7  million at June 30,  1996 as advanced
              payments on construction contracts. The construction contracts are
              denominated in U.S. dollars or Deutsche Marks and are invoiced and
              payable in equivalent HUF amounts.

       (6)    Subsequent Event

              On July 26, 1996, the Company entered into Termination and Release
              Agreements,  Consulting Agreements and Non-competition  Agreements
              with its  former  Chief  Executive  and  Chairman  of the Board of
              Directors,  former Vice  Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  and
              former Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and Director.
              Pursuant  to these  agreements,  the  Company  has  agreed to make
              payments for severance, consulting fees and non-compete agreements
              amounting to $7.25 million, in equal monthly instalments over a 72
              month period  commencing  August 31, 1996.  These  commitments are
              secured on letters of credit, guaranteed by the Company.

              The Company will record a charge in the three month period  ending
              September 30, 1996 related to these agreements.

       (7)    Acquisition Adjustment

              On May 21,  1996,  the Company and  Central  Euro  TeleKom ( CET )
              entered into a Settlement  Agreement  whereby the number of shares
              to be  issued  to CET  in  connection  with  the  acquisitions  of
              Hungarotel and Papatel was reduced based upon certain post-closing
              purchase price adjustments.  Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement,
              the number of shares was  reduced by  101,429.  The  reduction  in
              purchase  price was  reflected  as a reduction to goodwill and the
              reduction in the number of shares was  reflected as a reduction to
              common stock and additional paid-in-capital.





<PAGE>



              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)


Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
        of Operations

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

Three Months Ended June 30, 1996 Compared With Three Months Ended June 30, 1995

Net Revenues

         The Company  recorded net revenues of $4.5 million for the three months
ended June 30, 1996 as compared to $0.8  million for the three months ended June
30, 1996, an increase of approximately $3.7 million.

         Measured service revenues  increased $3.9 million from $1.0 million for
the three  months ended June 30, 1995 to $4.9 million for the three months ended
June 30, 1996,  which was  partially  offset by an increase in net  interconnect
charges of $1.6  million  from  approximately  $0.4 million for the three months
ended June 30, 1995 to $2.1  million for the three  months  ended June 30, 1996.
This increase in measured  service revenues was the result of a 365% increase in
average  access lines in service to 72,489 as compared to 15,582 access lines in
the comparable  three-month  period.  The principal  reason for this significant
increase in lines was the addition of 44,414 lines in the Hungarotel and Papatel
areas which were  acquired  from Matav on December  31, 1995.  Measured  service
revenues also  increased due to increased  average rates and call volume for the
three  months ended June 30, 1996 as compared to the three months ended June 30,
1995.

         The Company  recognized  $1.5 million of revenues from  connection  and
monthly  subscription  fees  during  the three  months  ended  June 30,  1996 as
compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 1995. The principal
reasons  for this  increase  relate to the  addition of  subscription  fees from
Hungarotel and Papatel, which were not owned by the Company in the prior period,
and the Company's ongoing network  construction  program in all of the operating
areas which resulted in the connection of 2,641  subscribers in the three months
ended June 30, 1996 as compared to the connection of 70 subscribers in the three
months  ended June 30 ,1995.  Subscription  fees also  increased  due to a 34.1%
increase  in  monthly  Hungarian  Forint   subscription   rates  offset  by  the
devaluation of the Hungarian Forint versus the U.S. Dollar.

         Other  revenues  increased  to $199  thousand in the three months ended
June 30, 1996 as compared to $35 thousand in the  comparable  1995 period.  This
increase  reflects  additional  revenues  from the  provision  of direct  lines,
telephone leasing and telephone sales.

Operating and Maintenance Expenses

         Operating and maintenance  expenses for the three months ended June 30,
1996  increased  $1.2  million,  or 21.9%,  to $6.5  million as compared to $5.3
million for the comparable 1995 period.  The $5.3 million of operating  expenses
incurred in the period  ended June 30, 1995  included  $3.3  million of deferred
stock compensation and $0.6 million of asset write-downs.  Included in operating
and  maintenance  expenses for the three months ended June 30, 1996 was deferred
stock  compensation  of  $0.1  million.  All of  these  were  non-cash  charges.
Operating and maintenance expenses adjusted to remove the effect of the deferred
stock  compensation and asset write-downs were $1.4 million and $6.4 million for
the three months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The reasons for the
increase in adjusted  operating  expenses include $ 2.1 million  attributable to
the inclusion of Hungarotel and Papatel, $0.2 million attributable to additional
maintenance  expenses in KNC and  Raba-Com  which had 9,936 more access lines in
operation  during the 1996 period,  and $2.7 million  attributable to additional
expenses incurred by the Company to meet its increased managerial  requirements.
On a per line basis,  however,  adjusted maintenance expenses decreased from $90
per average  access line for the three months ended June 30, 1995 to $88 for the
three  months  ended  June  30,  1996  as  the  Company  achieved   productivity
improvements, including the decreased use of labor intensive manual switchboards
and the increased use of modern switching technology.



<PAGE>


              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)



Depreciation and Amortization

         Depreciation  and amortization  charges  increased $0.6 million to $0.9
million for the three months ended June 30, 1996 as compared to $0.3 million for
the comparable  1995 period.  This increase was due to the increase in the value
of plant and lines in operation,  including the additional  47,895 average lines
in Papatel  and  Hungarotel,  during  the three  months  ended June 30,  1996 as
compared  to the  previous  period.  As the  Company  proceeds  with its capital
expenditure   programs  in  each  of  the  operating  areas,  it  believes  that
depreciation and  amortization  expenses will increase as more assets are placed
into operation.

Management Fees

         Management fees payable to Citizens and Tele Danmark, pursuant to their
respective management agreements, increased $1.5 million to $2.0 million for the
three  months  ended June 30,  1996 from $0.5  million for the  comparable  1995
period.  Citizens'  monthly  management fees commenced July 1, 1995 and, for the
three  months  ended June 30,  1996,  amounted  to $1.6  million,  of which $0.8
million was for reimbursable costs.

Loss from Operations

         Loss from operations  decreased by $0.4 million to $4.9 million for the
three  months  ended June 30, 1996 from $5.3  million for the three months ended
June 30, 1995.  This decrease was  principally due to the $0.7 million of income
from operations contributed by Hungarotel which was acquired December 31, 1995.

Foreign Exchange Losses

         Foreign  exchange  losses  decreased $1.3 million from $1.5 million for
the three  months ended June 30, 1995 to $0.2 million for the three months ended
June 30, 1996. Such foreign exchange losses resulted from the devaluation of the
Hungarian  Forint  against the U.S.  Dollar and the German Mark. The Company has
incurred debt and other  obligations  which are denominated in U.S.  Dollars and
German  Marks in order to commence  the  construction  of its  telecommunication
networks.  During the three  months ended June 30, 1996,  the  Hungarian  Forint
devalued against a basket of major currencies by 4.3% as compared to 5.1% in the
three  months ended June 30, 1995.  The  decrease in foreign  exchange  loss was
primarily attributable to the reduced devaluation of the Hungarian Forint in the
1996 period and an  adjustment  in the June 30, 1995  quarter of $1.1 million to
record the  exchange  loss on a contract  entered into in the period at historic
exchange  rates. It is the policy of the National Bank of Hungary to continue to
devalue the  Hungarian  Forint in order to ensure its relative  competitiveness.
For the remainder of 1996,  the National  Bank of Hungary has announced  that it
will manage the  devaluation  of the Hungarian  Forint against a basket of major
currencies  at a 1.2%  rate  per  month.  Since  a  substantial  portion  of the
Company's  liabilities  are  denominated in currencies  other than the Hungarian
Forint,  the Company expects to continue to incur  additional  foreign  currency
losses in the future.

Net Interest Expense

         Net  interest  expense  increased  $3.2 million to $3.9 million for the
three  months  ended June 30,  1996 as  compared  to $0.7  million for the three
months  ended  June  30,  1995.  The  principal  reason  for this  increase  was
attributable  to higher  average  debt levels in the three months ended June 30,
1996  as  compared  to  the  comparable  1995  period  as the  Company  incurred
indebtedness  in order to commence the  construction  of its  telecommunications
networks.  An increase in interest  income of $0.4 million from $0.3 million for
the three month  period  ended June 30, 1995 to $0.7 million for the three month
period ended June 30, 1996 was due to higher average cash balances.  The average
rate of interest accrued by the Company on its indebtedness decreased from 23.1%
for the three  months  ended June 30, 1995 to 14.8% for the three  months  ended
June 30, 1996 as the proportion of U.S dollar denominated debt increased in the
1996 period.



<PAGE>


              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Other

         Other  income  increased  from nil for the three  months ended June 30,
1995 to $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 1996 principally due to
income from ancillary activities and the sale of non-operating assets.

Loss Before Extraordinary Item

         As a result of the factors discussed above,  loss before  extraordinary
items increased $1.2 million to $7.4 million for the three months ended June 30,
1996 from $6.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 1995.

Extraordinary Item

         For the three  months  ended June 30,  1996,  the  Company  recorded an
extraordinary  item  for a  non-cash  charge  of  $8.2  million  related  to the
write-off of the remaining  unamortized  deferred  financing costs pertaining to
the Citizens Loan Agreement, on repayment of the relevant loan.

Net Loss
         As a result of the factors  discussed above, for the three months ended
June 30, 1996, the Company recorded a net loss of $15.6 million as compared to a
net loss of $6.2 million for the period ended June 30, 1995.

Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 Compared With Six Months Ended June 30, 1995


<PAGE>


              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)


         Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1996 were  approximately
$9.7 million as compared to approximately  $1.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1995, an increase of $8.5 million, or 708%.

         Measured service revenues  increased $8.5 million from $1.5 million for
the six months  ended June 30, 1995 to $10.0  million  for the six months  ended
June 30, 1996,  which was  partially  offset by an increase in net  interconnect
charges of $3.6 million from approximately $0.6 million for the six months ended
June 30,  1995 to $4.2  million  for the six months  ended June 30,  1996.  This
increase in measured service revenues reflects a 524% increase in average access
lines in service to 69,936 as compared  to11,206  access lines in the comparable
six-month  period.  The principal reason for this significant  increase in lines
was that the Company commenced operations in Raba-Com on January 1, 1995, in KNC
on March 1, 1995 and in Hungarotel and Papatel on December 31, 1995. Results for
the six month period  ended June 30, 1995 only include six months of  operations
for Raba-Com and four months of operations for KNC as compared to the six months
ended June 30, 1996, which include the results of operations for all four of the
Company's  operating  subsidiaries  for  the  entire  period.  Measured  service
revenues also  increased due to increased  average rates and call volume for the
six months  ended June 30,  1996 as  compared  to the six months  ended June 30,
1995.  As a result,  net  measured  service  revenues  per  average  access line
increased $12 from $71 per average access line for the six months ended June 30,
1995 to $83 for the six months ended June 30, 1996.

         The Company  recognized  $3.2 million of revenues from  connection  and
monthly  subscription fees during the six months ended June 30, 1996 as compared
to $0.3  million  for the six months  ended June 30,  1995,  an increase of $2.9
million. The principal reason for this increase relates to the Company's ongoing
network construction program in all of the Operating Areas which resulted in the
connection  of 9,653  subscribers  in the six  months  ended  June  30,  1996 as
compared to the  connection  of 70  subscribers  in the six months ended June 30
,1995.  Subscription  fees also  increased due to the greater  average number of
access lines in operation  during the six months ended June 30, 1996 and a 34.1%
increase  in  monthly  Hungarian  Forint   subscription   rates  offset  by  the
devaluation of the Hungarian Forint versus the U.S. Dollar.

         Other revenues  increased to $0.7 million for the six months ended June
30, 1996 as  compared  to $0.1  million for the  comparable  1995  period.  This
increase  reflects  additional  revenues  from the  provision  of direct  lines,
telephone leasing and telephone sales.

Operating and Maintenance Expenses

         Operating  and  maintenance  expenses for the six months ended June 30,
1996  increased  $4.8  million,  or 72%,  to $11.5  million as  compared to $6.7
million for the  comparable  1995  period.  The $6.7  million of  operating  and
maintenance  expenses  incurred in the period ended June 30, 1995  includes $3.6
million of deferred stock  compensation  and $0.6 million of asset  write-downs.
Included in operating and maintenance expenses for the six months ended June 30,
1996 was deferred stock  compensation  of $0.2 million and asset  write-downs of
$0.6 million All of these items were non-cash charges. Operating and maintenance
expenses  adjusted to remove the effect of the deferred stock  compensation  and
asset  write-downs  increased  $8.2 million to $10.7 million as compared to $2.5
million for the  comparable  1995 period.  The reasons for this increase  relate
primarily to the  inclusion of results for all four  operating  subsidiaries  as
discussed  above,  which resulted in an increase in the number of average access
line in operation of 58,730. On a per line basis,  however,  adjusted  operating
and maintenance expenses decreased from $223 per average access line for the six
months  ended June 30,  1995 to $153 for the six months  ended June 30,  1996 as
high  labor  cost  manual  switchboards  were  eliminated  and the use of modern
digital switching technology was increased.



<PAGE>


              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Depreciation and Amortization

         Depreciation  and amortization  charges  increased $1.1 million to $1.9
million in the six months  ended June 30, 1996 as  compared to $0.8  million for
the comparable  1995 period.  This increase stems from the fact that the Company
had significantly more fixed assets in operation as there were 58,730 more lines
in  operation,   including  46,911  additional  average  lines  in  Papatel  and
Hungarotel,  during  the six  months  ended  June 30,  1996 as  compared  to the
previous period. As the Company proceeds with its capital  expenditure  programs
in each of the Operating  Areas, it believes that  depreciation and amortization
expenses will increase as more assets are placed into operation.

Management Fees

         Management fees payable to Citizens and Tele Danmark, pursuant to their
respective management agreements, increased $2.5 million to $3.4 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 from $0.9 million for the comparable 1995 period,
principally because fees to Citizens commenced July 1, 1995.

Loss from Operations

         Loss from  operations  remained  unchanged at $7.1 million for both the
six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996.  The operating  loss in the 1996 period
was  principally  due to additional  expenses  incurred by the Company to expand
management,  project  oversight,  engineering  design and systems  which will be
needed to achieve rapid line growth and revenue  increases,  and provide for the
introduction and control of new services.

Foreign Exchange Losses

         Foreign  exchange  losses  increased $0.5 million from $1.1 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1995 to $1.6 million for the six months ended June
30, 1996.  Such foreign  exchange  losses  resulted from the  devaluation of the
Hungarian  Forint  against the U.S.  Dollar and the German Mark. The Company has
incurred debt and other  obligations  which are denominated in U.S.  Dollars and
German  Marks in order to commence  the  construction  of its  telecommunication
networks.  During  the six months  ended June 30,  1996,  the  Hungarian  Forint
devalued  against a basket of major  currencies by 4.3%. It is the policy of the
National Bank of Hungary to continue to devalue the Hungarian Forint in order to
ensure its relative  competitiveness.  For the  remainder of 1996,  the National
Bank of  Hungary  has  announced  that it will  manage  the  devaluation  of the
Hungarian  Forint at a 1.2% rate per month.  Since a substantial  portion of the
Company's  liabilities  are  denominated in currencies  other than the Hungarian
Forint,  the Company expects to continue to incur  additional  foreign  currency
losses in the future.

Net Interest Expense

         Net interest expense increased $6.0 million to $6.9 million for the six
months  ended June 30, 1996 as compared to $0.9 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1995. The principal reason for this increase was attributable to higher
average  debt  levels in the six months  ended June 30,  1996 as compared to the
comparable 1995 period as the Company incurred indebtedness in order to commence
the construction of its telecommunications  networks.  Interest income increased
from $0.4  million for the six month  period ended June 30, 1995 to $0.9 million
for the six  month  period  ended  June 30,  1995  due to  higher  average  cash
balances.   The  average  rate  of  interest  accrued  by  the  Company  on  its
indebtedness  decreased  to 16.0%  for the six  months  ended  June 30,  1996 as
compared to 21.6% for the six months ended June 30, 1995,  as the  proportion of
US dollar denominated debt increased.

Other

         Other income  increased from nil for the six months ended June 30, 1995
to $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 principally due to income
from ancillary activities and the sale of non-operating assets.

<PAGE>



              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)


Loss Before Extraordinary Item

         As a result of the factors discussed above,  loss before  extraordinary
item  increased  $5.8 million to $13.2 million for the six months ended June 30,
1996 from $7.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995.

Extraordinary Item

         For the six  months  ended  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  recorded  an
extraordinary  item  for a  non-cash  charge  of  $8.2  million  related  to the
write-off of the remaining  unamortized  deferred  financing costs pertaining to
the Citizens Loan Agreement, on repayment of the relevant loan.

Net Loss

         As a result of the factors  discussed  above,  for the six months ended
June 30, 1996, the Company recorded a net loss of $21.4 million as compared to a
net loss of $15.6 million for the period ended June 30, 1995.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The Company was  considered a development  stage company  through March
31, 1995. It has historically funded its capital requirements  primarily through
a combination of debt, equity and vendor financing.  The ongoing development and
installation  of the network in each of the Company's  operating  areas requires
significant capital expenditures.  These expenditures,  together with associated
operating expenses,  will continue to result in substantial cash requirements at
least until a customer  base large  enough to provide  sufficient  revenues  and
operating cash flow is established.

         On March 20,  1996,  the Company  entered into a $75.0  million  credit
facility (the "Credit  Facility") and, together with HTCC Consulting,  a related
pledge and security  agreement with Citicorp North America,  Inc. Advances under
the Credit  Facility  may be requested  through  December 31, 1996 and will bear
interest  rates of 4.5% and 3.5% above LIBOR or Citicorp's  announced base rate,
respectively,  up to June 30, 1996.  Such rates will  increase by 1% per quarter
until  maturity on December 31, 1996.  On April 3, 1996,  the Company used $50.8
million from the Credit  Facility to repay all the funds  advanced or guaranteed
by Citizens Utilities,  Inc.("Citizens") and Chemical Bank. As of such date, all
loan agreements with Citizens and Chemical Bank were terminated. Accordingly, in
April 1996, the Company incurred a non-cash charge of approximately $8.2 million
representing the remaining  unamortized  deferred  financing costs pertaining to
the loan  agreements with Citizens.  On June 28, 1996, the Company's  Hungarotel
subsidiary  entered  into  a  $45.0  million   construction   contract  for  the
construction  of a  telephone  network  with a capacity  of 40,000  lines in its
Bekescsaba  service area.  Financing  will be provided by the contractor for the
entire  contract  amount.  The  financing  agreement  requires  repayment  in 19
quarterly  installments  commencing on March 31, 1998 with the final payment due
December 31, 2002.  Interest  will be charged at a variable rate computed as the
weighted  average  of the six and 12  month  Hungarian  National  Treasury  Bill
interest  rate for each  quarter  plus 2.5%.  Interest  payments may be deferred
until December 31, 1997.

         In 1995, the Company  applied for network  construction  subsidies from
the  Hungarian   government.   In  December  1995,   certain  of  the  Company's
applications  were  approved,  subject to certain  conditions,  resulting in the
Company being awarded subsidies aggregating $0.9 million. The Company expects to
receive such  subsidies in  installments  in the fourth  quarter of 1996 and the
first quarter of 1997.  One-half of such funds will be received in the form of a
grant and one-half in the form of a  non-interest  bearing loan repayable over a
three year period.

         Net cash used by operating activities as shown on the Statement of Cash
Flows  increased  to $11.9  million  for the six months  ended June 30,  1996 as
compared to $3.0  million for the six months  ended June 30,  1995.  For the six
months  ended  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  used $14.7  million  in  investing
activities  as compared to $12.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
Of the $14.7 used  through  June 30,  1996,  $13.7  million was used to fund the
construction of the Company's  telecommunications networks. Financing activities
provided  net cash of $10.6  million and $29.5  million for the six months ended
June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

<PAGE>


              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

         The Company  anticipates  that the capital  expenditures  necessary  to
complete  the  modernization  and  construction  of its  networks  will  require
approximately  $45.9 million from July 1, 1996 through the end of 1996 and $43.8
million  through  the end of 1997.  Funding  for the  Company's  future  capital
requirements  may  include  the sale of equity or debt of HTCC or one or more of
the operating  companies.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be
available to the Company when needed,  on commercially  reasonable  terms, or at
all.

         In order to meet its financial  obligations incurred in connection with
the  acquisition  and  construction  of the  telecommunications  networks of its
operating  companies  and to meet ongoing  operational  requirements  (including
working  capital  needs),  it is  necessary  for the  Company  to  increase  its
operating  cash  flows.  The  Company  believes  that there  will be  sufficient
customers in its operating areas willing and able to pay for  telecommunications
services.  The  Company's  ability to generate  revenues  sufficient to meet its
operating  and other  expenses  will be  dependent  primarily  on the  Company's
ability  to meet the  telecommunications  needs of its  existing  and  potential
subscribers.  In the meantime,  shortfalls in  construction  funding and working
capital needs may require additional financing arrangements, which could include
the sale of equity or debt  securities of HTCC.  There can be no assurance  that
the Company's operations will achieve sufficient cash flows necessary to service
any long-term  financing that it may be able to obtain, or that the Company will
be able to obtain new financing  arrangements on commercially  reasonable  terms
adequate to meet its operational needs and payment obligations.

                     The   Company   has  engaged   two   investment   banks \
to serve as underwriters for the placement of approximately $125 million of debt
securities of the Company,  such  underwriting  is  anticipated  to close in the
second half of 1996

INFLATION AND FOREIGN CURRENCY

         For the six  months  ended June 30,  1996,  inflation  in  Hungary  was
approximately  23.6% on an annualized basis. It is the stated policy goal of the
Hungarian government to keep inflation from exceeding  approximately 20% for the
entire year.

         The  Company's  Hungarian  operations  generate  revenues in  Hungarian
Forints and incur operating and other expenses,  including capital expenditures,
in Hungarian  Forints,  U.S.  Dollars and German Deutsche  Marks.  The Company's
resulting  foreign  currency  exposure  cannot be practically  hedged due to the
significant  costs  involved  and the lack of a  market  for  such  hedging.  In
addition,  certain of the  Company's  balance  sheet  accounts are  expressed in
foreign  currencies other than the Hungarian  Forint,  the Company's  functional
currency.  Accordingly,  when such  amounts are  expressed  in U.S.  Dollars for
reporting  purposes,  the  Company is subject to  translation  adjustments,  the
effect of which are reflected in a component of stockholders equity.

         While the Company has the ability to increase the prices it charges for
its services  commensurate with increases in the Hungarian  Producer Price Index
("PPI") pursuant to its license from the Hungarian government, it may choose not
to implement the full amount of the increase  permitted due to  competitive  and
other  concerns.  In addition,  the rate of increase in the Hungarian PPI may be
less than the rate at which the  Hungarian  Forint  devalues.  As a result,  the
Company may be unable to increase its prices to the degree necessary to meet its
obligation in currencies other than the Hungarian Forint.



<PAGE>


                          PART II -- OTHER INFORMATION
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

                  None.

Item 2.  Changes in Securities

                  None.

Item 3.  Defaults Upon Senior Securities

                  None.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders

                  a.       Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 9, 1996.

                  b(i)     Election of Directors
                                                  FOR                  WITHHELD
                           Robert Genova       3,681,759                 58,730
                           Frank R. Cohen      3,681,259                 59,230
                           John B. Ryan        3,681,219                 59,270
                           Max Metzlaff        3,680,719                 59,770
                           Donald K. Roberton  3,680,959                 59,530
                           James H. Season     3,680,719                 59,770

                  (ii)     Proposal to amend the  Registrant's  Certificate of
                           Incorporation to increase the number of authorized 
                           shares of common stock thereunder from 10,000,000 
                           to 25,000,000

                                    For:                          3,562,372
                                    Against:                        163,547
                                    Abstention:                      14,570

                  (iii)    Proposal  to amend the  Registrant's  Certificate  of
                           Incorporation  to  authorize  the  issuance  of up to
                           5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

                                    For:                          2,292,373
                                    Against:                        220,220
                                    Abstention:                      17,900
                                    Broker Non-Votes:             1,209,996

                  (iv)     Proposal  to amend the  Registrant's  1992  Incentive
                           Stock Option Plan, as amended, to increase the number
                           of shares of the Registrant's  common stock available
                           thereunder from 250,000 to 750,000.

                                    For:                          1,388,795
                                    Against:                        309,735
                                    Abstention:                     831,963
                                    Broker Non-Votes:             1,209,996

                  (v)      Ratification  of the appointment of KPMG Peat Marwick
                           LLP as auditors of the Registrant for the fiscal year
                           ending December 31, 1996.

                                    For:                          3,723,649
                                    Against:                          5,430
                                    Abstention:                      11,410


<PAGE>

                          PART II -- OTHER INFORMATION
              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 5.  Other Information

                  None.


Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

                  a.       Exhibits

                           Exhibit 10.74 -- English  translation  of Contruction
                           Contract between Papa es Tersege Telefon  Koncesszios
                           Rt.  and Fazis  Telecommunication  System  Design and
                           Contruction Corporation dated May 10, 1996.

                           Exhibit  10.75 --  English  translation  of  
                           Construction  Contract  between  Hungarotel
                           Tavkezlesi Rt. and Ericsson Kft. dated May 17, 1996.

                           Exhibit 10.76 -- English  translation of Construction
                           Contract  between Papa es Tersege
                           Telefon Koncesszios Rt. and Ericsson Kft. dated May
                           31, 1996.

                           Exhibit  10.77 --  English  translation  of  
                           Construction  Contract  between  Hungarotel
                           Tavkezlesi Rt. and Fazis  Telecommunication  System
                           Design and  Contruction  Corporation dated June 28,
                           1996.

                           Exhibit 10.78 -- English  translation  of Amended and
                           Restated  Concession contract between Papa es Tersege
                           Telefon  Koncesszios  Rt. and the Hungarian  Ministry
                           for  Transportation,   Telecommunications  and  Water
                           Management dated as June 3, 1996.

                           Exhibit   10.79  --   English   translation   of  
                           Amended   and   Restated   Concession Contract       
                           between   Hungarotel   Tavkozlesi   Rt.   and  the
                           Hungarian   Ministry   for transportation, 
                           Telecommunications and Water Management dated as of
                           June 3, 1996. (Oroshaza)

                           Exhibit   10.80  --   English   translation   of 
                           Amended   and   Restated Concession Contract between 
                           Hungarotel   Tavkozlesi   Rt.  and  the  Hungarian
                           Ministry for  Transportation, Telecommunications  and
                           Water Management  dated as of June 3, 1996. 
                           (Bekescsaba)

                  b.       Reports on Form 8-K

                           None.




<PAGE>


              HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                                    SIGNATURE




     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the Registrant has duly caused this Report to
be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the
City of New York, on the 19th day of August 1996.






                                       HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE AND CABLE CORP.
                                       -----------------------------------      
                                                     (Registrant)

                                       By :/s/James G. Morrison
                                           -------------------------------
                                           James G. Morrison
                                           President and Chief Executive Office




                                       By:/s/Andrew Nicholson
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Andrew Nicholson
                                          Controller




                   



                 PAPA REGIONAL TELEPHONE CONCESSION CORPORATION


             FAZIS TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
                                   CORPORATION





                          MAIN CONTRACT WITH CONTRACTOR






                                  Dated as of
                                  May 10, 1996



<PAGE>


PAPA ES TERSEGE  TELEFONKONCESSZIOS  RESZVENYTARSASAG having a registered office
at  8500  Papa,   Major  u.  2.   hereinafter   referred   to  as  the   "Owner"
Representatives: James Morrison and Andrew Nicholson

FAZIS TAVKOZLESI HALOZATTERVEZO, KIVITELEZO RESZVENYTARSASAG
having a registered office at 1106 Budapest, Tarna u. 6. hereinafter referred 
to as the "Contractor"
Representatives: Gyula Zold (1026 Budapest, Tomorkeny u. 3/a)
Telephone: 275-1663
Facsimile: 275-1994

The Owner and the Contractor  together  shall be hereinafter  referred to as the
"Parties".  At the  undersigned  place  and  date  according  to  the  following
conditions:

1.       Contractual Declarations

1.1      The Owner hereby  instructs the  Contractor to perform all the work set
         out in this Contract according to all the conditions set out herein.

1.2      The  Contractor  hereby  accepts the  instruction  of the Owner set 
         out in Clause 1.1 according to all the conditions set out herein.

2.       Specification of the Duties of the Contractor

2.1      Parties agree that the duties of the Contractor as described in Annex 1
         "Scope of Work" hereof include the updating of the network  planning of
         the Papa prime region,  the licensing,  the construction  together with
         the  supply  of  the   transmission   technique   equipment  and  their
         installation,  and  setting  up a  minimum  total  of  13,250  new pair
         capacity  to be located  in  accordance  with Annex 8 hereof  after the
         signing of this  Contract in the  framework  of which the  Contractor's
         duties include:

2.1.1    Modernizing  the plans of the Papa local  network,  the  optical  cable
         network,  the unified and the local  network and to ensure the building
         licenses relating to the partially completed works not yet handed over.

                  2.1.2 The further  extension of the local  network in the Papa
                  city  area in  accordance  with the  schedule  of the  Annex 2
                  Schedule",  supplying the new and existing  subscribers  up to
                  the wall jack,  design,  implementation,  installation  of the
                  telephone  sets  supplied  by the  subscribers  or Owner,  and
                  putting the system into operation.

                  2.1.3  Modernizing and construction of the construction  plans
                  of the optical  cables between the remote  switching  centres.
                  Installation  of the  transmission  technique  systems  on new
                  optical  cables  and  the  use of the 2  existing  PCM  copper
                  cables.

                  2.1.4  Planning  and   construction  of  the  unified  network
                  connecting  to the Papa HOST  centre and the remote  switching
                  centres.

                  2.1.5  Design,   implementation,   and  commissioning  of  the
                  transmission and  distribution  network for each settlement in
                  the  Papatel  region  including  the  connection  of  new  and
                  existing  subscribers  up to the wall jacks,  installation  of
                  subscriber  radio  units and house wire for radio in the local
                  loop  (RLL)  customers  at  Owner's  request  with  all  radio
                  components and testing equipment (provided for the duration of
                  this work) for the  purpose of antenna  alignment  supplied by
                  Owner, connection to the new switching centers, and connecting
                  the delivered telephone sets.

                  2.1.6    Execution of all duties connected to the above tasks.

2.2      The detailed technical content of this Contract is specified by Annex 
         4 "Technical Specifications".

2.3      The type approved  telephone sets shall be provided by the Owner or the
         subscriber, and the Contractor shall install them.

2.4      Parties agree that Contractor is entitled to use the technical plans or
         existing  supporting  structure   (conduits,   poles,  etc.)  completed
         previously by the  Contractor  for the  development of the Papa primary
         region at no charge to the Contractor.

3.       Final Performance Deadline of the Contract:

                                December 31, 1996

3.1      Parties agree that the Contractor is entitled to complete any segment 
         of the project ahead of schedule.

3.2      Parties  agree that the  breakdown of the schedule is set forth in 
         Annex 2 hereof  detailed in  accordance with the construction phases.

3.3      Any  deviation  from the  scheduled  performance  must be agreed in 
         writing by the Parties in advance save for the case provided for in 
         Article 3.1.

3.4      Contractor  shall give highest priority to scheduling the completion of
         all excavation work prior to November 15, 1996.

4.       The Contract Price

4.1      Parties agree that the fixed price of this Contract shall be

                                HUF 1,953,189,000
i.e. One-billion-ninehundred-fiftythree-million-and-onehundred-eightynine-
     thousand forints

which  amount  equals to USD  13,152,785  as  calculated  at the April 15,  1996
HUF/USD exchange rate (i.e.USD 1= HUF 148.5) plus VAT as applicable from time to
time  (currently  25%)  payable  upon  invoices  issued in  accordance  with the
contractual schedule.

4.2      Parties agree that the fix price specified in point 4.1 contains

                  a)       HUF  297,000,00  excluding VAT which will be paid by 
                  the Owner to the  Contractor on the day of coming into force 
                  of the Contract under a separate agreement concluded by the 
                  Parties;

                  b)       the total  compensation  for all duties of the  
                  Contractor  as specified in Article 2 of this Contract.

4.3      Parties  agree  that the fixed  price of this  Contract  as  defined in
         Articles 4.1 and 4.4 herein may only be changed with the prior  written
         agreement of the parties in the form of a Change  Order.  Change Orders
         will be calculated  in  accordance  with Annex 6 Unit Price List" which
         Owner accepted.

4.4      Parties   agree  that  the   instalments   specified  in  the  detailed
         construction and financial  schedules as set out in Annex 2 and the HUF
         fixed price of this Contract  will be modified in  accordance  with any
         change in the middle currency exchange rate of HUF/USD published by the
         National  Bank of Hungary  between the date of signing of the  Contract
         and the date of issuance of the  invoice  for the  instalment  payment.
         Parties agree that if the Contractor is delayed with his performance as
         scheduled in Annex 2 the payable  amount shall be calculated  using the
         currency   exchange  rate  that  would  have  been  applicable  if  the
         performance would have been completed according to Annex 2.

5.       Payment Terms

5.1      Parties  agree  that the  Owner  transfers  HUF  282,001,500  i.e.  Two
         hundred-eighty-two-  million-one  thousand  -five  hundred  forints  as
         advance    payment   to   the    Contractor's    escrow   account   No.
         __________________  held by  Postabank,  within one  banking day of the
         execution of this Agreement under the advance payment invoice issued by
         the  Contractor  for an amount of HUF  352,501,875  including  25% VAT,
         exclusively for purchasing, installing, and commissioning the equipment
         specified  in Annex 3 "List of  Equipment".  The  Contractor  declares,
         represent and warrants  that he will not use the amount thus  deposited
         in the escrow  account for purposes other than the  aforementioned,  he
         will not grant any right to a third  party in respect of the  deposited
         amount,  and there is no immediate seizure right in favour of any third
         party in  respect of  Contractor's  aforementioned  account.  The Owner
         hereby  undertakes  to  transfer  the  amount of VAT  attaching  to the
         invoice  issued in  accordance  with this  Article  after  having  been
         reimbursed to the  Contractor  within three (3) banking days  following
         the date of  crediting  Owner's  bank  account.  If the  amount  of VAT
         claimed to be reimbursed  is not thus credited due to Owner's  default,
         Owner shall pay the same  amount due as VAT from  another  source.  The
         Contractor  shall  copy  Owner  with a  written  instruction  given  to
         Postabank and its  confirmation  by Postabank in a form as set forth in
         Annex 9 hereof that the escrow  amount  shall not be paid by  Postabank
         for any purpose  other than  purchases  and  installation  of and costs
         related to assets as listed in Annex 3. The Contractor  shall provide a
         detailed  list  of the  technical  content  set  forth  in  Annex  3 as
         consideration for the advance payment.

5.2      Parties  agree that the  payment  schedule  for the amounts to be paid,
         other than the advance  payment  specified  in Article 5.1 herein,  are
         contained in Annex 2 Payment schedule" hereof.

5.3      Parties  agree  that the  scheduled  amounts  are  exclusively  due and
         payable  if  the  Preliminary   Take-over  (i.e.  settlement  or  fiber
         construction  segment  completed and tested but cannot carry commercial
         traffic)  according to the take-over  protocol of the scheduled part of
         the work  developed  as  defined  in Annex 2 hereof  by the  Owner  and
         Contractor  is  fulfilled.  Placing  into  operation  ( i.e.  a network
         connection of subscribers -- save for  subscribers  who fail to provide
         access to Contractor  despite  Contractor's  best efforts -- and of the
         transport of commercial  traffic) which meets all applicable  standards
         and technical requirements set out in Annex 4 hereof is deemed equal to
         Final  Take-over.  Contractor shall notice Owner on cases without delay
         where his access to subscriber premises was not made possible.

5.4      The  Parties  agree that the Owner is entitled to retain the 20% of the
         gross amount until the Final Take-over of a scheduled part of the work,
         including obtaining all necessary government permits and approvals, the
         operational  license among them, occurs. The Owner hereby undertakes to
         pay the retained  amount  within three (3) banking days  following  the
         Final Take-over.  Parties agree, that the portion of work corresponding
         to  those  set out in  Annex  4,  applicable  standards  and  technical
         conditions (except for those mentioned in Article 5.1) corresponding to
         a retained amount will be deemed  transferred into the final possession
         of  the  Owner  upon  the  transfer  of  this  retained  amount  to the
         Contractor by the Owner.

5.5      Parties agree that  payments  shall be effected by bank transfer  
         within  fifteen (15) days  following the receipt of an invoice issued 
         in accordance with Article 5 hereof.

5.6      In case of late  financial  performance,  the  Contractor  is entitled
         to a monthly 2.5% penalty  interest based on the duration of the late 
         payment pro rated on a daily basis.

5.7      The Contractor shall not assign to a third party any receivables  under
         this  Contract  without  the  prior  written  approval  of  the  Owner.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing any duty of the Owner which a third party
         may claim  pursuant to an  assignment  of  Contractor  must not be more
         burdensome  for the Owner in any respect  and the third party  assignee
         must  expressly  acknowledge  that the  assignment  must not affect the
         defences,  counterclaims, etc. of the Owner against the Contractor, and
         the approval of the Owner shall not be  interpreted  as a waiver of any
         claim or right of the Owner  against  the  Contractor  and it shall not
         change the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract.

If the foregoing conditions are met or if the assignee is Postabank,  Rt., Owner
will not withhold the approval.

6.       The Responsibilities of the Contractor

6.1      The overall responsibilities of the Contractor
         The Contractor must implement the project under the conditions outlined
         in Annexes 1-8 hereof using the  necessary  care and effort  toward its
         completion.  The whole workforce including supervisors,  the materials,
         the tools,  and any other  temporary or lasting  things  regardless  of
         whether or not  mentioned in the  Contract or in its Annexes  which are
         necessary for the implementation of the project must be provided by the
         Contractor.

         The  Contractor  has  full  responsibility  for  the  suitability,  the
         stability and the security of the work and construction methods done on
         the site.

6.2      Supervising responsibilities of the Contractor

         Contractor  and Owner  will  designate  their  Project  Managers  (with
         deputies  for  project  sub-elements,   as  appropriate)  with  overall
         responsibility   for  the  day  to  day  conduct  of  the  project  and
         maintaining  a day to day contact with each other.  Neither  party will
         reassign  this   responsibility   without   notifying  the  other.  The
         Contractor's   Project  Manager  will  be  replaced  upon  the  Owner's
         reasonable request where such request demonstrates due cause (including
         chronic delays, missed project milestones, failure to be fully informed
         of  project  activities,  and  failure  to  properly  conduct  progress
         meetings or provide agreed upon project reports) for that replacement.

6.3      The employees of the Contractor

         The  Contractor  can employ  only those  people who have the  necessary
         skills and  experience  for the job,  or people,  who are  capable  and
         qualified  to perform  their  parts.  The  Contractor  must provide the
         employees continuous  education,  concerning especially the skills, and
         also provide the  employees  with the necessary  designs,  drawings and
         standards.

6.4      Care during job performance

         The Contractor is fully  responsible  for  maintaining the project in a
         safe condition  from the beginning of the work until final  acceptance.
         If, for any reason,  the project or a part of it suffers damage or loss
         of any kind during that period,  when the Contractor is responsible for
         it, the  Contractor  shall be obligated to repair or  reconstruct it at
         his own  expense,  and the project  must be in perfect  condition  when
         completed  and the state of the project meets all the  requirements  of
         the Contract.  The Contractor is also responsible for the damage of the
         project  which is caused by him during  completion  of any  outstanding
         portion of work.

         Parties  agree  that  the  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  the
         performance  and  damage  caused  by  subcontractors   engaged  by  the
         Contractor  in the  same  manner  as if it was  done or  caused  by the
         Contractor.

6.5      Indemnification

         The  Contractor  must release the Owner and its employees from any kind
         of obligations, claim, loss, expense, damage or proceeding, placed by a
         third party,  that is based on a cause for which the  Contractor or his
         subcontractors are liable in connection with the Contract.

         The parties agree that Contractor shall indemnify Owner for any kind of
         obligations,  claim, loss,  expense,  damage or proceeding which arises
         from a failure of Contractor to transfer full ownership  title to Owner
         of any goods or other part of the Project provided that Owner fulfilled
         all obligations to the Contractor.

6.6      Legal environment

         The   Contractor   must   fulfill  in  every   respect  the   statutory
         requirements,  and comply with all of the rules and  decrees  issued by
         the local  authority or by other agencies that are competent in respect
         of the project.  The  Contractor  must also observe the  regulations of
         public  utilities which affect the work. The Contractor shall indemnify
         the Owner for any kind of fine,  penalty or duties  imposed  because of
         failure to obey these laws, regulations, decrees or rules.

6.7      Taxes

         The Contractor is  responsible  for all the scheduled  taxes,  official
         duties,  and  authorization  fees  connected  to the  Contract,  and is
         obliged  to  pay  them.  Owner  shall  reimburse   Contractor  for  the
         government fee for the operational license as it is not included in the
         contract price.

6.8      Objects found in the ground

         The finds (coins, valuable objects, antiquities,  buildings, as well as
         objects,  remains with geological or archaeological  value, etc.) found
         on the  location  of the  work,  must be  given  to the  Owner,  as its
         exclusive property.

         The  Contractor  must take  reasonably  necessary  precautions  against
         damaging or stealing of these objects by its employees or anybody else.
         In addition  to this,  the  Contractor  must notify the Owner about the
         find,  right after the  excavation,  but before the  removal,  and must
         follow its instructions about the find, at the expenses of the Owner.

6.9      Usage of the public property and easements

         Any kind of work,  necessary for the implementation of the project must
         be done in a way,  such that it does not cause  needless  or  senseless
         inconvenience  for the public,  or does not block the approach,  use or
         occupancy of public or private roads,  which serve buildings,  owned by
         the Owner or by  anyone  else in case a claim,  proceeding,  obligation
         entailed by the damage,  or expenses of any kind arise,  resulted  from
         failure to observe the above specified rules, the Contractor - if it is
         its responsibility, and it could obtain the same results by another way
         as well - is obligated to release the Owner form the responsibility for
         them.

6.10     Location maintenance

         The  Contractor  must keep the site  clean and free of debris or wastes
         during the process of  implementation.  The location  must be free from
         unnecessary  obstacles.  The waste and debris, as well as the temporary
         buildings  that  are  no  longer   required  must  be  removed  by  the
         Contractor.

         After the  implementation of the project the Contractor must remove all
         the equipment,  left over or waste  material,  or any kind of temporary
         construction  and leave the entire  site and the project in a clean and
         proper condition, acceptable to the Owner.

6.11     Plan of work and behavioral norms

                  6.11.1 The  Contractor  is obligated to take all the necessary
                  action to give its employees work continuously and to meet the
                  commitments   undertaken   by  itself  in  the   contract  for
                  employment.

                  6.11.2 In case of an  epidemic  like  outbreak  of an epidemic
                  illness,   the   Contractor   must  observe  and  enforce  the
                  provisions,  ordered  by the  Government  of the local  Health
                  Department to combat it.

                  6.11.3 The  Contractor  must take the expected and  reasonable
                  precautions  at any time,  to  forestall  illegalities  or any
                  other  kind  of  untolerated  misconduct  on the  part  of the
                  employee,  and to avoid any kind of damage to the  property or
                  to personal safety,  during the process of  implementation  of
                  the project.

                  6.11.4 The  Contractor  can work by its own plan,  but it must
                  notify the Owner about any kind of deviation  from an ordinary
                  work plan. The work,  that is performed  during the afternoon,
                  evening or night shifts, or on weekends or holidays, cannot be
                  noisy, smelly, or disturb the peace of the surroundings.

                  6.11.5 It is the  responsibility  of the Contractor to require
                  the  subcontractors  and their  employees to observe the above
                  mentioned  regulations,  and  hold  true  for  them  too.  The
                  sanitary, and the accident precautionary regulations also must
                  be observed on the fields of work or in the transport.

                  6.11.6 The  Contractor  must take on any kind of financial and
                  legal  consequences  resulting from any violation of the above
                  specified regulations.  In addition, the Contractor must fully
                  indemnify the Owner for any legal claim that may arise against
                  the Owner.

                  6.11.7  Parties  agree  that  the  Owner  shall  have no labor
                  law-based responsibility for the employees of the Contractor.

6.12     Building permits, and other licenses or approvals of the authorities

         The   Contractor   must  secure  all  the   licenses,   approvals   and
         authorizations  necessary  for the  implementation  of the project,  or
         required for the fulfillment of the Contract with Contractor  (e.g. for
         the legal occupancy of public areas, for demolishing the road concrete,
         for  traffic  control)  or for  reporting  the start of the work to the
         authorities,  etc. and the Contractor must pay the compensation for the
         damage, caused during the work process. The Contractor must understand,
         the delay in taking out the above specified permits, etc. can not cause
         delay in the implementation of the project.

6.13     The cooperation of the Owner

         The Owner  representative  must provide  reasonable help to support the
         Contractor to obtain the above specified authorizations.

6.14     Change Orders

         Contractor and Owner cannot unilaterally modify the value, schedule, or
         design of the project without prior written  permission of the owner in
         the form of a change order which will become a subsequent clause to the
         contract. Parties agree that any Owner directed changes be submitted to
         the Contractor no less than fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement
         date of scheduled performance.  The value of any Change Order i.e. that
         of  requested  additional  technical  content  will  be  calculated  in
         accordance with the Unit Price list as set out in Annex 6 hereof.

6.15     Transfer of project to Owner

         The project must be  transferred to the Owner by the Contractor in time
         schedule set out in Annex 2 attached to this Contract. The event or the
         cancellation of the  transference,  and the related  conditions must be
         recorded in written form according to Article 6.20 hereof.

6.16     The necessity of scheduling

         Annex 2 attached to this  Contract  contains  the time  schedule of the
         Contract.  If at any time the Owner  finds that the actual  progress of
         the work does not meet the requirements of the approved  schedule,  the
         Contractor  shall at the  request of the Owner set an amended  schedule
         which assures the work is completed by the deadline.

6.17     Lighting and security of the location

         Regarding the work process, the Contractor must provide and maintain at
         its own expense any kind of lighting, security or fence.

6.18     Control and corrections

         In  compliance  with  the  order  of  the  Owner  representative,   the
         Contractor  is obligated to dismantle  any part of the project and then
         reconstruct  it if it is found to be in violation  of the  installation
         standards governing this Contract.

         If any of the above mentioned parts of the project are covered,  and/or
         become invisible after the Contractor fulfilled the above requirements,
         and it is established  that these parts of the project are  implemented
         in  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Contract,  the costs of
         discovering, restoring and cleaning up the relevant site shall be borne
         by the  Owner.  In any  other  case  such  costs  shall be borne by the
         Contractor.

6.19     Penalty for delay

         Owner shall be entitled  to claim  penalty for delay if the  Contractor
         fails to meet the final  deadline set out in Article 3 of this Contract
         for any reason.  The penalty is 2.5% monthly  payable by Contractor for
         the actual period of the delay.  The penalty is to be calculated  based
         on the  aggregate  values  set  out in  Annex 2 of  this  Contract  for
         technical  units which have been not delivered or put into operation by
         the final deadline. Sub-deadlines are not subject to penalty for delay.

6.20     Take-over protocol

                  6.20.1 Five days before a part of the project is scheduled for
                  completion the Contractor must so advise Owner in writing. The
                  Owner  shall  set a date  and time  for the  hand-over  of the
                  implemented  part of the  project  for no  later  than 15 days
                  after the planned  completion.  The Parties  shall  attend the
                  hand-over procedure. Owner and Contractor shall jointly make a
                  protocol regarding the delivery. Owner can refuse the delivery
                  only if the network is not ready for operation. The discovered
                  insufficiencies   which  do  not  affect  the   operation  the
                  Contractor  shall  correct in 30 days  following the technical
                  delivery.   In  case  the  Contractor  fails  to  correct  the
                  insufficiencies concerned, the Owner can deduct the sum of the
                  next  invoice by the amount  needed to correct the defect.  If
                  Owner fails to attend the hand-over procedure,  the Contractor
                  can  complete the  procedure  alone and in finding it suitable
                  can submit the invoice to the Owner.

         6.20.2   Conditions of delivery

                           The  conditions  of  delivery of the project are made
                           according  to the  requirements  of the  Contract and
                           must include the following:

                           -Statement of the Contractor
                                    -meeting first class requirements and those
                                     of the contract
                                    -applicable standards and the related 
                                     requirements,
                                                              
                                    -register  of the fiber optic  cable /3 
                                     months  after delivery of the project/,
                                    -handing  over  a  complete,   detailed  
                                     and  revised documentation in three copies
                                     of the project as completed,
                                    -final test measurement records and 
                                     documents.
                                    -geodetic survey documentation in three 
                                     copies
                                    -handing  over of  original  construction
                                     plan media (digital, vellum, or mylar).

                                            If  the  system  is   suitable   for
                                    operation  the Owner is obliged to accept it
                                    or it is equal to  acceptance  if the  Owner
                                    puts it into operation.

6.21     Period of warranty

         The defects  subject to the warranty which occurred during the warranty
         period must be eliminated  free of charge in 30 days by the Contractor.
         The Contractor is also obligated to reimburse for the damage caused.

         Upon the technical delivery of the technical  projects,  the Contractor
         will  undertake a warranty for 12 months  commencing on the actual date
         of Final Takeover of the project.

         The written  statement of the Owner  representative on the same subject
         is qualified as a warranty claim.  The Contractor must notify the Owner
         representative  about the  expected  length and the  conditions  of the
         repair.  Regarding this, the Owner representative has a supervision and
         approval right.

         In case the Owner wants a replacement under warranty, the warranty time
         applicable to that part of the project automatically starts again.

         The  Contractor  guarantees  the  quality  and  accuracy,   within  the
         boundaries  determined by the authorized  standards,  total  conformity
         with the  requirements  of the  Contract,  the  required  high  quality
         indexes,  as well as the completeness and technical  feasibility of the
         construction design and all of the documentation made by him.

         The  Contractor  must  guarantee  that the whole  project or any of its
         parts has the quality,  that is based on the usually expected technical
         experience described in the Contract, and, fulfills the requirements of
         the established standards of the technology.

7.       Cooperation liability

         The Parties will reach an agreement how they will cooperate in order to
         carry  out the  Contract,  and they  will  meet  regularly  with  their
         representatives to oversee the development of the implementation of the
         Contract.

7.1      Design

         The  Contractor  will have the  necessary  design  work  finished.  The
         Designer will send  invitations for an opening meeting on the design to
         the  interested  Parties 8 days  before  the  event.  The Owner at this
         opening meeting must represent itself by representatives  authorized to
         take a position. The Designer has to have the design previously checked
         by the  Telecommunication  Inspectorate  at Sopron.  The Designer  will
         bring the design before a Special Design Confirmation Committee only in
         case of  preapproval of the  inspectorate,  or correction of the errors
         found by them in the design. The Special Design Confirmation  Committee
         must complete the examination of the design in 8 business days after it
         has been submitted, and must notify the Contractor about the results in
         writing.

         The Owner can refuse the approval of the design only in that case, when
         it fails to comply with the  requirements,  or if it is inadequate  for
         implementation.

7.2      Construction

         Construction  work can be done only  according  to  approved  plans and
         building permits. The Contractor may deviate from this provision at his
         own risk. The Owner has a right to supervise the  construction  work as
         well as place the errors on record in the  construction  book,  and the
         Contractor  must correct them in 14 days.  If  authority's  approval is
         needed for correcting  the errors the 14 days shall be calculated  from
         when the approval date comes into force.

7.3      The requirements for starting the operation
         The  boundary  of  the  implementation  work  to be  performed  by  the
         Contractor is the equipment  side of the optical  digital  distribution
         frame of the  transmission  equipment  to be installed in the PAPA HOST
         exchange  to the  telephone  wall jack in the  subscriber  dwelling  or
         business.  The Contractor shall arrange for the operational license for
         Owner  as  provided  for in  this  Contract.  Owner  shall  provide  an
         authorization  for  Contractor to enable  Contractor to fulfill  duties
         undertaken regarding permits and licenses,etc.

7.4      Selection of supplier


         The optical cables and the transmission  technique equipment shall meet
         the  requirements  set out by  Chief  Telecommunications  Inspectorate.
         However the Contractor is fully responsible for selecting the suppliers
         with the  approval  of the Owner.  Contractor  is obliged to notify the
         Owner in writing 8 working  days prior to the  purchasing  of the above
         selected  materials.  Owner is obliged to respond by  approving  or not
         approving   within  3  working  days   following  the  receipt  of  the
         notification.  The Owner  shall  approve  the  identity  of the  vendor
         selected by the contractor  provided that the equipment offered by this
         vendor meets the requirements set forth in Annex 3 hereof.

8.       The responsibilities of the Owner

8.1      Supplying data

         The Owner  undertakes to  continuously  hand over the data he possesses
         and especially  the data of the already  existing  subscribers  and the
         data of the subscribers on the waiting list within fifteen (15) working
         days  following  the coming into force of this  Contract.  If the owner
         fails to provide the aforementioned  data in a timely manner, the Owner
         shall take into account this delay when he permits a deadline extension
         for the Contractor.

8.2      Access to site

         The parties  agree that sites  needed for  Contractor's  work have been
         accessible for Contractor, his personnel and subcontractors.

         Unless  specially  requested,  Owner premises are available only during
         normal business hours. In the case of work requiring  Contractor access
         beyond such hours, access will be requested no less than 24 hours prior
         to expected use.  Contractor  staff  working on Owner  premises will be
         supervised  and  expected  to  carry  appropriate  identification,  and
         conform with the dress and demeanor of Owner staff at that activity.

9.       Other agreements

9.1      Force Majeure

         In relation to this Contract,  those reasons  considered  Force Majeure
         that are out of the control of the Contractor or the Owner, and make 
         the satisfactory  implementation  or the project difficult for them. 
         The cases of Force Majeure include but are not limited to the 
          following:
           -war, hostilities, riot,
                  -extreme weather or natural disaster, /earthquake, flooding, 
                   etc.
                  -fire, explosion, epidemic,
                  -strike, or a concerted action of the work force, except if 
                   the party, that refers to Force Majeure could prevent it

         If one of the parties of the Contract is prevented by Force Majeure, it
         must notify its  contracted  party in  writing,  within 5 days from the
         event  that took  place.  In this  notice  the  contracted  party  must
         determine  the  details  of the  Force  Majeure  with the  proof of its
         inevitability,   and  a  statement,   if  it  delays  their  contracted
         obligations  or interferes  with them.  The notice must contain also an
         estimate  for the length of Force  Majeure as well as a statement  that
         releases the concerned party from the implementation of the obligations
         under discussion as long as the Force Majeure exists. The Contractor is
         not entitled to rely on an event otherwise  qualifying as Force Majeure
         if the  scheduled  deadline  of the portion of work  concerned  was due
         before such event.

         If the  continuance  of the Force  Majeure is longer  than 5 days,  the
         parties  must hold a  consultation  with each other to agree  about the
         necessary  modifications  in the Contract,  in case the parties  cannot
         agree with each other,  or, if they are unable to establish any kind of
         Contract with each other, then legal proceedings must be requested.

9.2      Governing Law and settlement of legal disputes

         Parties  agree  that all the  legal  questions  not  regulated  by this
         Contract are governed by the laws of Republic of Hungary.

         The Owner and the  Contractor  must make  every  effort for the sake of
         settling peacefully, in a direct negotiation,  any kind of disagreement
         or dispute  which arises  between the parties  during the course of the
         Contract.

         If the Parties  are unable to settle any legal  dispute  including  the
         existence, validity, or termination of this Contract that has arisen on
         the basis of the  Contract or in relation to it within 30 days from the
         beginning of the above mentioned direct and informal negotiations, then
         the Permanent  Arbitration  Court attached to the Hungarian  Chamber of
         Commerce  and  Industry  will  have  exclusive  jurisdiction  in  these
         matters.

9.3      Construction book
         The construction book is a basic document for the establishment and the
         implementation  of the  Contract.  It is  kept on the  location  by the
         Contractor however, the construction book must be available at any time
         for the representative of the Owner too. There are 3 copies of the book
         and only a  representative  of the Contractor or the Owner may write in
         it. One copy of the construction book is due to the Contractor, and the
         other copy is due to the Owner,  and the original copy must stay on the
         location.  Parties agree that the Contractor shall deliver the copy due
         to the Owner every week.

9.4      Suspension of work

         Owner hereby  acknowledges  that if he fails to fulfill its data supply
         or  financial  obligations  as  required  for  the  performance  of the
         Contract based on the terms herein and two subsequent  notices given by
         the Contractor  regarding such failures,  the Owner will have after the
         due date  indicating  sufficient  time  eight  (8) days to  remedy  the
         failure. If the notices prove fruitless,  the Contractor is entitled to
         suspend any or all of his duties unless the parties agree otherwise.


10.      Representatives of the Parties and notices

10.1     Parties agree that in the course of the performance of this Contract, a
         declaration,  specifically  making  a  confirmation  of  the  technical
         performance  on  behalf  of the  Owner  can be  made  exclusively  by a
         representative  appointed  by Mr. Les Bender,  Mr. James  Morrison,  or
         Andrew  Nicholson in writing and  exclusively in the English  language.
         Any other  declaration  made on behalf of the Owner  will have no legal
         effect.

10.2     Parties  agree that in the  course of the  execution  of the  Contract,
         technical  questions  may be addressed by the Owner  directly to Mr. Al
         Rymarz,  Project  Manager  of the Papa  primer  region;  however,  this
         provision  does not effect the provision set out in 10.1 related to the
         legal effect.

10.3     Parties  agree that in the course of the  performance  of the Contract,
         the  following  persons can make  declarations  having  legal effect on
         behalf of the Contractor:
           -In all aspects of the Contract: Zold Gyula,
           -In respect of project implementation, technical content, scheduling
            and care of the project, etc. the designated Project Manager shall 
            be Ferenc Juhasz.

10.4     The Parties agree that any change order can be authorized only by James
         Morrison.

10.5     Any kind of notice that applies,  according to the Contract,  either to
         the  Owner or the  Contractor,  must be mailed  or  delivered  to their
         correct addresses determined for this purpose in this Article.

10.6     If either Party changes its address given below, it must notify in 
         advance the other party in writing.

10.7     The addresses below are given by the Parties of the Contract:

         Contractor:
         Mr. Gyula Zold
         FAZIS TAVKOZLESI HALOZATTERVEZO ES KIVITELEZO RT.
         (1026 Budapest, Tomorkeny u. 3/A)
         Phone: 275-1663
         Fax:     275-1994

         Owner:
         James Morrison
         Papa es Tersege Telefon Reszvenytarsasag
         (8500 Papa, Major u. 2.)
         Phone: 212-1100
         Fax: 202-4778

11.      Cancellation

         Parties agree that if either of them cancels this Contract for a reason
         falling into its own scope of interest,  the cancelling party shall pay
         a  penalty  payment  equal to 20% of the  total  amount of the work not
         started  as of the date of the  cancellation  and the  justified  extra
         costs of the other party  (including the amount of the penalty  payment
         eventually  payable  by the  Owner  based  on the  concession  contract
         obligation). In this case the Owner shall pay commensurate compensation
         for work done but not yet delivered by the Contractor.

12.      Coming into force

         Parties  agree that this  Contract  comes into effect as set out by the
         provisions of the separate Contract concluded by the parties on 
         May 10, 1996.

         Parties have both read this contract, and mutually agreed and under-
         stood its contents.


         Budapest, May 10, 1996

         1996

         Parties  have  both  read  this  Contract,   and  mutually  agreed  and
understood its contents.


         Budapest, May 10, 1996


43014


    
                     HUNGAROTEL TAVKOZLESI RESZVENYTARSASAG

                     ERICSSON KORLATOLT FELELOSSEGU TARSASAG





                                TURN-KEY CONTRACT









                                  Dated as of
                                  May 17, 1996



<PAGE>


1        INTRODUCTION

1.1      Purpose
         This document  constitutes  the agreement  between  Hungarotel  Rt. and
         Ericsson Kft.,  governing the latter's provision,  on a Turn-key basis,
         of a telephone  network of 7,500  telephone  lines for the Oroshaza and
         Bekescsaba  Primary  Regions based upon the tender  invitation  dated 1
         October, 1995 from Owner.
1.2      Parties declare they have all the necessary authorizations to conclude
         the present Contract.

2        DEFINITIONS

         "Building(s)"  means the premises as described in Attachment V used for
         technical   purposes   which  are   necessary   and  suitable  for  the
         accommodation of the telecommunication equipment and system included in
         the Contract. The building can be ordinary construction or container.

         "Change  Order"  means the process to handle the changes  requested  by
         Owner or Contractor that will affect the value,  schedule, or design of
         the Contract.

         "Connected  Capacity/Connected  Lines" means those  Ordered Lines where
         the  connection  to  particular  subscribers  actually  occurred and by
         connecting  a telephone  set to it voice grade  telephone  calls can be
         originated and terminated.

         "Contract" means this Contract  concluded between Owner and Contractor,
         including  all  the  documents  being  referred  there  as  well as the
         mutually accepted modifications and/or alterations.

         "Contractor"  means Ericsson Kft and includes its successors.  Customer
          Premise Equipment" (CPE) means the subscriber telephone instrument.


         "Day" means calendar day unless stated otherwise.

         "Goods" means all the equipment, material, components, software, or any
         other component,  which must be fully or provisionally type approved in
         Hungary,  where  applicable,  to be supplied by  Contractor to Owner in
         accordance  with the  Contract  necessary  for the  normal,  commercial
         operation of the lines ordered for this Contract.

         "Installation".  An  all  inclusive  term  referring  to the  placement
         of  equipment  and  material  and encompassing all related general 
         (e.g.  construction,  erection) and specific (e.g. splicing,  
         connecting, and testing) terms employed to describe such activities.

         "Line  Connection  Certificate"  means the form statement as defined as
         Attachment  VI/11 duly signed by the subscriber upon  installation  and
         testing,  as described in Attachment VI of a Connected  Line which will
         certify the full capability of the connection and for normal commercial
         operation of the Connected Line.

          Line Price" means the fixed price of USD 1,300 per Ordered Line.

         "Ordered Capacity/ Ordered Lines" mean any and all particular telephone
         lines  which Owner  requested  Contractor  to build under the  Contract
         including  those  requested  via  Change  Orders;  the  term  comprises
         Connected Lines and Rejected Lines.

         "Ordered Spare  Capacity/Ordered  Spare Lines" means  prospective  
          telephone  lines which Owner  requested Contractor  to build under the
          Contract  where it is not required to implement  the  subscriber  
          premises radio equipment (FAU/SRT).
         "Owner" means  Hungarotel Rt. and includes its successors.

         "Parties" mean the Owner and the Contractor together.

         "Permit" means all official documents  necessary for the implementation
         and turning  into  commercial  operation  of the Project  with  special
         regard  to  network  and  building   construction,   access  to  public
         utilities,  type  approval  if  applicable,  of all  the  Goods,  radio
         licenses for all relevant  Goods  required by law, or other access from
         all government agencies or third parties.

          Project" means all Goods and Services to be delivered and performed 
          for the PRTN

         "Project  Manager"  means the  authorized  representative  of Owner and
         Contractor being entitled to control all the activities to be performed
         by  Owner  and  Contractor  as  well  as to  give  instructions  and/or
         approvals,  including the express  authority to hand  over/take over of
         completed  work products of Contractor,  which are necessary  regarding
         the daily completion of the Contract.

         "Project  Executive"  means the  authorized  officers  of both  parties
         having full authority to execute the Project.

         "Project  Schedule" A comprehensive,  computer based schedule employing
         Critical  Path  methodology,  which  identifies  relationships  between
         project tasks and,  based on the quantity of work  required,  resources
         assigned,  and expected  productivity,  predicts the achievement of key
         project milestones.

         "PRTN"  Primary  Region  Telephone  Network,  (Bekescsaba  and Oroshaza
         Primary region)  including the telephone  infrastructure to be provided
         under this Contract.

         "Rejected  Lines" mean those Ordered Lines where  Contractor was unable
         to connect a subscriber even after Contactor's best effort, the minimum
         of which is provided for in the Contract;  the Rejected  Lines shall in
         effect be considered as additional Ordered Spare Capacity/Ordered Spare
         Lines.

         "Services" mean all the activities which appear in non-objectified form
         (therefore are not "Goods") but form an integral,  inseparable  part of
         the   Project,   assembly,    commissioning,    design,   installation,
         commissioning,  and  project  management  necessary  to put the Ordered
         Lines into commercial operation.

         "Site"   means   locations,   building   and  other  places  where  the
         implementation work will take place.


         "Sub-Contractor" means those corporate bodies or entrepreneurs licensed
         or qualified to perform  activities on the commission of Contractor and
         with the full and unlimited responsibility of the Contractor to fulfill
         the Project.

         "System  Acceptance"  Owners  statement  declaring that all contractual
         obligations  of  the  Contractor,   except  where  explicitly  provided
         otherwise are fulfilled.

         "System  Integration"  means those  activities of Contractor  which are
         necessary for the connection and  communication of the existing and the
         new telephone system to be implemented by Contractor in the PRTN on the
         level of the host exchanges within the relevant primary region.

         "Technical  Documentation"  means all the  technical  documents for all
         components  and the network  installed in accordance  with the Contract
         that  Contractor  has to  deliver  to Owner for the  normal  commercial
         operation of the Project as required by law.

          Telecommunications  Authority  of Hungary"  (HIF)  means a  government
         agency  authorized to issue  telecommunication-related  licenses and/or
         related permits.

         "Test"  means the  procedures  and other  measurements  carried  out by
         Contractor  on units of the  Project  according  to the  manufacturers'
         instructions  and the internal  proceedings and practices of Contractor
         and  applicable  Hungarian  rules  and  regulations  aimed to check the
         compliance  with the relevant  technical and functional  parameters for
         the  commercial  operation  of the Project  delivered to the Owner in a
         format approved in the Contract.

         "Technological  Spare  Capacity"  means an excess number of prospective
         telephone  lines which were not ordered by Owner but instead arise from
         technological   circumstances  and  are  therefore  neither  chargeable
         against nor useable by Owner.

         "Turn-key Project" The delivery of a complete and functioning telephone
         system which  provides  normal  commercial  telephone  services for the
         Primary  Regions   (Bekescsaba  and  Oroshaza)  capable  of  commercial
         operation for public telephone services by Owner's employees capable of
         operation for the purpose intended by Owners and in compliance with the
         technical  documentation of this Contract.  This includes  Engineering,
         Furnishing,  Installing and Testing (EFIT) of all system  equipment and
         components  excluding  Customer Premise Equipment with the exception of
         installation and testing.

         "Unit Price" means the price of goods and services listed in Attachment
         I.  Should the need of any unit price not  listed in the  Attachment  I
         mentioned above arise during implementation, Contractor shall define an
         appropriate unit as approved by Owner.

3        SCOPE OF WORK

3.1      General.

         Contractor  shall  provide  Goods  and  Services  to be  supplied  in a
         Turn-key  Project for the development of a fully  functional  telephone
         system of 7,500 new subscriber lines in the following priority:  64 pay
         telephones in 32 settlements,  the connection of subscribers in defined
         6 villages,  LB  subscribers,  and the exceeding  amount of the Ordered
         Lines shall be connected to subscriber  selected by Contractor from the
         waitlisted and CB subscribers at the Contractor's  discretion and shall
         take into account the technical  conditions and  subscriber  ranking as
         defined in Attachment V. The Project shall be implemented  such that at
         least 80% of the implemented  Ordered Lines shall be Radio in the Local
         Loop (RLL)  technology  comprising the Connected  Lines and the Ordered
         Spare  Capacity in  accordance  with the  requirements  of Owner as set
         forth in  Attachment V hereof.  Furthermore,  the Project shall satisfy
         the System  Integration  requirement  as defined  herein as well as the
         satisfaction  of Change  Orders  which  are  accepted  pursuant  to the
         Contract.  These activities and  responsibilities of Contractor include
         without limitation, regarding the content of this contract, the design,
         engineering,  manufacturing,  supply,  installation,  obtaining  of all
         relevant  permits and  licenses,  commissioning,  testing,  delivery of
         technical documentation, and warranty of the following: 3.1.1 Switching
         - AXE 3.1.2 Wired and  Optical  Transmission  Equipment  3.1.3 RAS 1000
         Radio  Access   System  3.1.4  DRA  1900   DECT/RLL   3.1.5   Microwave
         Transmission  3.1.6 Main Distribution Frame (MDF) 3.1.7 Power Supply to
         the  Equipment  3.1.8  Digital  Distribution  Frame  (DDF)  3.1.9 Trunk
         Network 3.1.10 Connection to the backbone network 3.1.11 Pay phones and
         booths 3.1.12  Buildings and  environmental  systems 3.1.13  Structures
         3.1.14 Copper based network.

3.2      Network boundaries

         On one side of the  connection of the host  exchanges to the DDF of the
         existing EWSD exchange in Bekescsaba  region, and connection to the DDF
         of the  secondary  network in Oroshaza,  and on the other side the wall
         socket  of  the  Customer  Premise  Equipment   including  testing  and
         installation  of the CPE if  provided  by the Owner.  The scope of work
         excludes the extension  and/or  improvement  of the existing  telephone
         network in the PRTN and the extension of the secondary exchanges.

3.3      Grade of service for the Project

         The Grade of Service shall be  P. 01 and the traffic performance shall 
         be .05 Erlang per subscriber.

3.4      Attachments

         The following  Attachments  are  considered,  read and  interpreted  as
inseparable part of the Contract:
         3.4.1      I   Unit Prices
         3.4.2      II  Ericsson Retention Guarantee
         3.4.3      III (Not used)
                  3.4.4      IV Text of Corporate Guarantee
         3.4.5      V  Owner Information
         3.4.6      VI Technical Appendices (specifications and descriptions), 
                    Tests Procedures
         3.4.6.1  VI/1  Switching
         3.4.6.2  VI/2  Wired   Transmission   (PDH)   3.4.6.3  VI/3   Microwave
         Transmission  (MINILINK)  3.4.6.4 VI/4 Power  Supply  3.4.6.5 VI/5 Main
         Distribution Frame (MDF) 3.4.6.6 VI/6 Digital  Distribution Frame (DDF)
         3.4.6.7 VI/7  Network  Management  (XMATE) - optional  3.4.6.8 VI/8 RAS
         1000 RLL  3.4.6.9  VI/9 DRA 1900  (DECT)  RLL  3.4.6.10  VI/10  Network
         Construction  3.4.6.11  VI/11 Training  3.4.6.12 VI/12 Line  Connection
         Certificate 3.4.6.13 VI/13 Pay phones and booths 3.4.6.14 VI/14 General
         notes 3.4.7 VII Warranty  Response  Obligations 3.4.8 VIII Change Order
         Form

4.       CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

4.1      Project Manager

         Contractor  will designate a Project Manager (with deputies for project
         sub-elements,  as appropriate) with overall  responsibility for the day
         to day conduct of the project.  The Project Manager's  responsibilities
         and authority will be provided in writing. Contractor will not reassign
         this  responsibility  without  notifying the Owner. The Project Manager
         will  be  replaced   upon  the  Owner's   request  where  such  request
         demonstrates  due  cause  (including  chronic  delays,  missed  project
         milestones,  failure to be fully  informed of project  activities,  and
         failure to properly  conduct  progress  meetings or provide agreed upon
         project reports) for that replacement.
4.2      Project Schedule

         Contractor  shall supply to the Owner for  information  purposes  only,
         within  fifteen (15) calendar days of contract  signing,  a preliminary
         calendar  of the Project  and within  forty-five  (45) days a digitized
         copy of the Project  Schedule  in a format  compatible  with  Microsoft
         Project, and a hard, paper copy of the Project Schedule GANTT chart.

4.3      Installation plan and technical content

         Parties agree that the planning and  completion of the Project shall be
         performed  in  accordance  with an  installation  plan  reviewed by the
         Owner.  Contractor  shall  inform  Owner in  writing  of the  technical
         content  of the  Project no later  than  forty-five  (45) days from the
         coming  into force of the  Contract.  In case  Contractor  changes  the
         content  of the  documents  on which  information  was  given to Owner,
         Contractor  shall inform  Owner on such changes in writing  within five
         (5) days.

4.4      Subcontracting
         The  Contractor  may  subcontract  portions  of the  work to  qualified
         subcontractors.  Use of Sub-Contractors  does not relieve Contractor of
         overall  responsibility  for the  quality  and  timeliness  of  project
         activities.  Contractor shall be responsible for the subcontracted work
         as if Contractor would have performed it.

4.5      Products and Services of Hungarian Origin

         4.5.1    The  Contractor  will use best  effort to ensure that not less
                  than 30% of the total value of products purchased and services
                  provided  for the  purposes of the Project  shall be fulfilled
                  with products and services of Hungarian origin.

         4.5.2    Contractor  shall provide a certificate  describing the actual
                  percentage of Goods and Services of Hungarian  origin prior to
                  System  Acceptance.   Such  certificate  can  be  adjusted  by
                  Contractor  no later than 28 February  1997. In the absence of
                  an adjusted certificate,  the one provided by Contractor shall
                  be deemed final.

         4.5.3    A product  shall be deemed to be of  Hungarian  origin if, (i)
                  either 25% of the total value thereof was produced in Hungary,
                  or,  (ii)  proof  can be given  that due to the  manufacturing
                  process having been carried out in Hungary, the added value of
                  such product increased by 25%.

         4.5.4    The Contractor  acknowledges that an inspection may be carried
                  out by the Ministry of Transportation,  Telecommunication  and
                  Water  Management (the "Ministry") or by a competent agency at
                  any  time  to  ensure   compliance  with  such  provision  and
                  undertakes  to  fully  cooperate  with  the  Ministry  or  the
                  competent agency during such an inspection.

4.6      Test Procedures

         As set forth in detail in Attachment VI hereto,  Contractor shall carry
         out  formal  Tests of all  implemented  Goods,  where  applicable.  The
         manufacturers'   testing   instructions   for   installation   for  the
         implemented  equipment and system shall be made  available for Owner in
         advance.  Contractor  shall  invite  Owner to these Tests in writing at
         least  five  (5)  days  earlier  unless  the  Test  concerned  was duly
         indicated in the Project Schedule including its objective,  exact time,
         date and  location.  Owner shall have the right to  participate  in the
         Tests and make  comments on the test  procedure  and the  results.  Any
         objection of the Owner must be recorded in the relevant  Test  protocol
         (record) or attached thereto.  All Test protocols shall be furnished to
         Owner regardless of Owner's participation at the Test.

4.7      Insurance
         4.7.1    Property

                  The  Contractor  and any  associated  subcontractors  shall be
                  covered by  insurance  for the joint  benefit of the Owner and
                  the  Contractor in respect of the Project  (including  for the
                  purpose  of  this  clause  any  unfixed   materials  or  other
                  equipment delivered to the Site for incorporation  therein) to
                  their full value  against all loss or damage  arising from any
                  cause for which the Contractor is responsible  under the terms
                  of the Contract.

         4.7.2    Liability

                  The Contractor  shall  throughout the execution of the Project
                  maintain  insurance against damage,  loss, or injury for which
                  the Contractor is liable.  The terms of such  insurance  shall
                  include a provision  whereby in the event of any claim,  being
                  brought or made against the Owner, for which the Contractor is
                  entitled to receive  indemnity  under the policy,  the insurer
                  will  indemnify  the Owner  against  any such  claims  and any
                  costs, charges, and expenses in respect thereof. The liability
                  insurance of Contractor shall also cover the Warranty Period.

         4.7.3    Term

                  Insurance  shall be  effected  in such a manner that the Owner
                  and the  Contractor  are covered for the entire period of this
                  Contract.

         4.7.4    Evidence of coverage
                  The  Contractor  shall  comply  with the  terms of any  policy
                  issued in  connection  with the Contract  and shall,  whenever
                  required,  produce  to the Owner the  policy  or  policies  of
                  insurance and notification of any changes to such policies.

4.8      Contractor Employee Conduct

         The Contractor must take the expected and reasonable precautions at any
         time,  to  forestall  illegalities  or any  other  kind of  untolerated
         misconduct on the part of the employee, and to avoid any kind of damage
         to  the  property  or  to  personal  safety,   during  the  process  of
         implementation of the project.

4.9      Indemnification

         The Contractor  shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless against all
         losses  and  claims  for  injury or damage  to any  person or  property
         whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the Contractor's
         action or  inaction.  The  Contractor  shall also  indemnify  the Owner
         against all claims, demands, proceedings,  damages, costs, charges, and
         expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto.

4.10     Training

         Contractor  agrees to provide training to the extent needed for Owner's
         employees  to enable  them to operate the system in  accordance  with a
         separate  agreement  which the Parties  shall make within 30 days after
         the execution of the Contract.

4.11     Additional Orders of Owner

         In case Owner,  beyond the scope of this Contract and subject to one or
         more separate contracts,  engages Contractor in deliveries and services
         in addition to this Project  provided that Owner's order for additional
         lines will be made no later than 30 June, 1997,  Contractor  undertakes
         to satisfy such  order(s) for a line price not exceeding the limits set
         forth below:
                  10-20 thousand Ordered Linesfor USD 1,175/line
                  20-30 thousand Ordered Linesfor USD 1,100/line
                  30-40 thousand Ordered Linesfor USD 1,050/line
                  40-50 thousand Ordered Linesfor USD 1,000/line
                  50-60 thousand Ordered Linesfor USD    975/line

4.12     Safety Management

         The Contractor will provide to the Owner, within thirty (30) days after
         execution  of the  Contract,  a  Safety  Management  program  which  is
         designed  to  protect   employees,   the  Owner,  the  general  public,
         subscribers,  and public and private  property  from hazards which will
         cause  injury or damage.  The program  will be based on the  following:
         -national  and  local  regulations   -hazardous  materials,   including
         disposition -additional site precautions

4.13     Construction Book

         The construction book is a basic document for the implementation of the
         Contract.  It shall be  maintained on the site by the  Contractor,  and
         shall be available any time for review by Owner's  representative.  The
         book shall contain three copies for each page and only a representative
         of the  Contractor or the Owner are entitled to make entries.  One copy
         belongs to the Contractor and the other copy to the Owner: the original
         copy shall be kept on the site. Contractor shall deliver the Owner copy
         to the Owner each week.

4.14     Customer Service Agreement

         Parties  agree  that a Customer  Services  Agreement,  for value  added
         services  provided by the Contractor,  may be signed within ninety (90)
         days following the execution of the Contract.

4.15     System documentation

         Contractor shall provide to the Owner three copies of all installation,
         maintenance,  and operations  documentation for all network  components
         necessary for Owner to manage and maintain the commercial  operation of
         the Project as implemented in accordance with the Contract.

4.16     Rejected Lines

         Contractor  shall use best  efforts to  connect  all  Ordered  Lines to
         subscribers.  Where  Contractor  cannot have  access to a  subscriber's
         premises upon a notice sent to the subscriber,  Contractor shall mail a
         second notice to same.  Both notices  shall be sent by registered  mail
         with a return  receipt.  If the  subscriber  fails to permit  access to
         Contractor upon such second notice,  the line concerned shall be deemed
         as a Rejected Line provided that Contractor  provides  evidence of both
         notices sent. Upon request of Contractor,  Owner may approve  different
         methods of evidencing a Rejected Line. However, Contractor shall notice
         Owner on any of such  failure of access and in case Owner  subsequently
         reports that Owner's representatives succeeded to secure access to said
         subscriber's  premises in five (5) days,  Contractor shall complete the
         subscriber line concerned.

4.17     Corporate Guarantee

         Contractor will provide a Corporate Guarantee, as defined in Attachment
         IV,  issued  by the  Ericsson  parent  company  which  is  binding  and
         enforceable  according  to  Hungarian  and/or  the  law of the  seat of
         guarantor  company of Ericsson under which the guarantor  undertakes to
         guarantee the Owner complete  fulfillment of  Contractor's  obligations
         under this Contract and such  Corporate  Guarantee  shall be valid from
         the date of coming  into  force of this  Contract  until  the  complete
         fulfillment of such obligation and be released upon System Acceptance .
         The  language  of  the  Corporate   Guarantee  is  attached  hereto  as
         Attachment IV.

4.18     Permits and licenses

         4.18.1   Government Permits and licenses

                  Contractor  is  responsible  for  obtaining  the  Construction
                  Permit and other  permissions  and/or licenses  related to the
                  Project,   including  but  not  limited  to  microwave   radio
                  frequency licenses,  RLL frequency  licenses,  and the Project
                  commissioning license (in Hungarian:  hasznalatbaveteli and/or
                  rendszeresitesi engedely) in the name of Owner to be issued by
                  Government   Authorities   including   the  approvals  of  the
                  Telecommunication   Authority  of  Hungary  where  needed  for
                  construction,  right  of  way,  and  system  operation  of the
                  Project for commencing  commercial traffic.  The costs related
                  to this responsibility of the Contractor shall be borne by the
                  Contractor  with the exceptions of the  commissioning  license
                  fees  required  by  government  agencies  for  the  commercial
                  operation  of the network  which will be directly  paid by the
                  Owner,  and the  documented  Contractor  costs  related to the
                  commissioning licenses.

         4.18.2   Third Party Permits

                  The  Contractor is obliged to apply for and obtain the Permits
                  of third parties not mentioned above (e.g.  owners of affected
                  real  properties).  All  compensations  to be paid directly to
                  such third parties shall be borne by Owner.  The Contractor in
                  consultation  with the Owner shall identify third  party-owned
                  real  properties  and  leaseholds  including  their owners and
                  holders which are affected by the project during the designing
                  period.  The process for third party  approvals is as follows:
                  4.18.2.1  Contractor is responsible for third party approvals;
                  4.18.2.2  Contractor will optimize network  locations for both
                  PRTN and Contractor;
                                            4.18.2.3  Contractor  will take into
                                    account  the   availability   of  free  real
                                    estate,  provided  either  by Owner or local
                                    municipalities,    during   equipment   site
                                    selection;
                  4.18.2.4  Owner will  approve  or  disapprove  the  Contractor
                  proposed  solution 4.18.2.5 If Owner  disapproves,  Contractor
                  may proceed of its own accord
                                            4.18.2.6  Owner has 15 days to prove
                                    that  Contractor  site  was  more  expensive
                                    while no less  beneficial to the  Contractor
                                    than an alternate,  suitable site identified
                                    by Owner
                                            4.18.2.7    If   Owner   meets   the
                                    requirements  of 4.18.2.6,  Contractor  will
                                    compensate  the Owner in an amount  equal to
                                    the   difference   between  the  two  sites.
                                    Compensation to be in kind or performance at
                                    Contractor's resolution.

4.19     Handing over/taking over

         The  Contractor,  at  completion  of the  Project,  but prior to System
         Acceptance,  shall deliver to Owner all related documents including but
         not limited to:
         -Statement of the Contractor,
           -high quality of completion of implementation,
           -conformance to applicable standards and related requirements,
           -delivery of a complete, detailed, and revised documentation in 
            three (3) copies of the Project as completed,
           -final test measurement records and documents,
           -geodetic survey documentation in three (3) copies (if applicable),

4.20     Change Order

         The Contractor may initiate a change in the value,  schedule, or design
         of the  Contract  via Change  Order  subject to the  approval of Owner.
         Owner's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
5        OWNER'S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

5.1      Owner's Representatives

         The Owner will assign a Project Executive, Project Manager, Engineering
         Manager,  and such supporting  staff as appropriate to maintain liaison
         with  the  Contractor  during  the  course  of  the  project.   Written
         designation  of such  persons and their  responsibility  and  authority
         shall be provided within 15 days after the signing of the Contract. The
         Project  Manager  shall be located at the project site and will provide
         daily inspections of the work site, contract performance,  and contract
         compliance.

5.2      Information to be Provided

         Owner  shall  provide   necessary   information  as  requested  by  the
         Contractor for the successful design and installation of the Project as
         set forth in  Attachment  V and agrees to provide  further  information
         reasonably  requested  by  the  Contractor.   Owner  shall  provide  to
         Contractor  within five (5) days or earlier of coming into force of the
         Contract  the current  waiting list and CB/LB  subscribers  with names,
         addresses and type of service residential or business.

5.3      Access

         Unless  specially  requested,  Owner  premises  will be available  only
         during normal business hours. In the case of work requiring  Contractor
         access  beyond such hours,  access  will be  requested  no less than 24
         hours prior to expected use. Contractor staff working on Owner premises
         will be supervised, carry appropriate identification,  and conform with
         the  dress  and  demeanor  of Owner  staff at that  activity.  Owner is
         obliged to issue and/or  obtain all permits for  Contractor  and/or its
         Subcontractors  to enter the premises owned and/or directed by Owner so
         that their contractual  obligations can be performed.  The above permit
         shall enable Contractor's or its Sub-contractor's  authorized personnel
         to enter the premises when necessary.

5.4      Owner Review and Approval

         The  Owner  is  responsible  for the  timely  review  and  approval  of
         documents submitted by the Contractor, at its discretion, in accordance
         with this  Contract.  Owner's  approvals or the reason if one or any of
         them is being withheld,  if any, shall be passed to Contractor within 5
         business days from the date of the confirmed receipt,  as defined under
         Article 12.8 Notification, of application for approval.

5.5      Owner delay (other than financial)

         Owner  shall  meet  obligations  under  this  Contract  for only  those
         requirements specified in this Contract or in the latest version of the
         Project  Schedule  received  at least 15 days in advance  of  scheduled
         obligations  so that  Contractor is able to follow and keep the timing.
         In case of delay of Owner relating only to those requirements specified
         in this  Contract  or in the  Project  Schedule,  Contractor  shall  be
         entitled to a reasonable  extension of the  performance  deadline which
         cannot exceed twice the duration of the Owner's delay. Contractor shall
         be entitled to request an extension of the affected Contractor deadline
         only within  five (5) days of Owner's  delay  provided  that such delay
         affects Contractor's deadlines.

5.6      Authorization

         After  the  Contract  has  come  into  force,   Owner  shall  issue  an
         authorization   for   Contractor   within   fifteen  (15)  days.   This
         authorization  shall entitle  Contractor  to act on Owner's  behalf for
         obtaining Permits and licenses.

5.7      Payment obligation

         Owner  shall be  responsible  for all the  payments  to be  settled  to
         Contractor in accordance with Article 6 of this Contract.

5.8      Purchase of imports

         The Owner  hereby  declares  that the  equipment  to be supplied by the
         Contractor will serve for investment  purposes in the meaning according
         to  the  Hungarian  regulation.  The  Owner  upon  the  request  of the
         Contractor  shall provide the Contractor with a written  declaration of
         the above in the form required by the Contractor.

5.9      System Acceptance

         The Owner will  provide to the  Contractor  a written  notice of System
         Acceptance  upon  compliance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
         Contract  including  but not  limited to  receipt  of all  deliverables
         including documentation, test records, or other requirements of Article
         3.2 herein.

5.10     Change Order

         The Owner may  initiate a change in the value,  schedule,  or design of
         the Contract via Change  Order  subject to the approval of  Contractor.
         Contractor's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

6        FINANCIAL TERMS

6.1      Contract Price

         The Owner shall pay as compensation to the Contractor the Contract 
           Price of

                                  USD 9,750,000

         which is the Line Price of USD 1,300 multiplied by 7,500 Ordered Lines.
         The final  Contract  Price will be adjusted  according to the number of
         the  Ordered  Lines as their  price will be  adjusted  pursuant to this
         Article. If the Contractor implements less than 80% RLL technology, the
         line price will be equal to USD 1,000 per line for those lines  between
         the actual number of RLL lines and 80% of Ordered Lines.

6.2      Advance Payment

         Advance Payment will be fifteen (15) percent of the calculated Contract
         value         i.e.         USD         1,462,500         that        is
         One-million-four-hundred-sixty-two-thousand-five-hundred US dollars net
         shall be paid  against  Contractor's  invoice at the  execution of this
         Contract.

6.3      Invoicing

         The Price for Ordered Lines,  Ordered Spare Lines,  and accepted Change
         Orders for Connected Lines shall be computed and invoiced weekly as the
         payable amount was adjusted pursuant to Article 6.5 and then the actual
         amount  payable  reduced  in  proportion  to the  Advance  Payment  (in
         accordance with Article 6.2 which is 15 %).

6.4      Invoice attachment

                  6.4.1 The Parties agree that the following documents shall be,
                  without exception, attached to the invoices:

                                    (i)     Line Connection Certificates for 
                                            each Connected Line,
                                    (ii)    Contractor   statements  and  
                                            supporting  documents  as  set  
                                            forth  in Article 4.16 pertaining to
                                            Rejected Lines;
                                    (iii)   Contractor's  statement  pertaining
                                            to  Ordered  Spare  Lines  stating
                                            appropriate implementation;
                                    (iv)   Test   documents   and   Contractor's
                                           statement  evidencing and stating 
                                           complete and proper delivery  of  
                                           Goods  and/or   provision  of  
                                           Services furnished upon an accepted 
                                           Change Order in accordance with (i),
                                           (ii) or (iii) above, as applicable.

                  6.4.2  Contractor  acknowledges  that  no  payment  (save  the
                  Advance  Payment)  will be made by Owner without the foregoing
                  documents.

6.5      Price adjustment

         Prices shall be applied only as adjustment in the following cases:
                  (i)  Change  Orders  shall be  priced on the basis of the Unit
                  Price List,  which needs to be approved by the Owner to become
                  applicable  within  fifteen (15) days of the  Contract  coming
                  into  force,  or the per Line  Price  for  additional  Ordered
                  Lines.  (ii)  Ordered  Spare  Lines  shall be paid by Owner in
                  accordance  with the Line Price less the price of house wiring
                  and  FAU/SRT.  Owner will order  FAU/SRT's  for Ordered  Spare
                  Lines at Owner's  discretion.  (iii)  Rejected  Lines shall be
                  priced as Connected Lines less the Unit Price of house wiring;
                  Contractor will deliver and Owner will accept the FAU/SRT's as
                  spare parts.

6.6      Currency of invoice

         Invoices  shall be issued in Hungarian  Forint  (HUF).  Therefore,  the
         invoiced  HUF amount will be adjusted  to the current  USD/HUF  foreign
         exchange (in Hungarian:"deviza") middle rate valid on the date of issue
         but not later than the Friday  following  the previous  Sunday  closing
         date for billing of Connected  Lines as evidenced by the latest date of
         the   Line   Connection   Certificate   included   in  the   supporting
         documentation forwarded to Owner with the invoice.  Notwithstanding the
         foregoing,  if a turn of calendar  months occurs on such a Friday,  the
         exchange  rate of the  preceding  Thursday  i.e.  the  last  day of the
         preceding month shall apply.  For the current rate of exchange the rate
         defined by Hungarian Foreign Trade Bank (Magyar  Kulkereskedelmi  Bank)
         shall be taken.

6.7      Payment deadline

         Payments shall be effected against Contractor's invoice within five (5)
         banking  days upon  receipt of an invoice.  Any overdue  payment  shall
         carry double (200  percent) the  Hungarian  National Bank base interest
         rate for the actual period of delayed payment.

6.8      Payment Guarantee

         Owner shall  deposit as security USD  3,000,000  i.e.  three million US
         dollars  into an escrow  account.  The escrow  account will be used for
         approved  payments pursuant to Article 6.3. Whenever the balance in the
         escrow  account  reaches USD  750,000 or less the Owner  shall  deposit
         within five (5)  banking  days an amount of the USD  equivalent  to the
         value of the  amount  necessary  to restore  the funds to the  original
         amount or the  calculated  balance  of the  Contract  whichever  is the
         lesser.

6.9      Suspension of work

         Contractor may suspend  further  performance on or after the eighth day
         subsequent  to a Payment  Notice if Owner  failed to settle the invoice
         concerned.  Contractor  shall  restart  work no later  than  the  third
         business day after Owner's effecting payment of the invoice  concerned,
         but affected  deadlines  will be considered as extended by the duration
         of such suspension.

6.10     Retention

         6.10.1   Retention Guarantee

                  Contractor  shall provide,  upon final deposit of Owner to the
                  escrow  account as defined in Article  6.8, an  unconditional,
                  irrevocable  bank guarantee (the Retention  Guarantee") as set
                  out in  Attachment  II in an amount not greater  than five (5)
                  percent  of the  Contract  Price as  defined  in  Article  6.1
                  i.e.USD  487,500  payable  upon first  demand,  for  retention
                  against uncorrected  deficiencies including but not limited to
                  documentation  to be  provided to Owner,  installation,  waste
                  removal,  restoration,  or other  deliverables  including  the
                  costs of the obtaining of license,  and  excluding  Government
                  fees. Contractor and Corporate Guarantor shall, within fifteen
                  (15) days  Notice  given  respectively  by Owner  correct  all
                  Project  with  the  exception  of  non-service   affecting  or
                  hazardous  deficiencies  which shall be corrected  immediately
                  upon  notice  to  the  Contractor.  Failure  to  correct  said
                  deficiencies   shall   entitle  the  Owner  to  correct   such
                  deficiencies and draw against the Retention  Guarantee for all
                  associated  costs.  The Retention  Guarantee shall be released
                  upon System Acceptance.

         6.10.2   Failure to provide Retention Guarantee
                  Parties  agree that  should  Contractor  fail to  provide  the
                  Retention  Guarantee  as  provided  for in 6.10.1,  upon final
                  deposit of Owner to escrow  account as defined in Article 6.8,
                  Owner shall have the right to withhold as  retention an amount
                  equal to USD  487,500  from any and all  invoices  payable  to
                  Contractor.

6.11     Owner performed work

         Owner  reserves  the right to  complete  the house  wiring and  SRT/FAU
         installation. Owner shall notify Contractor of the intention to perform
         such work within  thirty (30) days of the  Contract  coming into force.
         Those  portions  of the work  completed  by the Owner shall be deducted
         from the Line  Price as defined  in 6.1  herein  according  to the Unit
         Prices set in Attachment I.

6.12     Value Added Tax

         The Contract  Prices and the Advance Payment given above do not include
         Value Added Tax,  therefore,  the percentage as applicable from time to
         time,  as  currently  twenty-five  (25)  percent  shall be added to all
         prices and will be given to all  invoices.  However,  VAT shall be paid
         separately by Owner to Contractor thus that  Contractor's  bank account
         shall  be  credited  with the  relevant  amount  no later  than the day
         preceding the statutory due date by which Contractor must pay such VAT.

6.13     Other payments

         All costs, compensations, prices etc. related to real estate purchases,
         rents,  claims,  and  disputes  of or with  owners  of real  properties
         affected by the Project shall be paid or otherwise  borne by the Owner,
         provided  that Owner was duly  advised in  advance  by  Contractor  and
         approved such costs,  compensations  and prices  against Third Parties'
         invoices or other documents.

6.14     Taxes and Duties

         The Contractor is responsible  for all applicable  taxes,  official and
         stamp duties,  and authorization  fees connected to the Contract and is
         obliged to pay them.  The Owner  shall pay the  government  fee for the
         commissioning license as it is not included in the Contract Price.

6.15     Transfer of Ownership Title

         6.15.1   Ownership title of Ordered Lines,  which have been paid for by
                  Owner,  shall be deemed as transferred to Owner on the date of
                  deposit into the escrow account of the last amount required in
                  accordance  with Article 6.8 of the Contract or in case of the
                  Parties'  failure  to comply  with the  Contract  due to Force
                  Majeure or Owner's termination of the Contract.

         6.15.2   In case the Contractor terminates the Contract for any reason,
                  the full  ownership  title  over  the  assets  created  by the
                  implementation  of the Project shall be deemed as  transferred
                  to the  Owner.  However,  Contractor  shall  have the right to
                  repurchase  these assets for a  repurchase  price equal to the
                  amount  paid by the Owner less the amount of costs  determined
                  by an arbitration  award which is rendered pursuant to Article
                  11.4 herein provided that the same arbitration  award declares
                  the  cause  for  Contractor's   termination  of  the  Contract
                  justified  on the  grounds of Owner's  material  breach of the
                  Contract as provided for in Article 10.2 herein.

7        DEADLINES

7.1      Implemented infrastructure

         Contractor shall implement all Goods and render all Services other than
         those needed for the final line  connection of  subscribers  as soon as
         possible  but no later than  twenty  (20) weeks  after the coming  into
         force of this Contract.

7.2      Line connections

         Contractor   shall   complete  at  least   ninety   (90)   percent  the
         implementation  of  the  Ordered  Lines  that  is the  subscriber  line
         connections as soon as possible but no later than twenty-six (26) weeks
         after the coming into force of this  Contract.  The  remaining  Ordered
         Lines shall be completed within four (4) weeks.

7.3      System Acceptance Documents

         Contractor  shall  provide  to  Owner  within  sixty  (60)  days of the
         completion of Project in accordance with Article 7.2 all  documentation
         and deliverables as provided for in Article 4.19 and the  commissioning
         license.

7.4      Delay notification

         Contractor shall provide at least thirty (30) days advance notification
         of the potential failure to meet the deadlines for performances defined
         in Article 7. Owner's  claims related to  Contractor's  failure to meet
         the deadlines will be determined pursuant to Article 7.4 hereof.

7.5      Liquidated damages

         Contractor is obliged to pay  liquidated  damages to the Owner if - due
         to any reason for which the  Contractor  or any of the  Sub-contractors
         are  responsible  -  the  relevant   contractual   obligations  of  the
         Contractor   are  not   fulfilled   according  to  the   deadlines  for
         performances  as defined under  Articles 7.1 and 7.2, even if no damage
         or loss occurred to Owner.

         7.5.1    Amount of  liquidated damages

                  The liquidated  damages shall be HUF One-hundred (100) per day
                  to a  maximum  amount  of ten per cent  (10%) of the  original
                  contract  value plus the value for each  Ordered  Line ordered
                  via Change Order which Contractor failed to implement as would
                  have been  required  in  Article  7.2 or as agreed in a Change
                  Order.

         7.5.2    Payment of liquidated damages

                  The payment or set off of liquidated damages from any sums due
                  or becoming  due to  Contractor  shall not relieve  Contractor
                  from the  obligation  to finish  the work  and/or  from  other
                  obligations under this Contract.  In case of Contractor delay,
                  liquidated damages shall be the exclusive  remedying available
                  for Owners.

8        CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTIES

8.1      Warranty Period

         The  warranty  period,  shall  be  twelve  (12)  months  for the  Goods
         commencing on the date when ninety (90) percent of the Line  Connection
         Certificates for Ordered Lines have been received by Owner.

8.2      Reliability

         The network will provide the traffic  performance  and grade of service
as outlined in Article 3.3 herein.

8.3      Warranty claim

         During the warranty  period,  Owner will inform  Contractor  in written
         form and without delay  regarding any problems which may require action
         by Contractor.

8.4      Warranty response time constraint

         During the warranty  period,  any fault occurring in case of proper use
         of the equipment  implemented  in the frame of this  Contract  shall be
         repaired by the Contractor free of charge for Goods and Services within
         the time constraints set out in Attachment VII hereof. Contractor shall
         be liable for damages certified by the Owner including the lost revenue
         of Owner in case of a failure to meet the correction deadlines referred
         to in the previous  sentence for the period starting on the next day of
         a missed deadline and lasting until the default is actually repaired.

8.5      Warranty exemptions
         8.5.1    Extension of network

                  The warranty  shall not apply to the part of the Project where
                  Owner or its Representatives  executed  extension,  changes or
                  corrections,  except  the  case of  subscriber's  connections,
                  outside the scope of the Contract during the warranty  period.
                  If Owner notifies Contractor about these works previously, the
                  Parties shall define the network or system boundary from which
                  the warranty obligations of Contractor will remain valid.

         8.5.2    Owner negligence

                  Contractor's  liability  does  not  cover  damages  caused  by
                  Owner's  failure to follow the technical  standards  regarding
                  the operation and  maintenance  of the Goods as defined in the
                  Technical Documentation.

8.6      Type Approval

         Contractor  shall  replace  any Goods  supplied  for the Project  free
         of charge if a competent  authority rejects to provide  final type  
         approval or withdraws a relevant type  approval  previously  issued.  
         This provision shall survive the Warranty Period.

9.       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

9.1      Contractor's Authorization

         Contractor is the owner of the  intellectual  property rights in and to
         all relevant Goods delivered by him under this Contract,  or it is duly
         authorized by the original  owner of the said rights to grant any right
         explained below to Owner.

         9.1.1    Patent Rights and Trade Secrets Rights

                  Contractor shall grant to Owner an irrevocable, non-exclusive,
                  non-transferable  license to use any invention incorporated in
                  any of the Goods, covered by patent(s).  Such license shall be
                  deemed  fully  paid up for the  purposes  of use of the  Goods
                  delivered under this Contract.

         9.1.2    Terms of Use

                  Any other  provisions  of the Contract  notwithstanding,  with
                  respect to any inventions, including patented inventions, that
                  any person or entity is  authorized  by the Contract to use or
                  practice only under certain  conditions or  limitations,  such
                  use or practice shall be:
                                    9.1.2.1  free,  unconditional  and unlimited
                           from and after the time that the rights in inventions
                           come into the public domain, or
                                    9.1.2.2  at  the  sole  discretion  of  such
                           person or entity,  on other  terms from and after the
                           time that such rights in inventions  become otherwise
                           lawfully  available  to such person or entity on such
                           other terms.

         9.1.3    Unaffected Rights and Obligations

         This Article  shall not be construed as limiting any rights of Owner or
         obligations of Contractor under this Contract,  including  specifically
         the right of Owner for no additional  compensation  to  Contractor,  to
         use, have used, deliver,  lease sell or otherwise dispose of, the Goods
         or any part thereof, required to be delivered under this Contract.

9.2      Copyright

         9.2.1    Ownership and Copyright

                  The  ownership  and  copyrights  in and to any  Software,  the
                  associated  documentation or the documentation of the Hardware
                  shall  remain  with  their  original  owners  and/or any other
                  entities duly authorized by the former.

         9.2.2    Use of Copyrighted Software

                  With the  Software  packages and  documentation,  protected by
                  others'  copyright  rights under the  Hungarian  copyright law
                  and/or  international   treaty,   Owner,  by  virtue  of  this
                  Contract, is allowed to:

                  9.2.2.1  make copies solely for routine replacement and 
                           back-up purposes, or
                  
                  9.2.2.2 transfer the Software to a single hard disk,  provided
                  that the Owner  keeps the  original  solely  for  back-up  and
                  archival purposes.  In addition,  Owner shall be granted,  via
                  Contractor,  by the original  copyright owners an irrevocable,
                  non-exclusive,    non-transferable   license   to   use   such
                  copyrighted materials.

9.3      Copyright Restrictions

         The  copyright   includes,   among  others,   the  prohibition  of  any
         modification,   alteration,   de-compilation,   disassembling,  reverse
         engineering,  or  making  any  derivative  work  such  as  translation,
         recasting, transformation or adaptation.

9.4      Intellectual Property, Patent, and Copyright Indemnity

         Contractor shall defend at its expense,  suits against Owner upon claim
         that the Goods,  including  the latest  unmodified  release of Software
         supplied  under this  Contract,  infringe  property  rights  granted or
         registered in Hungary, provided that

         9.4.1    Notification of lawsuit

                  Owner promptly notifies Contractor in writing on the suit,
                                    9.4.1.1 Contractor  has sole  control of the
                                            defence  and  related  settlement
                                            negotiations, and
                                    
                                    9.4.1.2 Owner gives  Contractor  information
                                            and assistance for the defence all
                                            at Contractor's expense.

         9.4.2    Indemnity

                  Contractor  shall  indemnify and hold Owner  harmless from all
                  payments  which  by  final  judgments  in  such  suits  may be
                  assessed  against  Owner on account of such  infringement  and
                  shall pay  resulting  settlements,  costs and damages  finally
                  awarded against Owner by a court of law.

         9.4.3    Remedy

                  Owner  agrees  that if the use,  sale or  distribution  of the
                  Goods  prohibited as a result of such suit, or in Contractor's
                  option  are  likely  to  be  prohibited,   Owner  will  permit
                  Contractor,  at his option and expense,  either to procure the
                  right for Owner to continue  using such Goods or to replace or
                  modify same so that they become non-infringing.

10       TERMINATION

10.1     Termination on default

         This Contract may be terminated by either Party in the event of default
         by the other Party. In either event the Party initiating termination is
         required to give the other party  fifteen  (15)  calendar  days advance
         notice.  In the event of termination for default,  the initiating Party
         agrees that the default notification will be rescinded if, within eight
         (8) calendar days of notification,  the defaulting  Party corrects,  to
         the notifying Party's satisfaction, the material basis for default.

10.2     Grounds for termination

         10.2.1   Owner's Right

                  Owner may  justify  Contractor's  default  on the basis of the
following cases:
                                 10.2.1.1 the  Contractor  fails to commence  
                                          the work over a period of
                                    one (1) month,
                                            10.2.1.2  the  Contractor  disrupted
                                    the    performance   of   its    contractual
                                    obligations  without  justified  reasons and
                                    does not  continue  the work  within  thirty
                                    (30) days,
                                            10.2.1.3. the   Contractor   gives 
                                    the   whole   Project   to sub-contracting,
                                            10.2.1.4    material    failure   to
                                    adequately     carry    out     Contractor's
                                    responsibilities. Such failures include, but
                                    are not limited to: persistently  failing to
                                    supply enough  properly  skilled  workers or
                                    proper materials;  persistently disregarding
                                    laws or ordinances; or substantial breach of
                                    the provisions of this Contract,
                                            10.2.1.5   before   terminating  the
                                    Contract pursuant to the foregoing  clauses,
                                    Owner  shall  request  the  Ericsson  parent
                                    company,  providing the Corporate Guarantee,
                                    to perform all outstanding Contractor duties
                                    and   obligations  in  accordance  with  the
                                    Contract.

                  10.2.2   Contractor's Rights

                           The Contractor may justify Owner's default on the 
                           basis of the following cases:
                                            10.2.2.1 Owner  fails  to  provide 
                                                     the  Advance  Payment  and
                                                     open or refund  the  escrow
                                                     account   pursuant  to
                                                     Articles   6.2   and   6.8
                                                     herein,
                                            10.2.2.2  the Owner fails to provide
                                            or otherwise ensure the Site(s)
                                            or to meet the  requirements as set
                                            forth in Article 4 over a period of 
                                            one (1) month,
                                            10.2.2.3   the   Owner's   delay  in
                                    payment   exceeds   thirty-five   (35)  days
                                    provided  that   Contractor  sent  a  notice
                                    ("Payment  Notice")  not  earlier  than  the
                                    fifth day  after the due date of an  invoice
                                    which was not fully paid by Owner.

10.3     Compensation in Case of Termination

         10.3.1   Termination by Owner

                  Owner  will  compensate  Contractor  on the  basis of the Unit
                  Price List for delivered Goods and  Contractor's  work product
                  which Owner chooses to keep. Such compensation,  however, must
                  not exceed  that  calculated  on the grounds of the Line Price
                  set forth herein as it would have been required to be adjusted
                  under this  Contract.  Any  payment to  Contractor  under this
                  Article shall be subject to Owner's  claim for damages  and/or
                  lost revenue.

         10.3.2   Termination by Contractor

                  In accordance  with the Unit Prices and the Line Price,  Owner
                  will reimburse  Contractor for the implemented  portion of the
                  Project,  Goods  delivered,  Services  rendered,  and expenses
                  incurred before the date of Contractor's  termination and also
                  for tasks properly  performed after the date of termination of
                  the Contract and those  arising from  obligations  relating to
                  the Contract if  undertaken  bona fide.  From the above amount
                  all sums shall be deducted which  Contractor is obliged to pay
                  to and/or which  Contractor  owes Owner  including the amounts
                  previously  paid by Owner.  Contractor  shall be  entitled  to
                  claim damages.

11       GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

11.1     Governing Law

         This  Contract  shall be  governed  by  Hungarian  law.  For issues not
         expressly  provided  for by the Parties  hereof the  provisions  of the
         Hungarian Civil Code (Act No. IV of 1959 as amended) shall apply.

11.2     Amicable dispute resolution

         If a dispute of any kind  whatsoever  arises  between the Owner and the
         Contractor,  in  connection  with,  or  arising  out of this  Contract,
         whether  during the  execution of the Project or after  completion  and
         whether  before  or  after  repudiation  or  other  termination  of the
         Contract,  including  any  dispute  as  to  any  opinion,  instruction,
         determination,  certificate or valuation,  the Owner and the Contractor
         shall, in the first place, seek to resolve the dispute amicably between
         them.

11.3     Effect on the project

         Unless the Contract  has already been  repudiated  or  terminated,  the
         Contractor  shall, in every case,  continue to proceed with the Project
         with all due  diligence  and the  Contractor  and the Owner  shall give
         effect forthwith to every decision they take to resolve their dispute.

11.4     Arbitration

         11.4.1   Notices of arbitration

                  If no amicable  settlement is possible,  then either the Owner
                  or the  Contractor  may give  notice  to the other  party,  of
                  intention to commence arbitration, as hereinafter provided, as
                  to the matter in dispute.  Such  notice  shall  establish  the
                  entitlement   of  the  party   giving  the  same  to  commence
                  arbitration.  Unless the parties otherwise agree,  arbitration
                  may be commenced on or after the twentieth  calendar day after
                  the day on which notice of  intention to commence  arbitration
                  of such  dispute  was given,  even if no  attempt at  amicable
                  settlement thereof has been made.

         11.4.2   Arbitration procedure

                  Any dispute in respect of which  amicable  settlement  has not
                  been  reached  shall  be  finally  settled,  unless  otherwise
                  specified  in  the  Contract,   under  Hungarian  law  and  in
                  accordance with the Rules of  Conciliation  and Arbitration of
                  the  Hungarian  Chamber of  Industry  and Trade by one or more
                  arbitrators in Hungary  appointed under such Rules.  The place
                  of  arbitration  shall  be  Hungary  and the  language  of the
                  arbitration  shall be English.  The said  arbitrator(s)  shall
                  have full power to open up,  review  and revise any  decision,
                  opinion, instruction, determination,  certificate or valuation
                  related to the dispute.

12       MISCELLANEOUS TERMS AND CONDITIONS

12.1     Assignment

         This Contract or any of its  provisions or any receipt of payment shall
         not be assigned by either Party  without the prior  written  consent of
         the other.

12.2     Force Majeure

         Neither party shall be considered in default in the  performance of its
         obligations  under this Contract to the extent that the  performance of
         such  obligation  is  prevented  or delayed by any cause,  existing  or
         future,  which is beyond the reasonable  control of such party.  12.2.1
         Notices

                  Should  any Party be  affected  by Force  Majeure,  such Party
                  shall  notify the other Party in a written  form within  seven
                  (7)  days  from  the  occurrence  of the  Force  Majeure.  The
                  notification  shall  include  details  constituting  the Force
                  Majeure as well as the positive evidences which prove that the
                  case was unavoidable and that it delays the fulfillment of the
                  contractual   obligation   of  the   Party.   In   the   above
                  notification,  the  estimated  duration  of the Force  Majeure
                  shall  be  included  as  well  as a  statement  declaring  the
                  inability  of the  effected  Party to  perform  the  concerned
                  obligation(s)   as  long  as  the   case  of   Force   Majeure
                  exists/remains.

         12.2.2   Effect on Contract

                  Should the duration of Force Majeure exceed the period of five
                  (5) days, Parties shall negotiate the reasonable  modification
                  of the Contract and equitable  compensation  for Contractor in
                  respect of work performed but not tested,  if applicable,  due
                  to Force  Majeure.  If  Parties  cannot  come to an  agreement
                  within the above  period,  they can  submit the  dispute to be
                  resolved pursuant to Article 11 herein.

         12.2.3   Limitation

                  The Contractor is not entitled to rely on any event  otherwise
                  qualifying as Force  Majeure if the scheduled  deadline of the
                  Project was due before such event.

12.3     Data Ownership and Confidentiality

         Any  information  or  data,  in the form of  specifications,  drawings,
         technical  data  or  other  information,  not a work  product  of  this
         Contract, furnished by the Owner or Contractor to the other party shall
         remain the  property  of the  furnishing  party.  Work  product of this
         Contract  shall become the  property of the Owner under the  conditions
         stipulated   herein.   All  work  product  and  information  marked  as
         Proprietary  by either party prior to transfer to the other party shall
         be kept confidential by the receiving party and receive the same degree
         of care in  handling  and  retention  as that party  applies to its own
         proprietary   information.   The  party   receiving  such   proprietary
         information shall not disclose,  without the furnishing party's written
         permission,   such   information  to  any  other  person  or  use  such
         information  itself for any purpose other than the  performance of this
         Contract.  The  obligations  under this  paragraph  shall  survive  the
         termination of this Contract for a period of five (5) years.

12.4     Effect of Waiver

         Owner's  waiver of any Article of this Contract shall have no effect on
the Contract.

12.5     Severability

         If any provision  hereof,  or the  application of any such provision to
         any person or  circumstance,  shall be held invalid or unenforceable by
         an arbitration tribunal of competent  jurisdiction,  then the remainder
         of this  Contract,  or the  application of such provision to persons or
         circumstances  other than those as to which it is held  invalid,  shall
         not be affected  thereby and such invalid  provisions shall be replaced
         by a valid provision (and for this purpose the arbitrator(s) may act as
         amiable compositor/s) which most closely gives effect to the intent and
         purpose of the parties  hereto and the allocation of risks and benefits
         reflected in such provision.

12.6     Contract Amendment

         Any  contract  terms can only be amended in written form duly signed by
both Parties.

12.7     Copies

         The Contract  was  prepared in English  language and was signed in four
         (4) original copies of which each Party keeps two (2).

12.8     Notification

         Notices or communications  required or permitted to be given under this
         Contract will be deemed to be given; a) when delivered by hand, b) when
         transmitted by facsimile and confirmed by returned  facsimile,  c) five
         (5)calendar  days after being sent by certified  mail, in each case, to
         the address or facsimile number following:

HUNGAROTEL Rt.
James Morrison, Chairman
1126 Budapest, Kiralyhago u. 2.
Tel.: 212-1100
Fax: 202-2974

ERICSSON Kft.
Fodor Istvan, President
1146 Budapest, Hungaria krt. 162.
Tel: 265-7100
Fax: 265-7373


12.9     Coming into Force

         The  Contract  comes  into  force on the date when  duly  signed by the
         authorized  representatives  of the both  Parties  but not  before  the
         Corporate  Guarantee,  the advanced payment and the financial  security
         provided for in Articles 4.17, 6.2 and 6.8 are in place.

Parties  have both read this  Contract and mutually  agreed and  understood  its
contents.

Budapest, May 17, 1996






                               
                                                                Exhibit 10.76





                       PAPATEL TAVKOZLESI RESZVENYTARSASAG

                     ERICSSON KORLATOLT FELELOSSEGU TARSASAG



 

                                TURN-KEY CONTRACT









                                  Dated as of
                                  May 31, 1996



<PAGE>


1INTRODUCTION

1.1      Purpose
         This  document  constitutes  the  agreement  between  Papatel  Rt.  and
         Ericsson Kft.,  governing the latter's provision,  on a Turn-key basis,
         of 2500 Radio in the Local Loop (RLL)  telephone  lines for the Papatel
         Primary Region.

         1.2      Parties declare they have all the necessary authorizations to
                  conclude the present Contract.

2        DEFINITIONS

         "Building(s)"  means the premises as described in Attachment V used for
         technical   purposes   which  are   necessary   and  suitable  for  the
         accommodation of the telecommunication equipment and system included in
         the Contract. The building can be ordinary construction or container.

         "Change  Order"  means the process to handle the changes  requested  by
         Owner or Contractor that will affect the value,  schedule, or design of
         the Contract.

         "Connected  Capacity/Connected  Lines" means those  Ordered Lines where
         the  connection  to  particular  subscribers  actually  occurred and by
         connecting  a telephone  set to it voice grade  telephone  calls can be
         originated and terminated.

         "Contract" means this Contract  concluded between Owner and Contractor,
         including  all  the  documents  being  referred  there  as  well as the
         mutually accepted modifications and/or alterations.

         "Contractor" means Ericsson Kft and includes its successors.

          Customer  Premise  Equipment"  (CPE)  means the  subscriber  telephone
          instrument.

         "Day" means calendar day unless stated otherwise.

         "Goods" means all the equipment, material, components, software, or any
         other component,  which must be fully or provisionally type approved in
         Hungary,  where  applicable,  to be supplied by  Contractor to Owner in
         accordance  with the  Contract  necessary  for the  normal,  commercial
         operation of the lines ordered for this Contract.

         "Installation".  An  all  inclusive  term  referring  to the  placement
         of  equipment  and  material  and encompassing all related general
         (e.g.  construction,  erection) and specific (e.g.splicing, connecting,
         and testing) terms employed to describe such activities.

         "Line  Connection  Certificate"  means the form statement as defined as
         Attachment  VI/11 duly signed by the subscriber upon  installation  and
         testing,  as described in Attachment VI of a Connected  Line which will
         certify the full capability of the connection and for normal commercial
         operation of the Connected Line.

         Line  Price"  means the fixed price of USD 1,300 and 1,175 per Ordered
         Line.

         "Ordered Capacity/ Ordered Lines" mean any and all particular telephone
         lines  which Owner  requested  Contractor  to build under the  Contract
         including  those  requested  via  Change  Orders;  the  term  comprises
         Connected Lines and Rejected Lines.

         "Ordered  Spare   Capacity/Ordered   Spare  Lines"  means   prospective
         telephone  lines which Owner  requested  Contractor  to build under the
         Contract where it is not required to implement the subscriber  premises
         radio equipment (FAU/SRT).

         "Owner" means Papatel  Rt. and includes its successors.

         "Parties" mean the Owner and the Contractor together.

         "Permit" means all official documents  necessary for the implementation
         and turning  into  commercial  operation  of the Project  with  special
         regard  to  network  and  building   construction,   access  to  public
         utilities,  type  approval  if  applicable,  of all  the  Goods,  radio
         licenses for all relevant  Goods  required by law, or other access from
         all government agencies or third parties.

         "Project" means all Goods and Services to be delivered and performed 
         for the PRTN

         "Project  Manager"  means the  authorized  representative  of Owner and
         Contractor being entitled to control all the activities to be performed
         by  Owner  and  Contractor  as  well  as to  give  instructions  and/or
         approvals,  including the express  authority to hand  over/take over of
         completed  work products of Contractor,  which are necessary  regarding
         the daily completion of the Contract.

         "Project  Executive"  means the  authorized  officers  of both  parties
         having full authority to execute the Project.

         "Project  Schedule" A comprehensive,  computer based schedule employing
         Critical  Path  methodology,  which  identifies  relationships  between
         project tasks and,  based on the quantity of work  required,  resources
         assigned,  and expected  productivity,  predicts the achievement of key
         project milestones.

         "PRTN" Primary Region  Telephone  Network,  ( Papatel  Primary  Region)
         including  the  telephone  infrastructure  to be  provided  under  this
         Contract.

         "Rejected  Lines" mean those Ordered Lines where  Contractor was unable
         to connect a subscriber even after Contactor's best effort, the minimum
         of which is provided for in the Contract;  the Rejected  Lines shall in
         effect be considered as additional Ordered Spare Capacity/Ordered Spare
         Lines.

         "Services" mean all the activities which appear in non-objectified form
         (therefore are not "Goods") but form an integral,  inseparable  part of
         the   Project,   assembly,    commissioning,    design,   installation,
         commissioning,  and  project  management  necessary  to put the Ordered
         Lines into commercial operation.

         "Site"   means   locations,   building   and  other  places  where  the
         implementation work will take place.

         "Sub-Contractor" means those corporate bodies or entrepreneurs licensed
         or qualified to perform  activities on the commission of Contractor and
         with the full and unlimited responsibility of the Contractor to fulfill
         the Project.

         "System  Acceptance"  Owners  statement  declaring that all contractual
         obligations  of  the  Contractor,   except  where  explicitly  provided
         otherwise are fulfilled.

         "System  Integration"  means those  activities of Contractor  which are
         necessary for the connection and  communication of the existing and the
         new telephone system to be implemented by Contractor in the PRTN on the
         level of the existing host exchange.

         "Technical  Documentation"  means all the  technical  documents for all
         components  and the network  installed in accordance  with the Contract
         that  Contractor  has to  deliver  to Owner for the  normal  commercial
         operation of the Project as required by law.

          Telecommunications  Authority  of Hungary"  (HIF)  means a  government
         agency  authorized to issue  telecommunication-related  licenses and/or
         related permits.

         "Test"  means the  procedures  and other  measurements  carried  out by
         Contractor  on units of the  Project  according  to the  manufacturers'
         instructions  and the internal  proceedings and practices of Contractor
         and  applicable  Hungarian  rules  and  regulations  aimed to check the
         compliance  with the relevant  technical and functional  parameters for
         the  commercial  operation  of the Project  delivered to the Owner in a
         format approved in the Contract.

         "Technological  Spare  Capacity"  means an excess number of prospective
         telephone  lines which were not ordered by Owner but instead arise from
         technological   circumstances  and  are  therefore  neither  chargeable
         against nor useable by Owner.

         "Turn-key  Project" The delivery of a complete and functioning Radio in
         the Local  Loop  telephone  system  which  provides  normal  commercial
         telephone  services  for the  Primary  Region  (  Papatel)  capable  of
         commercial operation for public telephone services by Owner's employees
         capable  of  operation  for  the  purpose  intended  by  Owners  and in
         compliance  with the technical  documentation  of this  Contract.  This
         includes Engineering,  Furnishing, Installing and Testing (EFIT) of all
         system equipment and components  excluding  Customer Premise Equipment,
         with the exception of installation and testing.

         "Unit Price" means the price of goods and services listed in Attachment
         I.  Should the need of any unit price not  listed in the  Attachment  I
         mentioned above arise during implementation, Contractor shall define an
         appropriate unit as approved by Owner.

3        SCOPE OF WORK

3.1      General
         Contractor  shall  provide  Goods  and  Services  to be  supplied  in a
         Turn-key Project for the development of a fully functional Radio in the
         Local Loop telephone  system of 2500 new subscriber  lines as described
         in  Attachment  III  hereof.   Ordered  Lines  shall  be  connected  to
         subscribers selected from the waitlisted and CB/LB subscribers,  taking
         into account the technical conditions and subscriber ranking as defined
         in  Attachment V in the  settlements  within the areas  defined for RLL
         implementation   in  Attachment  III  hereof.   The  Project  shall  be
         implemented  such that 100% of the  implemented  Ordered Lines shall be
         Radio in the Local Loop (RLL) technology comprising the Connected Lines
         and the Ordered Spare Capacity in accordance  with the  requirements of
         Owner as set forth in  Attachment  V hereof.  Furthermore,  the Project
         shall satisfy the System  Integration  requirement as defined herein as
         well as the  satisfaction of Change Orders which are accepted  pursuant
         to the Contract.  These activities and  responsibilities  of Contractor
         include without limitation, regarding the content of this contract, the
         design, engineering,  manufacturing, supply, installation, obtaining of
         all relevant permits and licenses, commissioning,  testing, delivery of
         technical documentation, and warranty of the following:
         3.1.1    Switching - AXE
         3.1.2    Wired and Optical Transmission Equipment
         3.1.3    RAS 1000 Radio Access System
         3.1.4 DRA 1900 DECT/RLL 3.1.5 Microwave Transmission 3.1.6 Power Supply
         to  the  Equipment  3.1.7  Digital   Distribution   Frame  (DDF)  3.1.9
         Connection to the backbone network 3.1.10 Pay phones and booths
         3.1.11 Buildings and  environmental  systems 3.1.12  Structures  3.1.13
         Copper based network.

3.2      Network boundaries
         3.2.1    On one  side  the  connection  to the DDF of the  transmission
                  facility  at  the  remote   locations  of   Lovaszpatona   and
                  Papateszer  and on the  other  side  the  wall  socket  of the
                  Customer Premise Equipment  including testing and installation
                  of the CPE if provided by the Owner.
         3.2.2    The  transmission  facility with 2 Mb/s access between the
                  host and the remote locations shall be provided by Owner.
         3.2.3    Regarding the subscribers within Papa, the network boundary is
                  the  wall  socket  of the  CPE,  and on the  other  side,  the
                  extension of the existing AXE exchange to the necessary extent
                  required by the scope of the Contract.
         3.2.4    Extension of the  existing  AXE host  exchange in Papa (to the
                  necessary  extent  required  by  the  newly   implemented  RLL
                  network)  to the  DDF of the  transmission  facility  at  host
                  exchange location.

3.3      Grade of service for the Project
         The Grade of Service  for the RLL system  shall be P. 01 and the 
         traffic  performance  shall be .05 Erlang per subscriber.

3.4      Attachments
         The following  Attachments  are  considered,  read and  interpreted  as
         inseparable part of the Contract:

         3.4.1    I   Unit Prices
         3.4.2    II  Ericsson Retention Guarantee
         3.4.3 III Network and RLL Map and Optical  Transmission  Schedule 3.4.4
         IV Text of  Corporate  Guarantee  3.4.5 V Owner  Information  3.4.6  VI
         Technical   Appendices   (specifications   and   descriptions),   Tests
         Procedures 3.4.6.1 VI/1 Switching 3.4.6.2 VI/2 Wired Transmission (PDH)
         3.4.6.3  VI/3  Microwave  Transmission  (MINILINK)  3.4.6.4  VI/4 Power
         Supply 3.4.6.5 VI/5 Main Distribution  Frame (MDF) 3.4.6.6 VI/6 Digital
         Distribution  Frame (DDF)  3.4.6.7  VI/7 Network  Management  (XMATE) -
         optional  3.4.6.8  VI/8 RAS 1000 RLL  3.4.6.9  VI/9 DRA 1900 (DECT) RLL
         3.4.6.10 VI/10 Network  Construction  3.4.6.11 VI/11 Training  3.4.6.12
         VI/12 Line Connection  Certificate 3.4.6.13 VI/13 Pay phones and booths
         3.4.6.14  VI/14 General notes 3.4.7 VII Warranty  Response  Obligations
         3.4.8 VIII Change Order Form

4.       CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

4.1      Project Manager
         Contractor  will designate a Project Manager (with deputies for project
         sub-elements,  as appropriate) with overall  responsibility for the day
         to day conduct of the project.  The Project Manager's  responsibilities
         and authority will be provided in writing. Contractor will not reassign
         this  responsibility  without  notifying the Owner. The Project Manager
         will  be  replaced   upon  the  Owner's   request  where  such  request
         demonstrates  due  cause  (including  chronic  delays,  missed  project
         milestones,  failure to be fully  informed of project  activities,  and
         failure to properly  conduct  progress  meetings or provide agreed upon
         project reports) for that replacement.

4.2      Project Schedule
         Contractor  shall supply to the Owner for  information  purposes  only,
         within  fifteen (15) calendar days of contract  signing,  a preliminary
         calendar  of the Project  and within  forty-five  (45) days a digitized
         copy of the Project  Schedule  in a format  compatible  with  Microsoft
         Project, and a hard, paper copy of the Project Schedule GANTT chart.

4.3      Installation plan and technical content
         Parties agree that the planning and  completion of the Project shall be
         performed  in  accordance  with an  installation  plan  reviewed by the
         Owner.  Contractor  shall  inform  Owner in  writing  of the  technical
         content  of the  Project no later  than  forty-five  (45) days from the
         coming  into force of the  Contract.  In case  Contractor  changes  the
         content  of the  documents  on which  information  was  given to Owner,
         Contractor  shall inform  Owner on such changes in writing  within five
         (5) days.

4.4      Subcontracting
         The  Contractor  may  subcontract  portions  of the  work to  qualified
         subcontractors.  Use of Sub-Contractors  does not relieve Contractor of
         overall  responsibility  for the  quality  and  timeliness  of  project
         activities.  Contractor shall be responsible for the subcontracted work
         as if Contractor would have performed it.

4.5      Products and Services of Hungarian Origin
         4.5.1    The  Contractor  will use best  effort to ensure that not less
                  than 30% of the total value of products purchased and services
                  provided  for the  purposes of the Project  shall be fulfilled
                  with products and services of Hungarian origin.

         4.5.2    Contractor  shall provide a certificate  describing  the 
                  actual  percentage of Goods and Services
                  of Hungarian  origin prior to System  Acceptance.  Such 
                  certificate can be adjusted by Contractor no later than 28
                  February  1997. In the absence of an adjusted  certificate,
                  the one provided by Contractor shall be deemed final.
                  4.5.3    A product  shall be deemed to be of  Hungarian
                  origin  if,  (i) either 25% of the total value  thereof  was
                  produced  in  Hungary,  or,  (ii)  proof  can  be  given  that
                  due  to  the manufacturing  process  having  been  carried out
                  in Hungary, the added  value of such product increased by 25%.

         4.5.4    The Contractor  acknowledges that an inspection may be carried
                  out by the Ministry of Transportation,  Telecommunication  and
                  Water  Management (the "Ministry") or by a competent agency at
                  any  time  to  ensure   compliance  with  such  provision  and
                  undertakes  to  fully  cooperate  with  the  Ministry  or  the
                  competent agency during such an inspection.

4.6      Test Procedures
         As set forth in detail in Attachment VI hereto,  Contractor shall carry
         out  formal  Tests of all  implemented  Goods,  where  applicable.  The
         manufacturers'   testing   instructions   for   installation   for  the
         implemented  equipment and system shall be made  available for Owner in
         advance.  Contractor  shall  invite  Owner to these Tests in writing at
         least  five  (5)  days  earlier  unless  the  Test  concerned  was duly
         indicated in the Project Schedule including its objective,  exact time,
         date and  location.  Owner shall have the right to  participate  in the
         Tests and make  comments on the test  procedure  and the  results.  Any
         objection of the Owner must be recorded in the relevant  Test  protocol
         (record) or attached thereto.  All Test protocols shall be furnished to
         Owner regardless of Owner's participation at the Test.

4.7      Insurance
         4.7.1    Property
                           The  Contractor  and  any  associated  subcontractors
                  shall be covered  by  insurance  for the joint  benefit of the
                  Owner and the Contractor in respect of the Project  (including
                  for the purpose of this clause any unfixed  materials or other
                  equipment delivered to the Site for incorporation  therein) to
                  their full value  against all loss or damage  arising from any
                  cause for which the Contractor is responsible  under the terms
                  of the Contract.

         4.7.2    Liability
                  The Contractor  shall  throughout the execution of the Project
                  maintain  insurance against damage,  loss, or injury for which
                  the Contractor is liable.  The terms of such  insurance  shall
                  include a provision  whereby in the event of any claim,  being
                  brought or made against the Owner, for which the Contractor is
                  entitled to receive  indemnity  under the policy,  the insurer
                  will  indemnify  the Owner  against  any such  claims  and any
                  costs, charges, and expenses in respect thereof. The liability
                  insurance of Contractor shall also cover the Warranty Period.

         4.7.3    Term
                  Insurance  shall be  effected  in such a manner that the Owner
                  and the  Contractor  are covered for the entire period of this
                  Contract.

         4.7.4    Evidence of coverage
                  The  Contractor  shall  comply  with the  terms of any  policy
                  issued in  connection  with the Contract  and shall,  whenever
                  required,  produce  to the Owner the  policy  or  policies  of
                  insurance and notification of any changes to such policies.

4.8      Contractor Employee Conduct
         The Contractor must take the expected and reasonable precautions at any
         time,  to  forestall  illegalities  or any  other  kind of  untolerated
         misconduct on the part of the employee, and to avoid any kind of damage
         to  the  property  or  to  personal  safety,   during  the  process  of
         implementation of the project.

4.9      Indemnification
         The Contractor  shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless against all
         losses  and  claims  for  injury or damage  to any  person or  property
         whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the Contractor's
         action or  inaction.  The  Contractor  shall also  indemnify  the Owner
         against all claims, demands, proceedings,  damages, costs, charges, and
         expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto.

4.10     Training
         Contractor  agrees to provide training to the extent needed for Owner's
         employees  to enable  them to operate the system in  accordance  with a
         separate  agreement  which the Parties  shall make within 30 days after
         the execution of the Contract.

4.11     Additional Orders of Owner
         In case Owner,  beyond the scope of this Contract and subject to one or
         more separate contracts,  engages Contractor in deliveries and services
         in addition to this Project  provided that Owner's order for additional
         lines will be made no later than 30 June, 1997,  Contractor  undertakes
         to satisfy such  order(s) for a line price not exceeding the limits set
         forth below:  10-20  thousand  Ordered  Linesfor USD  1,175/line  20-30
         thousand   Ordered  Linesfor  USD  1,100/line  30-40  thousand  Ordered
         Linesfor USD 1,050/line  40-50 thousand Ordered Linesfor USD 1,000/line
         50-60 thousand Ordered Linesfor USD 975/line

4.12     Safety Management
         The Contractor will provide to the Owner, within thirty (30) days after
         execution  of the  Contract,  a  Safety  Management  program  which  is
         designed  to  protect   employees,   the  Owner,  the  general  public,
         subscribers,  and public and private  property  from hazards which will
         cause  injury or damage.  The program  will be based on the  following:
         -national and local regulations
            -hazardous materials, including disposition
            -additional site precautions

4.13     Construction Book
         The construction book is a basic document for the implementation of the
         Contract.  It shall be  maintained on the site by the  Contractor,  and
         shall be available any time for review by Owner's  representative.  The
         book shall contain three copies for each page and only a representative
         of the  Contractor or the Owner are entitled to make entries.  One copy
         belongs to the Contractor and the other copy to the Owner: the original
         copy shall be kept on the site. Contractor shall deliver the Owner copy
         to the Owner each week.

4.14     Customer Service Agreement
         Parties  agree  that a Customer  Services  Agreement,  for value  added
         services  provided by the Contractor,  may be signed within ninety (90)
         days following the execution of the Contract.

4.15     System documentation
         Contractor shall provide to the Owner three copies of all installation,
         maintenance,  and operations  documentation for all network  components
         necessary for Owner to manage and maintain the commercial  operation of
         the Project as implemented in accordance with the Contract.

4.16     Rejected Lines
         Contractor  shall use best  efforts to  connect  all  Ordered  Lines to
         subscribers.  Where  Contractor  cannot have  access to a  subscriber's
         premises upon a notice sent to the subscriber,  Contractor shall mail a
         second notice to same.  Both notices  shall be sent by registered  mail
         with a return  receipt.  If the  subscriber  fails to permit  access to
         Contractor upon such second notice,  the line concerned shall be deemed
         as a Rejected Line provided that Contractor  provides  evidence of both
         notices sent. Upon request of Contractor,  Owner may approve  different
         methods of evidencing a Rejected Line. However, Contractor shall notice
         Owner on any of such  failure of access and in case Owner  subsequently
         reports that Owner's representatives succeeded to secure access to said
         subscriber's  premises in five (5) days,  Contractor shall complete the
         subscriber line concerned.

4.17     Corporate Guarantee
         Contractor will provide a Corporate Guarantee, as defined in Attachment
         IV,  issued  by the  Ericsson  parent  company  which  is  binding  and
         enforceable  according  to  Hungarian  and/or  the  law of the  seat of
         guarantor  company of Ericsson under which the guarantor  undertakes to
         guarantee the Owner complete  fulfillment of  Contractor's  obligations
         under this Contract and such  Corporate  Guarantee  shall be valid from
         the date of coming  into  force of this  Contract  until  the  complete
         fulfillment of such obligation and be released upon System Acceptance .
         The  language  of  the  Corporate   Guarantee  is  attached  hereto  as
         Attachment IV.

4.18     Permits and licenses
         4.18.1   Government Permits and licenses
                  Contractor   is   responsible   for   obtaining   the
                  Construction  Permit  and other  permissions  and/or  licenses
                  related to the Project, including but not limited to microwave
                  radio  frequency  licenses,  RLL frequency  licenses,  and the
                  Project commissioning license (in Hungarian: hasznalatbaveteli
                  and/or  rendszeresitesi  engedely)  in the name of Owner to be
                  issued by  Government  Authorities  including the approvals of
                  the  Telecommunication  Authority of Hungary  where needed for
                  construction,  right  of  way,  and  system  operation  of the
                  Project for commencing  commercial traffic.  The costs related
                  to this responsibility of the Contractor shall be borne by the
                  Contractor  with the exceptions of the  commissioning  license
                  fees  required  by  government  agencies  for  the  commercial
                  operation  of the network  which will be directly  paid by the
                  Owner,  and the  documented  Contractor  costs  related to the
                  commissioning licenses.

         4.18.2   Third Party Permits
                  The  Contractor is obliged to apply for and obtain the Permits
                  of third parties not mentioned above (e.g.  owners of affected
                  real  properties).  All  compensations  to be paid directly to
                  such third parties shall be borne by Owner.  The Contractor in
                  consultation  with the Owner shall identify third  party-owned
                  real  properties  and  leaseholds  including  their owners and
                  holders which are affected by the project during the designing
                  period. The process for third party approvals is as follows:

                  4.18.2.1 Contractor is responsible for third party approvals;
                  4.18.2.2 Contractor will optimize network locations for both 
                           PRTN and Contractor;
                  4.18.2.3 Contractor  will take  into  account  the 
                           availability  of free  real  estate, provided  either
                           by Owner  or  local  municipalities,  during  
                           equipment  site selection;
                  4.18.2.4  Owner will  approve  or  disapprove  the  Contractor
                  proposed  solution 4.18.2.5 If Owner  disapproves,  Contractor
                  may  proceed of its own accord  4.18.2.6  Owner has 15 days to
                  prove that Contractor site was more expensive while no
                  less beneficial to the Contractor  than an alternate, 
                  suitable site identified by Owner
                  4.18.2.7 If Owner meets the requirements of 4.18.2.6,
                           Contractor  will  compensate the Owner in an
                           amount equal to the  difference  between the
                           two  sites.  Compensation  to be in  kind or
                           performance at Contractor's resolution.

4.19     Handing over/taking over
         The  Contractor,  at  completion  of the  Project,  but prior to System
         Acceptance,  shall deliver to Owner all related documents including but
         not limited to:
         -Statement of the Contractor,
            -high quality of completion of implementation,
            -conformance to applicable standards and related requirements,
            -delivery of a complete, detailed, and revised documentation in 
                three (3) copies of the Project as completed,
            -final test measurement records and documents,
            -geodetic survey documentation in three (3) copies (if applicable),

4.20     Change Order
         The Contractor may initiate a change in the value,  schedule, or design
         of the  Contract  via Change  Order  subject to the  approval of Owner.
         Owner's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

5        OWNER'S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

5.1      Owner's Representatives
         The Owner will assign a Project Executive, Project Manager, Engineering
         Manager,  and such supporting  staff as appropriate to maintain liaison
         with  the  Contractor  during  the  course  of  the  project.   Written
         designation  of such  persons and their  responsibility  and  authority
         shall be provided within 15 days after the signing of the Contract. The
         Project  Manager  shall be located at the project site and will provide
         daily inspections of the work site, contract performance,  and contract
         compliance.

5.2      Information to be Provided
         Owner  shall  provide   necessary   information  as  requested  by  the
         Contractor for the successful design and installation of the Project as
         set forth in  Attachment  V and agrees to provide  further  information
         reasonably  requested  by  the  Contractor.   Owner  shall  provide  to
         Contractor  within five (5) days or earlier of coming into force of the
         Contract  the current  waiting list and CB/LB  subscribers  with names,
         addresses and type of service residential or business.

5.3      Access
         Unless  specially  requested,  Owner  premises  will be available  only
         during normal business hours. In the case of work requiring  Contractor
         access  beyond such hours,  access  will be  requested  no less than 24
         hours prior to expected use. Contractor staff working on Owner premises
         will be supervised, carry appropriate identification,  and conform with
         the  dress  and  demeanor  of Owner  staff at that  activity.  Owner is
         obliged to issue and/or  obtain all permits for  Contractor  and/or its
         Subcontractors  to enter the premises owned and/or directed by Owner so
         that their contractual  obligations can be performed.  The above permit
         shall enable Contractor's or its Sub-contractor's  authorized personnel
         to enter the premises when necessary.

5.4      Owner Review and Approval
         The  Owner  is  responsible  for the  timely  review  and  approval  of
         documents submitted by the Contractor, at its discretion, in accordance
         with this  Contract.  Owner's  approvals or the reason if one or any of
         them is being withheld,  if any, shall be passed to Contractor within 5
         business days from the date of the confirmed receipt,  as defined under
         Article 12.8 Notification, of application for approval.

5.5      Owner delay (other than financial)
         5.5.1    Owner shall meet obligations  under this Contract for only 
                  those  requirements  specified in this Contract or in the
                  latest  version of the Project  Schedule  received at least 15
                  days in advance of scheduled  obligations  so that  Contractor
                  is able to follow and keep the timing.  In case of delay of
                  Owner relating only to those  requirements  specified in this 
                  Contract or in the Project Schedule,  Contractor  shall be
                  entitled to a reasonable  extension of the  performance  
                  deadline which  cannot  exceed twice the duration of the 
                  Owner's delay. Contractor  shall be entitled to request an 
                  extension of the affected  Contractor  deadline  only within 
                  five (5) days of Owner's delay provided that such delay
                  affects Contractor's deadlines.

         5.5.2    If Owner  does not meet any of the  deadlines  as set forth in
                  Article 5.11 in this  Contract  due to any reasons  except for
                  those which  contractor is liable and the delay exceeds thirty
                  (30) days, the lack of the relevant transmission facility, and
                  consequently,  the fact that the  connection  between the host
                  exchange and the remote  location  cannot be proved,  will not
                  affect  Contractor's  right to invoice the payable amounts for
                  the implemented  lines as Connected Lines according to Article
                  6. In the above  case the Line  Connection  Certificate  shall
                  contain  a remark  as  follows:  A helyi  ellenorzo  hivas nem
                  tortent (No local test call was performed)".

5.6      Authorization
         After  the  Contract  has  come  into  force,   Owner  shall  issue  an
         authorization   for   Contractor   within   fifteen  (15)  days.   This
         authorization  shall entitle  Contractor  to act on Owner's  behalf for
         obtaining Permits and licenses.

5.7      Payment obligation
         Owner  shall be  responsible  for all the  payments  to be  settled  to
         Contractor in accordance with Article 6 of this Contract.

5.8      Purchase of imports
         The Owner  hereby  declares  that the  equipment  to be supplied by the
         Contractor will serve for investment  purposes in the meaning according
         to  the  Hungarian  regulation.  The  Owner  upon  the  request  of the
         Contractor  shall provide the Contractor with a written  declaration of
         the above in the form required by the Contractor.

5.9      System Acceptance
         The Owner will  provide to the  Contractor  a written  notice of System
         Acceptance  upon  compliance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
         Contract  including  but not  limited to  receipt  of all  deliverables
         including documentation, test records, or other requirements of Article
         3.2 herein.

5.10     Change Order
         The Owner may  initiate a change in the value,  schedule,  or design of
         the Contract via Change  Order  subject to the approval of  Contractor.
         Contractor's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

5.11     Owner  shall  provide 2 Mb/s  transmission  facility  from the AXE host
         location to the DDF of the existing  remote location in Lovaszpatona no
         later than  September  01, 1996 and to the DDF of the  existing  remote
         location in Papateszer no later than October 15, 1996.

6        FINANCIAL TERMS
6.1      Contract Price
         The Owner shall pay as compensation to the Contractor the Contract 
         Price of

                                  USD 2,937,500

         which is the Line Price of USD 1,175 multiplied by 2,500 Ordered Lines.
         The final Contract Price will be adjusted  according to the number of
         the  Ordered  Lines as their  price will be  adjusted  pursuant to this
         Article.  If the Contractor  implements  less than 100% RLL technology,
         the line  price  will be equal to USD 1,000  per line for  those  lines
         between the actual number of RLL lines and 100% of Ordered Lines.

6.2      Advance Payment
         Advance Payment will be fifteen (15) percent of the calculated Contract
         value  i.e.  USD  440,625  that  is  Four  hundred-forty   thousand-six
         hundred-twenty-five  US dollars net shall be paid against  Contractor's
         invoice at the execution of this Contract.

6.3      Invoicing
         The Price for Ordered Lines,  Ordered Spare Lines,  and accepted Change
         Orders for Connected Lines shall be computed and invoiced weekly as the
         payable amount was adjusted pursuant to Article 6.5 and then the actual
         amount  payable  reduced  in  proportion  to the  Advance  Payment  (in
         accordance with Article 6.2 which is 15 %).

6.4      Invoice attachment
         6.4.1    The  Parties  agree  that the  following  documents  shall be,
                  without exception, attached to the invoices:
                           (i) Line Connection Certificates for each 
                               Connected Line,
                           (ii) Contractor  statements and supporting  documents
                           as set forth in Article 4.16  pertaining  to Rejected
                           Lines;  (iii)  Contractor's  statement  pertaining to
                           Ordered    Spare    Lines     stating     appropriate
                           implementation;  (iv) Test documents and Contractor's
                           statement  evidencing and stating complete and proper
                           delivery  of  Goods  and/or   provision  of  Services
                           furnished upon an accepted Change Order in accordance
                           with (i), (ii) or (iii) above, as applicable.
         6.4.2    Contractor  acknowledges  that no  payment  (save the  Advance
                  Payment)   will  be  made  by  Owner   without  the  foregoing
                  documents.

6.5      Price adjustment
         Prices shall be applied only as adjustment in the following cases:
         (i)      Change  Orders  shall be priced on the basis of the Unit Price
                  List, or the per Line Price for additional Ordered Lines.
         (ii)     Ordered Spare Lines shall be paid by Owner in accordance  with
                  the Line  Price less the price of house  wiring  and  FAU/SRT.
                  Owner will order  FAU/SRT's for Ordered Spare Lines at Owner's
                  discretion.
         (iii)    Rejected  Lines  shall be priced as  Connected  Lines less the
                  Unit Price of house wiring;  Contractor will deliver and Owner
                  will accept the FAU/SRT's as spare parts.

6.6      Currency of invoice
         Invoices  shall be issued in Hungarian  Forint  (HUF).  Therefore,  the
         invoiced  HUF amount will be adjusted  to the current  USD/HUF  foreign
         exchange (in Hungarian:"deviza") middle rate valid on the date of issue
         but not later than the Friday  following  the previous  Sunday  closing
         date for billing of Connected  Lines as evidenced by the latest date of
         the   Line   Connection   Certificate   included   in  the   supporting
         documentation forwarded to Owner with the invoice.  Notwithstanding the
         foregoing,  if a turn of calendar  months occurs on such a Friday,  the
         exchange  rate of the  preceding  Thursday  i.e.  the  last  day of the
         preceding month shall apply.  For the current rate of exchange the rate
         defined by Hungarian Foreign Trade Bank (Magyar  Kulkereskedelmi  Bank)
         shall be taken.

6.7      Payment deadline
         Payments shall be effected against Contractor's invoice within five (5)
         banking  days upon  receipt of an invoice.  Any overdue  payment  shall
         carry double (200  percent) the  Hungarian  National Bank base interest
         rate for the actual period of delayed payment.

6.8      Payment Guarantee
         Owner shall deposit as security USD 900,000 i.e. Nine hundred  thousand
         US dollars into an escrow account.  The escrow account will be used for
         approved  payments pursuant to Article 6.3. Whenever the balance in the
         escrow  account  reaches USD  150,000 or less the Owner  shall  deposit
         within five (5)  banking  days an amount of the USD  equivalent  to the
         value of the  amount  necessary  to restore  the funds to the  original
         amount or the  calculated  balance  of the  Contract  whichever  is the
         lesser.

6.9      Suspension of work
         Contractor may suspend  further  performance on or after the eighth day
         subsequent  to a Payment  Notice if Owner  failed to settle the invoice
         concerned.  Contractor  shall  restart  work no later  than  the  third
         business day after Owner's effecting payment of the invoice  concerned,
         but affected  deadlines  will be considered as extended by the duration
         of such suspension.

6.10     Retention
         6.10.1   Retention Guarantee
                  Contractor  shall provide,  upon final deposit of Owner to the
                  escrow  account as defined in Article  6.8, an  unconditional,
                  irrevocable  bank guarantee (the Retention  Guarantee") as set
                  out in  Attachment  II in an amount not greater  than five (5)
                  percent  of the  Contract  Price as  defined  in  Article  6.1
                  i.e.USD  146,875  payable  upon first  demand,  for  retention
                  against uncorrected  deficiencies including but not limited to
                  documentation  to be  provided to Owner,  installation,  waste
                  removal,  restoration,  or other  deliverables  including  the
                  costs of the obtaining of license,  and  excluding  Government
                  fees. Contractor and Corporate Guarantor shall, within fifteen
                  (15) days  Notice  given  respectively  by Owner  correct  all
                  Project  with  the  exception  of  non-service   affecting  or
                  hazardous  deficiencies  which shall be corrected  immediately
                  upon  notice  to  the  Contractor.  Failure  to  correct  said
                  deficiencies   shall   entitle  the  Owner  to  correct   such
                  deficiencies and draw against the Retention  Guarantee for all
                  associated  costs.  The Retention  Guarantee shall be released
                  upon System Acceptance.

         6.10.2   Failure to provide Retention Guarantee
                  Parties  agree that  should  Contractor  fail to  provide  the
                  Retention  Guarantee  as  provided  for in 6.10.1,  upon final
                  deposit of Owner to escrow  account as defined in Article 6.8,
                  Owner shall have the right to withhold as  retention an amount
                  equal to USD  146,875  from any and all  invoices  payable  to
                  Contractor.

6.11     Owner performed work
         Owner  reserves  the right to  complete  the house  wiring and  SRT/FAU
         installation. Owner shall notify Contractor of the intention to perform
         such work within  thirty (30) days of the  Contract  coming into force.
         Those  portions  of the work  completed  by the Owner shall be deducted
         from the Line  Price as defined  in 6.1  herein  according  to the Unit
         Prices set in Attachment I.

6.12     Value Added Tax
         The Contract  Prices and the Advance Payment given above do not include
         Value Added Tax,  therefore,  the percentage as applicable from time to
         time,  as  currently  twenty-five  (25)  percent  shall be added to all
         prices and will be given to all  invoices.  However,  VAT shall be paid
         separately by Owner to Contractor thus that  Contractor's  bank account
         shall  be  credited  with the  relevant  amount  no later  than the day
         preceding the statutory due date by which Contractor must pay such VAT.

6.13     Other payments
         All costs, compensations, prices etc. related to real estate purchases,
         rents,  claims,  and  disputes  of or with  owners  of real  properties
         affected by the Project shall be paid or otherwise  borne by the Owner,
         provided  that Owner was duly  advised in  advance  by  Contractor  and
         approved such costs,  compensations  and prices  against Third Parties'
         invoices or other documents.

6.14     Taxes and Duties
         The Contractor is responsible  for all applicable  taxes,  official and
         stamp duties,  and authorization  fees connected to the Contract and is
         obliged to pay them.  The Owner  shall pay the  government  fee for the
         commissioning license as it is not included in the Contract Price.

6.15     Transfer of Ownership Title
         6.15.1   Ownership title of Ordered Lines,  which have been paid for by
                  Owner,  shall be deemed as transferred to Owner on the date of
                  deposit into the escrow account of the last amount required in
                  accordance  with Article 6.8 of the Contract or in case of the
                  Parties'  failure  to comply  with the  Contract  due to Force
                  Majeure or Owner's termination of the Contract.
         6.15.2   In case the Contractor terminates the Contract for any reason,
                  the full  ownership  title  over  the  assets  created  by the
                  implementation  of the Project shall be deemed as  transferred
                  to the  Owner.  However,  Contractor  shall  have the right to
                  repurchase  these assets for a  repurchase  price equal to the
                  amount  paid by the Owner less the amount of costs  determined
                  by an arbitration  award which is rendered pursuant to Article
                  11.4 herein provided that the same arbitration  award declares
                  the  cause  for  Contractor's   termination  of  the  Contract
                  justified  on the  grounds of Owner's  material  breach of the
                  Contract as provided for in Article 10.2 herein.

7        DEADLINES

7.1      Implemented infrastructure
         Contractor shall implement all Goods and render all Services other than
         those needed for the final line  connection  of  subscribers  within 20
         weeks after the coming into force of this Contract.

7.2      Line connections
         Contractor   shall   complete   at  least   sixty  (  90)  percent  the
         implementation  of  the  Ordered  Lines  that  is the  subscriber  line
         connections as soon as possible but no later than within 24 weeks after
         the coming into force of this  Contract.  The  remaining  Ordered Lines
         shall be completed within four (4) weeks.

7.3      System Acceptance Documents
         Contractor  shall  provide  to  Owner  within  sixty  (60)  days of the
         completion of Project in accordance with Article 7.2 all  documentation
         and deliverables as provided for in Article 4.19 and the  commissioning
         license.

7.4      Delay notification
         Contractor shall provide at least thirty (30) days advance notification
         of the potential failure to meet the deadlines for performances defined
         in Article 7. Owner's  claims related to  Contractor's  failure to meet
         the deadlines will be determined pursuant to Article 7.4 hereof.

7.5      Liquidated damages
         Contractor is obliged to pay  liquidated  damages to the Owner if - due
         to any reason for which the  Contractor  or any of the  Sub-contractors
         are  responsible  -  the  relevant   contractual   obligations  of  the
         Contractor   are  not   fulfilled   according  to  the   deadlines  for
         performances  as defined under  Articles 7.1 and 7.2, even if no damage
         or loss occurred to Owner.
                  7.5.1 Amount of liquidated damages
                  The liquidated damages shall be HUF One-hundred (100)
                  per day to a  maximum  amount  of ten per  cent  (10%)  of the
                  original  contract  value plus the value for each Ordered Line
                  ordered via Change Order which Contractor  failed to implement
                  as would have been  required  in Article 7.2 or as agreed in a
                  Change Order.
                  7.5.2    Payment of liquidated damages
                  The payment or set off of liquidated damages from any sums due
                  or becoming  due to  Contractor  shall not relieve  Contractor
                  from the  obligation  to finish  the work  and/or  from  other
                  obligations under this Contract.  In case of Contractor delay,
                  liquidated damages shall be the exclusive  remedying available
                  for Owners.

8        CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTIES

8.1      Warranty Period
         The  warranty  period,  shall  be  twelve  (12)  months  for the  Goods
         commencing on the date when ninety (90) percent of the Line  Connection
         Certificates for Ordered Lines have been received by Owner.

8.2      Reliability
         The network will provide the traffic  performance  and grade of service
         as outlined in Article 3.3 herein.

8.3      Warranty claim
         During the warranty  period,  Owner will inform  Contractor  in written
         form and without delay  regarding any problems which may require action
         by Contractor.

8.4      Warranty response time constraint
         During the warranty  period,  any fault occurring in case of proper use
         of the equipment  implemented  in the frame of this  Contract  shall be
         repaired by the Contractor free of charge for Goods and Services within
         the time constraints set out in Attachment VII hereof. Contractor shall
         be liable for damages certified by the Owner including the lost revenue
         of Owner in case of a failure to meet the correction deadlines referred
         to in the previous  sentence for the period starting on the next day of
         a missed deadline and lasting until the default is actually repaired.

8.5      Warranty exemptions
         8.5.1    Extension of network
                  The  warranty  shall  not  apply  to the  part of the
                  Project where Owner or its Representatives executed extension,
                  changes  or  corrections,  except  the  case  of  subscriber's
                  connections,  outside  the scope of the  Contract  during  the
                  warranty  period.  If Owner  notifies  Contractor  about these
                  works  previously,  the  Parties  shall  define the network or
                  system  boundary  from  which  the  warranty   obligations  of
                  Contractor will remain valid.

         8.5.2    Owner negligence
                  Contractor's  liability  does  not  cover  damages  caused  by
                  Owner's  failure to follow the technical  standards  regarding
                  the operation and  maintenance  of the Goods as defined in the
                  Technical Documentation.

8.6      Type Approval
         Contractor  shall  replace  any Goods  supplied  for the Project  free
         of charge if a competent  authority rejects to provide  final type 
         approval or withdraws a relevant type  approval  previously  issued.
         This provision shall survive the Warranty Period.

9.       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

9.1      Contractor's Authorization.
         Contractor is the owner of the  intellectual  property rights in and to
         all relevant Goods delivered by him under this Contract,  or it is duly
         authorized by the original  owner of the said rights to grant any right
         explained below to Owner.

         9.1.1    Patent Rights and Trade Secrets Rights
                  Contractor shall grant to Owner an irrevocable, non-exclusive,
                  non-transferable  license to use any invention incorporated in
                  any of the Goods, covered by patent(s).  Such license shall be
                  deemed  fully  paid up for the  purposes  of use of the  Goods
                  delivered under this Contract.

         9.1.2    Terms of Use
                  Any other  provisions  of the Contract  notwithstanding,  with
                  respect to any inventions, including patented inventions, that
                  any person or entity is  authorized  by the Contract to use or
                  practice only under certain  conditions or  limitations,  such
                  use or practice shall be:
                           9.1.2.1 free,  unconditional  and unlimited  from and
                           after the time that the  rights  in  inventions  come
                           into the public domain, or

                           9.1.2.2  at the sole  discretion  of such  person  or
                           entity,  on other  terms from and after the time that
                           such rights in inventions  become otherwise  lawfully
                           available  to such  person or  entity  on such  other
                           terms.
         9.1.3    Unaffected Rights and Obligations
                  This Article  shall not be construed as limiting any rights of
                  Owner  or  obligations  of  Contractor  under  this  Contract,
                  including  specifically  the right of Owner for no  additional
                  compensation to Contractor,  to use, have used, deliver, lease
                  sell or otherwise  dispose of, the Goods or any part  thereof,
                  required to be delivered under this Contract.

9.2      Copyright

         9.2.1    Ownership and Copyright
                  The  ownership  and  copyrights  in and to any  Software,  the
                  associated  documentation or the documentation of the Hardware
                  shall  remain  with  their  original  owners  and/or any other
                  entities duly authorized by the former.

         9.2.2    Use of Copyrighted Software
                  With the  Software  packages and  documentation,  protected by
                  others'  copyright  rights under the  Hungarian  copyright law
                  and/or  international   treaty,   Owner,  by  virtue  of  this
                  Contract, is allowed to:

                           9.2.2.1  make  copies   solely  for  routine
                                    replacement and back-up purposes, or 
                           9.2.2.2  transfer the Software to a single hard disk,
                                    provided that the Owner keeps the 
                                    original  solely for back-up and  archival
                                    purposes.  In addition,  Owner shall be 
                                    granted,  via Contractor,  by  the  original
                                    copyright  owners  an irrevocable, non-
                                    exclusive,  non-transferable license to use
                                    such copyrighted materials.

9.3      Copyright Restrictions
         The  copyright   includes,   among  others,   the  prohibition  of  any
         modification,   alteration,   de-compilation,   disassembling,  reverse
         engineering,  or  making  any  derivative  work  such  as  translation,
         recasting, transformation or adaptation.

9.4      Intellectual Property, Patent, and Copyright Indemnity
         Contractor shall defend at its expense,  suits against Owner upon claim
         that the Goods,  including  the latest  unmodified  release of Software
         supplied  under this  Contract,  infringe  property  rights  granted or
         registered in Hungary, provided that 9.4.1 Notification of lawsuit
                  Owner promptly notifies Contractor in writing on the suit,
                  9.4.1.1  Contractor   has  sole   control  of  the  defence 
                           and   related   settlement negotiations, and
                  9.4.1.2  Owner gives  Contractor  information  and assistance 
                           for the defence all at Contractor's expense.
         9.4.2    Indemnity
                  Contractor  shall  indemnify and hold Owner  harmless
                  from all payments  which by final  judgments in such suits may
                  be assessed against Owner on account of such  infringement and
                  shall pay  resulting  settlements,  costs and damages  finally
                  awarded against Owner by a court of law.

         9.4.3    Remedy
                  Owner  agrees  that if the use,  sale or  distribution  of the
                  Goods  prohibited as a result of such suit, or in Contractor's
                  option  are  likely  to  be  prohibited,   Owner  will  permit
                  Contractor,  at his option and expense,  either to procure the
                  right for Owner to continue  using such Goods or to replace or
                  modify same so that they become non-infringing.
10       TERMINATION

10.1     Termination on default
         This Contract may be terminated by either Party in the event of default
         by the other Party. In either event the Party initiating termination is
         required to give the other party  fifteen  (15)  calendar  days advance
         notice.  In the event of termination for default,  the initiating Party
         agrees that the default notification will be rescinded if, within eight
         (8) calendar days of notification,  the defaulting  Party corrects,  to
         the notifying Party's satisfaction, the material basis for default.

10.2     Grounds for termination
         10.2.1   Owner's Right
                  Owner may justify  Contractor's  default on the basis
                  of the following cases:

                  10.2.1.1          the  Contractor  fails to  commence  the
                                    work  over a period of one (1)month,
                  10.2.1.2          the  Contractor  disrupted  the  performance
                                    of  its  contractual  obligations without
                                    justified  reasons and does not continue 
                                    the work within  thirty (30)days,
                  10.2.1.3.         the Contractor gives the whole Project to 
                                    sub-contracting,
                  10.2.1.4          material failure to adequately carry out 
                                    Contractor's  responsibilities.  Such
                                    failures  include,  but are not  limited  
                                    to:  persistently  failing  to supply
                                    enough properly skilled workers or proper
                                    materials;  persistently disregarding
                                    laws or ordinances; or substantial breach of
                                    the provisions of this Contract,
                  10.2.1.5          before  terminating the Contract pursuant to
                                    the foregoing  clauses,  Owner shall request
                                    the Ericsson parent  company,  providing the
                                    Corporate   Guarantee,    to   perform   all
                                    outstanding     Contractor     duties    and
                                    obligations in accordance with the Contract.

         10.2.2   Contractor's Rights
                  The Contractor may justify Owner's default on the basis of the
                  following cases:
                  10.2.2.1          Owner  fails  to  provide  the  Advance  
                                    Payment  and open or refund the escrow 
                                    account pursuant to Articles 6.2 and 6.8 
                                    herein,
                  10.2.2.2          the Owner  fails to provide  or  otherwise
                                    ensure  the  Site(s) or to meet the
                                    requirements  as set forth in Article 4 over
                                    a period  of one (1)  month,  10.2.2.3  the 
                                    Owner's  delay in payment exceeds thirty-
                                    five (35) days provided that Contractor
                                    sent a notice ("Payment  Notice")not 
                                    earlier than the fifth day after the due
                                    date of an invoice  which was not fully paid
                                    by Owner.

10.3     Compensation in Case of Termination
         10.3.1   Termination by Owner

                  Owner will compensate  Contractor on the basis of the
                  Unit  Price List for  delivered  Goods and  Contractor's  work
                  product  which  Owner  chooses  to  keep.  Such  compensation,
                  however, must not exceed that calculated on the grounds of the
                  Line Price set forth herein as it would have been  required to
                  be adjusted  under this  Contract.  Any payment to  Contractor
                  under this  Article  shall be  subject  to  Owner's  claim for
                  damages and/or lost revenue.

         10.3.2   Termination by Contractor
                  In accordance  with the Unit Prices and the Line Price,  Owner
                  will reimburse  Contractor for the implemented  portion of the
                  Project,  Goods  delivered,  Services  rendered,  and expenses
                  incurred before the date of Contractor's  termination and also
                  for tasks properly  performed after the date of termination of
                  the Contract and those  arising from  obligations  relating to
                  the Contract if  undertaken  bona fide.  From the above amount
                  all sums shall be deducted which  Contractor is obliged to pay
                  to and/or which  Contractor  owes Owner  including the amounts
                  previously  paid by Owner.  Contractor  shall be  entitled  to
                  claim damages.

11       GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

11.1     Governing Law
         This  Contract  shall be  governed  by  Hungarian  law.  For issues not
         expressly  provided  for by the Parties  hereof the  provisions  of the
         Hungarian Civil Code (Act No. IV of 1959 as amended) shall apply.

11.2     Amicable dispute resolution
         If a dispute of any kind  whatsoever  arises  between the Owner and the
         Contractor,  in  connection  with,  or  arising  out of this  Contract,
         whether  during the  execution of the Project or after  completion  and
         whether  before  or  after  repudiation  or  other  termination  of the
         Contract,  including  any  dispute  as  to  any  opinion,  instruction,
         determination,  certificate or valuation,  the Owner and the Contractor
         shall, in the first place, seek to resolve the dispute amicably between
         them.

11.3     Effect on the project
         Unless the Contract  has already been  repudiated  or  terminated,  the
         Contractor  shall, in every case,  continue to proceed with the Project
         with all due  diligence  and the  Contractor  and the Owner  shall give
         effect forthwith to every decision they take to resolve their dispute.

11.4     Arbitration
         11.4.1   Notices of arbitration
                  If no amicable  settlement is possible,  then either the Owner
                  or the  Contractor  may give  notice  to the other  party,  of
                  intention to commence arbitration, as hereinafter provided, as
                  to the matter in dispute.  Such  notice  shall  establish  the
                  entitlement   of  the  party   giving  the  same  to  commence
                  arbitration.  Unless the parties otherwise agree,  arbitration
                  may be commenced on or after the twentieth  calendar day after
                  the day on which notice of  intention to commence  arbitration
                  of such  dispute  was given,  even if no  attempt at  amicable
                  settlement thereof has been made.

         11.4.2   Arbitration procedure
                  Any dispute in respect of which  amicable  settlement  has not
                  been  reached  shall  be  finally  settled,  unless  otherwise
                  specified  in  the  Contract,   under  Hungarian  law  and  in
                  accordance with the Rules of  Conciliation  and Arbitration of
                  the  Hungarian  Chamber of  Industry  and Trade by one or more
                  arbitrators in Hungary  appointed under such Rules.  The place
                  of  arbitration  shall  be  Hungary  and the  language  of the
                  arbitration  shall be English.  The said  arbitrator(s)  shall
                  have full power to open up,  review  and revise any  decision,
                  opinion, instruction, determination,  certificate or valuation
                  related to the dispute.

12       MISCELLANEOUS TERMS AND CONDITIONS

12.1     Assignment
         This Contract or any of its  provisions or any receipt of payment shall
         not be assigned by either Party  without the prior  written  consent of
         the other.

12.2     Force Majeure
         Neither party shall be considered in default in the  performance of its
         obligations  under this Contract to the extent that the  performance of
         such  obligation  is  prevented  or delayed by any cause,  existing  or
         future,  which is beyond the reasonable  control of such party.  12.2.1
         Notices
                  Should  any Party be  affected  by Force  Majeure,  such Party
                  shall  notify the other Party in a written  form within  seven
                  (7)  days  from  the  occurrence  of the  Force  Majeure.  The
                  notification  shall  include  details  constituting  the Force
                  Majeure as well as the positive evidences which prove that the
                  case was unavoidable and that it delays the fulfillment of the
                  contractual   obligation   of  the   Party.   In   the   above
                  notification,  the  estimated  duration  of the Force  Majeure
                  shall  be  included  as  well  as a  statement  declaring  the
                  inability  of the  effected  Party to  perform  the  concerned
                  obligation(s)   as  long  as  the   case  of   Force   Majeure
                  exists/remains.

         12.2.2   Effect on Contract
                  Should the duration of Force Majeure exceed the period of five
                  (5) days, Parties shall negotiate the reasonable  modification
                  of the Contract and equitable  compensation  for Contractor in
                  respect of work performed but not tested,  if applicable,  due
                  to Force  Majeure.  If  Parties  cannot  come to an  agreement
                  within the above  period,  they can  submit the  dispute to be
                  resolved pursuant to Article 11 herein.

         12.2.3   Limitation
                  The Contractor is not entitled to rely on any event  otherwise
                  qualifying as Force  Majeure if the scheduled  deadline of the
                  Project was due before such event.

12.3     Data Ownership and Confidentiality
         Any  information  or  data,  in the form of  specifications,  drawings,
         technical  data  or  other  information,  not a work  product  of  this
         Contract, furnished by the Owner or Contractor to the other party shall
         remain the  property  of the  furnishing  party.  Work  product of this
         Contract  shall become the  property of the Owner under the  conditions
         stipulated   herein.   All  work  product  and  information  marked  as
         Proprietary  by either party prior to transfer to the other party shall
         be kept confidential by the receiving party and receive the same degree
         of care in  handling  and  retention  as that party  applies to its own
         proprietary   information.   The  party   receiving  such   proprietary
         information shall not disclose,  without the furnishing party's written
         permission,   such   information  to  any  other  person  or  use  such
         information  itself for any purpose other than the  performance of this
         Contract.  The  obligations  under this  paragraph  shall  survive  the
         termination of this Contract for a period of five (5) years.

12.4     Effect of Waiver
         Owner's  waiver of any Article of this Contract shall have no effect on
         the Contract.

12.5     Severability
         If any provision  hereof,  or the  application of any such provision to
         any person or  circumstance,  shall be held invalid or unenforceable by
         an arbitration tribunal of competent  jurisdiction,  then the remainder
         of this  Contract,  or the  application of such provision to persons or
         circumstances  other than those as to which it is held  invalid,  shall
         not be affected  thereby and such invalid  provisions shall be replaced
         by a valid provision (and for this purpose the arbitrator(s) may act as
         amiable compositor/s) which most closely gives effect to the intent and
         purpose of the parties  hereto and the allocation of risks and benefits
         reflected in such provision.

12.6     Contract Amendment
         Any  contract  terms can only be amended in written form duly signed by
         both Parties.

12.7     Copies
         The Contract  was  prepared in English  language and was signed in four
         (4) original copies of which each Party keeps two (2).

12.8     Notification
         Notices or communications  required or permitted to be given under this
         Contract will be deemed to be given; a) when delivered by hand, b) when
         transmitted by facsimile and confirmed by returned  facsimile,  c) five
         (5)calendar  days after being sent by certified  mail, in each case, to
         the address or facsimile number following:

Papatel  Rt.
James Morrison, Chairman
1126 Budapest, Kiralyhago u. 2.
Tel.: 212-1100
Fax: 202-2974

ERICSSON Kft.
Fodor Istvan, President
1146 Budapest, Hungaria krt. 162.
Tel: 265-7100 
Fax: 265-7373

12.9     Coming into Force
         The  Contract  comes  into  force on the date when  duly  signed by the
         authorized  representatives  of the both  Parties  but not  before  the
         Corporate  Guarantee,  the advanced payment and the financial  security
         provided for in Articles 4.17, 6.2 and 6.8 are in place.

Parties have both read this Contract and mutually agreed and understood its
contents. Budapest May 31, 1996

43029


                                                      
                                                                Exhibit 10.77




                     HUNGAROTEL TAVKOZLESI RESZVENYTARSASAG


         FAZIS TAVKOZLESI HALOZATTERVEZO ES KIVITELEZO RESZVENYTARSASAG





                                TURN-KEY CONTRACT








                                  Dated as of
                                  June 28, 1996



<PAGE>


1        INTRODUCTION

1.1      Purpose

         This document  constitutes  the agreement  between  Hungarotel  Rt. and
         Fazis Rt.  governing the latter's  provision,  on a turn-key  basis, of
         telephone facilities employing new digital switching technology capable
         of connecting  40,000  subscribers  which shall include all wait listed
         and common  battery/local  battery  subscribers  through the end of the
         TURN-KEY Contract in the Bekescsaba Primary Region with the optimal and
         free of charge use of existing telecommunication facilities.

1.2      Condition precedent

         Any  and all  obligations  of the  Owner  regulated  in  this  TURN-KEY
         CONTRACT  shall be  subject  to  issuance  and  effect  of a letter  of
         confirmation  by  Postabank  in a form as annexed  Attachment X to this
         TURN-KEY  CONTRACT which  confirms that  Postabank  shall provide up to
         hundred (100) % financing to Contractor for  Contractor's  financing of
         one hundred  (100) % financing of this  TURN-KEY  CONTRACT (up to a HUF
         equivalent of USD  45,000,000.) - according to the terms and conditions
         contained in Article 6 herein.

2        DEFINITIONS

         "Building(s)"  means the premises used for technical purposes which are
         necessary and suitable for the  accommodation of the  telecommunication
         equipment  and system  included in the  Contract.  The  building can be
         ordinary construction or container.

         "Change  Order"  means the process to handle the changes  requested  by
         Owner or Contractor that will affect the value,  schedule, or design of
         the Contract.

         "Connected  Lines" means those Lines where the connection to particular
         subscribers actually occurred and by connecting a telephone set a voice
         grade telephone call can be originated and terminated.

         "Contract" means this Contract  concluded between Owner and Contractor,
         including  all  the  documents  being  referred  there  as  well as the
         mutually accepted modifications and/or alterations.

         "Contractor" means Fazis Rt. and includes its successors.

          Customer  Premise  Equipment"  (CPE)  means the  subscriber  telephone
          instrument.

         "Day" means calendar day unless stated otherwise.

         "Goods" means, with the exception of CPE, all the equipment,  material,
         components,  software,  or any other component,  which must be fully or
         provisionally  type  approved  in  Hungary,  where  applicable,  to  be
         supplied  by  Contractor  to Owner  in  accordance  with  the  Contract
         necessary for the normal, commercial operation of the lines ordered for
         this Contract.

         "Installation".  An  all  inclusive  term  referring  to the  placement
         of  equipment  and  material  and encompassing all related general 
         (e.g.  construction,  erection) and specific (e.g. splicing,  
         connecting, and testing) terms employed to describe such activities.

         "Line  Connection  Certificate"  means the form statement as defined as
         Attachment  VI/12 duly signed by the subscriber upon  installation  and
         testing,  as described in Attachment VI of a Connected  Line which will
         certify the full capability of the connection and for normal commercial
         operation of the Connected Line.

         "Owner" means  Hungarotel Rt. and includes its successors.

         "Parties" mean the Owner and the Contractor together.

         "Permit" means all official documents  necessary for the implementation
         and turning  into  commercial  operation  of the Project  with  special
         regard  to  network  and  building   construction,   access  to  public
         utilities,  type  approval  if  applicable,  of all  the  Goods,  radio
         licenses for all relevant  Goods  required by law, or other access from
         all government agencies or third parties.

         "Postabank" means Postabank es Takarekpenztar Rt. and its legal
         successor.

         Project" means all Goods and Services to be delivered and performed 
         for the PARTN

         "Project  Manager"  means the  authorized  representative  of Owner and
         Contractor being entitled to control all the activities to be performed
         by  Owner  and  Contractor  as  well  as to  give  instructions  and/or
         approvals,  including the express  authority to hand  over/take over of
         completed  work products of Contractor,  which are necessary  regarding
         the daily completion of the Contract.

         "Project  Executive"  means the  authorized  officers  of both  parties
         having full authority to execute the Project.

         "Project  Schedule" A comprehensive,  computer based schedule employing
         Critical  Path  methodology,  which  identifies  relationships  between
         project tasks and,  based on the quantity of work  required,  resources
         assigned,  and expected  productivity,  predicts the achievement of key
         project   milestones.   "PRTN"   Primary  Region   Telephone   Network,
         (Bekescsaba  Primary Region) including the telephone  infrastructure to
         be provided under this Contract.

         "RLL   Technological   Spare   Capacity"  means  an  excess  number  of
         prospective RLL telephone lines which are ready for connection but were
         not ordered by Owner but instead arise from technological circumstances
         and are therefore not chargeable  against the Owner,  provided that the
         supplier agree to this terms.

         "Services" mean all the activities which appear in non-objectified form
         (therefore are not "Goods") but form an integral,  inseparable  part of
         the Project including assembly,  design,  installation,  commissioning,
         and  project  management  necessary  to  put  the  Ordered  Lines  into
         commercial operation.

         "Site"   means   locations,   building   and  other  places  where  the
         implementation work will take place.

         "Sub-Contractor" means those corporate bodies or entrepreneurs licensed
         or qualified to perform  activities on the commission of Contractor and
         with the full and unlimited responsibility of the Contractor to fulfill
         the Project.

          Subscriber  Network  Connection  Point"  means  the  point  where  the
         subscriber connection meets the telephone network. In the case of cable
         network the nearest  distribution point to the subscriber,  and for RLL
         the radio base station.

         "System  Acceptance"  Owners  statement  declaring that all contractual
         obligations  of  the  Contractor,   except  where  explicitly  provided
         otherwise are fulfilled.

         "System  Integration"  means those  activities of Contractor  which are
         necessary for the connection and  communication of the existing and the
         new telephone system to be implemented by Contractor in the PRTN on the
         level  of the  newly  implemented  exchange(s)  and  the  existing  ARF
         Exchanges located in Bekescsaba Primary Region.

         "Technical  Documentation"  means all the  technical  documents for all
         components  and the network  installed in accordance  with the Contract
         that  Contractor  has to  deliver  to Owner for the  normal  commercial
         operation of the Project as required by law.

          Telecommunications  Authority  of Hungary"  (HIF)  means a  government
         agency  authorized to issue  telecommunication-related  licenses and/or
         related permits.

         "Test"  means the  procedures  and other  measurements  carried  out by
         Contractor  on units of the  Project  according  to the  manufacturers'
         instructions  and the internal  proceedings and practices of Contractor
         and  applicable  Hungarian  rules  and  regulations  aimed to check the
         compliance  with the relevant  technical and functional  parameters for
         the  commercial  operation  of the Project  delivered to the Owner in a
         format approved in the Contract.

         "Turn-key Project" The delivery of a complete and functioning telephone
         system which  provides  normal  commercial  telephone  services for the
         Primary Region (Bekescsaba)  capable of commercial operation for public
         telephone  services by Owner's  employees  capable of operation for the
         purpose  intended  by  Owners  and in  compliance  with  the  technical
         documentation of this Contract. This includes Engineering,  Furnishing,
         Installing  and Testing  (EFIT) of all system  equipment and components
         required to build the network and connect Owner designated subscribers,
         excluding Customer Premise Equipment with the exception of installation
         and testing.

         "Unit Price" means the price of goods and services listed in Attachment
         4.  Should the need of any unit price not listed in the  Attachment  IV
         mentioned above arise during implementation, Contractor and Owner shall
         jointly approve an appropriate unit.

3        SCOPE OF WORK

3.1      General

         Contractor  shall  engineer,  furnish,  install,  and  test  Goods  and
         Services to be supplied in a Turn-key  Project for the  development and
         putting into operation of fully functional  telephone network employing
         new  digital   switching   technology   capable  of  connecting  40,000
         subscribers   which   shall   include   all  wait   listed  and  common
         battery/local  battery subscribers through the deadline of December 31,
         1997 for putting the network into operation in the  Bekescsaba  Primary
         Region  including the  installation  of 2 booths and pay  telephones in
         eleven  towns/villages  and  installation  of 14,000 Lines  capable for
         connection   including   seven   settlements,   namely  Gyula,   Bekes,
         Mezobereny, Tarhos, Kamut, Murony and Belmegyer, no later than December
         31, 1996.  The  Contractor  shall have the right to use existing  spare
         network and  infrastructure  capacity  free of charge except that where
         Contractor  chooses to extend lead sheath cable Contractor will replace
         the  lead  cable  with QV  cable  within  the  scope  of this  TURN-KEY
         CONTRACT.

3.2      RLL technology

         The Project shall be  implemented  such that 10,000 of the  implemented
         network capacity shall be Radio in the Local Loop (RLL) technology.


3.3      System Integration

         The Project shall satisfy the System Integration requirement as defined
         herein.

3.4      Satisfaction of Change Orders

         The Project shall satisfy the Change Orders which are accepted pursuant
         to the Contract.

3.5      Required Contractor activities

         These  aforementioned  activities  and  responsibilities  of Contractor
         include without limitation, regarding the content of this Contract, the
         design, engineering,  manufacturing, supply, installation, obtaining of
         all relevant permits and licenses, commissioning,  testing, delivery of
         technical documentation, and warranty of the following:

Switching - EWSD
Wired and Optical  Transmission  Equipment Analog Radio Access System DECT Radio
Access System Microwave  Transmission Main Distribution Frame (MDF) Power Supply
to the Equipment Digital  Distribution  Frame (DDF) Trunk Network  Connection to
the backbone network Pay phones and booths Buildings and  environmental  systems
Structures Copper based network.

3.6      Network boundaries

         On one side the  connection  of the newly  implemented  exchange(s)  or
         expanded  host  exchange  DDF, and on the other side the wall socket of
         the Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) including testing and installation
         of the type approved CPE.

3.7      Grade of service for the Project

         The Grade of Service shall be  P. 01 and the traffic performance shall 
         be .05 Erlang per subscriber.

3.8      Attachments

         The following  Attachments -- with the exception of Attachment VI which
         shall be  submitted  to the Owner  during the design phase but no later
         than ninety  (90) days after the coming  into force of the  Contract --
         are  considered,  read  and  interpreted  as  inseparable  part  of the
         Contract:

         3.8.1    I  Scope of Work
         3.8.2    II  Engineering and Design Standards
         3.8.3    III Installation Practices
         3.8.4    IV  Unit Prices
         3.8.5    V  Wait List
         3.8.6 VI Technical Appendices  (specifications and descriptions),  Test
         Procedures 3.8.6.1 VI/1 Switching 3.8.6.2 VI/2 Wired Transmission (PDH)
         3.8.6.3 VI/3 Microwave  Transmission  3.8.6.4 VI/4 Power Supply 3.8.6.5
         VI/5 Main  Distribution  Frame (MDF) 3.8.6.6 VI/6 Digital  Distribution
         Frame (DDF)  3.8.6.7  VI/7 Network  Management  3.8.6.8 VI/8 Analog RLL
         3.8.6.9  VI/9  DECT  RLL  3.8.6.10  VI/10  Cable  Network  Construction
         3.8.6.11 VI/11  Training  3.8.6.12  VI/12 Line  Connection  Certificate
         3.8.6.13 VI/13 Pay phones and booths 3.8.6.14 VI/14 General notes 3.8.7
         VII   Warranty   Response   3.8.8  VIII  Change  Order  Form  3.8.9  IX
         Construction and Financial Schedule 3.8.10 X Postabank Guarantee 3.8.11
         XI HTCC US Guarantees

4        CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

4.1      The overall responsibilities of the Contractor

         The Contractor must implement the Project under the conditions outlined
         in  Attachments  I-XI hereof using the necessary care and effort toward
         its  completion.   The  whole  workforce  including  supervisors,   the
         materials,  the  tools,  and any  other  temporary  or  lasting  things
         regardless  of  whether  or not  mentioned  in the  Contract  or in its
         Attachments  which are necessary for the  implementation of the Project
         must  be  provided  by  the   Contractor.   The   Contractor  has  full
         responsibility  for the suitability,  the stability and the security of
         the work and construction methods done on the Site.

4.2      Purchases of certain Siemens materials

         Contactor   shall  purchase  any  and  all  equipment  or  material  if
         reasonably  priced - from  among  those  which will not be used for the
         completion   of  the  KNC  project  by  Siemens  -  necessary  for  the
         implementation  of the  TURN-KEY  CONTRACT for  Hungarotel  (Bekescsaba
         Primary Region),  or any other construction  project contracted between
         HTCC and its affiliate companies and Fazis, only from Siemens in a form
         of taking  over of the  obligation  of  HUNGAROTEL/KNC/HTCC  set out in
         Clause 2 of the  Agreement  dated May 30, 1996 between  HUNGAROTEL/KNC/
         represented  by HTCC and Siemens to purchase  the assets and  equipment
         stored or ordered by May 24, 1996 for the KNC project for the same unit
         prices to be paid by  HUNGAROTEL/KNC/HTCC  to Siemens.  Notwithstanding
         the above  mentioned,  the  Contractor  shall  purchase  all  switching
         equipments from SIEMENS necessary for the completion of the Project.

4.3      The employees of the Contractor

         The  Contractor  can employ  only those  people who have the  necessary
         skills and  experience  for the job,  or people,  who are  capable  and
         qualified  to perform  their  parts.  The  Contractor  must provide the
         employees continuous  education,  concerning especially the skills, and
         also provide the  employees  with the necessary  designs,  drawings and
         standards.

4.4      Care during job performance

         The Contractor is fully  responsible  for  maintaining the project in a
         safe condition  from the beginning of the work until final  acceptance.
         If, for any reason,  the project or a part of it suffers damage or loss
         of any kind during that period,  when the Contractor is responsible for
         it, the  Contractor  shall be obligated to repair or  reconstruct it at
         his own  expense,  and the project  must be in perfect  condition  when
         completed  and the state of the project meets all the  requirements  of
         the Contract.  The Contractor is also responsible for the damage of the
         project  which is caused by him during  completion  of any  outstanding
         portion of work. Parties agree that the Contractor shall be responsible
         for the performance and damage caused by Sub-Contractors engaged by the
         Contractor  in the  same  manner  as if it was  done or  caused  by the
         Contractor.

4.5      Objects found in the ground

         The finds (coins, valuable objects, antiquities,  buildings, as well as
         objects,  remains with geological or archaeological  value, etc.) found
         on the  location  of the  work,  must be  given  to the  Owner,  as its
         exclusive property.

         The  Contractor  must take  reasonably  necessary  precautions  against
         damaging or stealing of these objects by its employees or anybody else.
         In addition  to this,  the  Contractor  must notify the Owner about the
         find,  right after the  excavation,  but before the  removal,  and must
         follow its instructions about the find, at the expenses of the Owner.

4.6      Usage of the public property and easements

         Any kind of work,  necessary for the implementation of the project must
         be done in a way,  such that it does not cause  needless  or  senseless
         inconvenience  for the public,  or does not block the approach,  use or
         occupancy of public or private roads,  which serve buildings,  owned by
         the Owner or by  anyone  else in case a claim,  proceeding,  obligation
         entailed by the damage,  or expenses of any kind arise,  resulted  from
         failure to observe the above specified rules, the Contractor - if it is
         its responsibility, and it could obtain the same results by another way
         as well - is obligated to release the Owner form the responsibility for
         them.

4.7      Location maintenance

         The  Contractor  must keep the site  clean and free of debris or wastes
         during the process of  implementation.  The location  must be free from
         unnecessary  obstacles.  The waste and debris, as well as the temporary
         buildings  that  are  no  longer   required  must  be  removed  by  the
         Contractor.

         After the  implementation of the Project the Contractor must remove all
         the equipment,  left over or waste  material,  or any kind of temporary
         construction  and leave the entire  Site and the Project in a clean and
         proper condition, acceptable to the Owner.


4.8      Plan of work and behavioral norms

         4.8.1    The  Contractor is obligated to take all the necessary  action
                  to give  its  employees  work  continuously  and to  meet  the
                  commitments   undertaken   by  itself  in  the   contract  for
                  employment.

         4.8.2    In case of an epidemic like  outbreak of an epidemic  illness,
                  the  Contractor  must  observe  and  enforce  the  provisions,
                  ordered by the  Government  of the local Health  Department to
                  combat it.

                  4.8.3 The  Contractor  must take the expected  and  reasonable
                  precautions  at any time,  to  forestall  illegalities  or any
                  other  kind  of  untolerated  misconduct  on the  part  of the
                  employee,  and to avoid any kind of damage to the  property or
                  to personal safety,  during the process of  implementation  of
                  the Project.

         4.8.4    The  Contractor  can work by its own plan,  but it must notify
                  the Owner about any kind of  deviation  from an ordinary  work
                  plan.  The  work,  that is  performed  during  the  afternoon,
                  evening or night shifts, or on weekends or holidays, cannot be
                  noisy, smelly, or disturb the peace of the surroundings.
         4.8.5    It is the  responsibility  of the  Contractor  to require  the
                  Sub-Contractors  and  their  employees  to  observe  the above
                  mentioned  regulations,  and  hold  true  for  them  too.  The
                  sanitary, and the accident precautionary regulations also must
                  be observed on the fields of work or in the transport.

         4.8.6    The  Contractor  must take on any kind of financial  and legal
                  consequences   resulting  from  any  violation  of  the  above
                  specified regulations.  In addition, the Contractor must fully
                  indemnify the Owner for any legal claim that may arise against
                  the Owner.

         4.8.7    Parties  agree that the Owner  shall  have no labor  law-based
                  responsibility for the employees of the Contractor.

4.9      Lighting and security of the location

         Regarding the work process, the Contractor must provide and maintain at
         its own expense any kind of lighting, security or fence.

4.10     Control and corrections

         In  compliance  with  the  order  of  the  Owner  representative,   the
         Contractor  is obligated to dismantle  any part of the project and then
         reconstruct  it if it is found to be in violation  of the  installation
         standards governing this Contract.

         If any of the above mentioned parts of the project are covered,  and/or
         become invisible after the Contractor fulfilled the above requirements,
         and it is established  that these parts of the project are  implemented
         in  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Contract,  the costs of
         discovering, restoring and cleaning up the relevant site shall be borne
         by the  Owner.  In any  other  case  such  costs  shall be borne by the
         Contractor.
4.11     Take-over protocol

         4.11.1   Take-over procedure

         Five days before a part of the Project is scheduled for  completion the
         Contractor must so advise Owner in writing.  The Owner shall set a date
         and time for the hand-over of the  implemented  part of the project for
         no later than 15 days after the planned  completion.  The Parties shall
         attend the hand-over procedure. Owner and Contractor shall jointly make
         a protocol  regarding the delivery.  Owner can refuse the delivery only
         if  the   network   is  not  ready  for   operation.   The   discovered
         insufficiencies  which do not affect the operation the Contractor shall
         correct  in 30 days  following  the  technical  delivery.  In case  the
         Contractor fails to correct the  insufficiencies  concerned,  the Owner
         can deduct the sum of the next invoice by the amount  needed to correct
         the  defect.  If Owner  fails to attend the  hand-over  procedure,  the
         Contractor can complete the procedure  alone and in finding it suitable
         can submit the invoice to the Owner.

         4.11.2   Conditions of delivery
                           The  conditions  of  delivery of the project are made
                           according  to the  requirements  of the  Contract and
                           must include the following:
                           -Statement of the Contractor,
                            -high quality of completion of implementation,
                            -conformance to applicable standards and related
                             requirements,
                            -delivery of a complete, detailed, and revised 
                             documentation in three
                              (3) copies of the Project as completed,
                            -final test measurement records and documents,
                            -geodetic survey documentation in three (3) copies 
                             (if applicable),
                            -the original construction plan media (digital,
                             vellum, or mylar).
                            -digital registration book for fiber optic cable
                             installation.
                            -line connection certificate
                           If the system is suitable for  operation the Owner is
                           obliged to accept it or it is equal to  acceptance if
                           the Owner puts it into operation.

4.12     Project Manager

         Contractor  will designate a Project Manager (with deputies for project
         sub-elements,  as appropriate) with overall  responsibility for the day
         to day conduct of the project.  The Project Manager's  responsibilities
         and authority will be provided in writing. Contractor will not reassign
         this  responsibility  without  notifying the Owner. The Project Manager
         will  be  replaced   upon  the  Owner's   request  where  such  request
         demonstrates  due  cause  (including  chronic  delays,  missed  project
         milestones,  failure to be fully  informed of project  activities,  and
         failure to properly  conduct  progress  meetings or provide agreed upon
         project reports) for that replacement.

4.13     Project Schedule

         Contractor shall supply to the Owner, for the first phase (31 December,
         1996  completion)  fifteen (15)  calendar days of contract  signing,  a
         preliminary  calendar  of the  Project  and within  thirty  (30) days a
         digitized  copy of the  Project  Schedule in a format  compatible  with
         Microsoft Project, and a hard, paper copy of the Project Schedule GANTT
         chart. Sixty (60) days prior to start of the second phase (December 31,
         1997  completion) the Contractor  shall provide a digitized copy of the
         Project Schedule in a format compatible with Microsoft  Project,  and a
         hard, paper copy of the Project Schedule GANTT chart.


4.14     Installation plan and technical content

         Parties agree that the planning and  completion of the Project shall be
         performed in accordance with an installation plan approved by the Owner
         and appropriate Hungarian authorities. Contractor shall inform Owner in
         writing, as set forth in Attachment VI, of the technical content of the
         Project no later than  ninety  (90) days from the coming  into force of
         the Contract.  In case Contractor  changes the content of the documents
         on which information was given to Owner,  Contractor shall inform Owner
         on such changes in writing within five (5) days.

4.15     Design

         The  Contractor  shall have the  necessary  design work  finished.  The
         Designer will send  invitations for an opening meeting on the design to
         the  interested  Parties eight (8) days before the event.  The Owner at
         this  opening   meeting  must  represent   itself  by   representatives
         authorized  to take a  position.  The  Designer  has to have the design
         previously checked by the Telecommunication Inspectorate at Szeged. The
         Designer  will bring the design  before a Special  Design  Confirmation
         Committee  only  in  case  of  preapproval  of  the  inspectorate,   or
         correction  of the  errors  found by them in the  design.  The  Special
         Design  Confirmation  Committee  must complete the  examination  of the
         design in eight (8) business days after it has been submitted, and must
         notify the Contractor about the results in writing.

         The Owner can refuse the approval of the design only in that case, when
         it fails to comply with the  requirements,  or if it is inadequate  for
         implementation.

4.16     Construction

         Construction  work can be done only  according  to  approved  plans and
         building permits. The Contractor may deviate from this provision at his
         own risk. The Owner has a right to supervise the  construction  work as
         well as place the errors on record in the  construction  book,  and the
         Contractor  must correct them in 14 days.  If  authority's  approval is
         needed for correcting  the errors the 14 days shall be calculated  from
         when the approval date comes into force.

4.17     Selection of supplier

         The  equipment,  products,  materials  etc.  to be used for the Project
         shall  meet the  requirement  set out by the  Chief  Telecommunications
         Inspectorate. However the Contractor is fully responsible for selecting
         the  suppliers  of  equipment,  products,  materials  etc.  other  then
         switching.  Optical  cable  and  transmission  equipment  requires  the
         approval  of the Owner.  In this  case,  the  Contractor  is obliged to
         notify  the  Owner in  writing  eight  (8)  working  days  prior to the
         purchasing of the above selected materials. Owner is obliged to respond
         by approving or not approving  within three (3) working days  following
         the receipt of the  notification.  The Owner shall approve the identity
         of the vendor  selected by the  Contractor  provided that the equipment
         offered by this vendor meets the  requirements  set forth in Attachment
         VI hereof.

4.18     Subcontracting

         The  Contractor  may  subcontract  portions  of the  work to  qualified
         subcontractors.  Use of Sub-Contractors  does not relieve Contractor of
         overall  responsibility  for the  quality  and  timeliness  of  project
         activities.  Contractor shall be responsible for the subcontracted work
         as if Contractor would have performed it.

4.19     Products and Services of Hungarian Origin

         4.19.1   The  Contractor  will use best  effort to ensure that not less
                  than 30% of the total value of products purchased and services
                  provided  for the  purposes of the Project  shall be fulfilled
                  with products and services of Hungarian origin.

         4.19.2   Contractor  shall provide a certificate  describing the actual
                  percentage of Goods and Services of Hungarian  origin prior to
                  System Acceptance.

                  4.19.3 A product shall be deemed to be of Hungarian origin if,
                  (I) either 25% of the total  value  thereof  was  produced  in
                  Hungary,  or,  (ii)  proof  can  be  given  that  due  to  the
                  manufacturing  process having been carried out in Hungary, the
                  added value of such product increased by 25%.

         4.19.4   The Contractor  acknowledges that an inspection may be carried
                  out by the Ministry of Transportation,  Telecommunication  and
                  Water  Management (the "Ministry") or by a competent agency at
                  any  time  to  ensure   compliance  with  such  provision  and
                  undertakes  to  fully  cooperate  with  the  Ministry  or  the
                  competent agency during such an inspection.

4.20     Test procedures

         Contractor shall provide, as set forth in Attachment VI hereto,  formal
         Test Acceptance  procedures of all implemented Goods, where applicable.
         The  manufacturers'  testing  instructions  for  installation  for  the
         implemented  equipment  and system shall be included in  Attachment  VI
         hereof.  Contractor  shall  invite  Owner to these  Tests in writing at
         least  five  (5)  days  earlier  unless  the  Test  concerned  was duly
         indicated in the Project Schedule including its objective,  exact time,
         date and  location.  Owner shall have the right to  participate  in the
         Tests and make  comments on the test  procedure  and the  results.  Any
         objection of the Owner must be recorded in the relevant  Test  protocol
         (record) or attached thereto.  All Test protocols shall be furnished to
         Owner regardless of Owner's participation at the Test.

4.21     Indemnification

         The Contractor  shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless against all
         losses  and  claims  for  injury or damage  to any  person or  property
         whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the Contractor's
         action or  inaction.  The  Contractor  shall also  indemnify  the Owner
         against all claims, demands, proceedings,  damages, costs, charges, and
         expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto.

4.22     Training

         Contractor  agrees to provide  training  as part of this  Contract,  to
         enable  Owner's  employees to operate and maintain the newly  installed
         network, which shall be agreed in detail within 60 days.

4.23     Safety Management

         The Contractor will provide to the Owner, within thirty (30) days after
         execution  of the  Contract,  a  Safety  Management  program  which  is
         designed  to  protect   employees,   the  Owner,  the  general  public,
         subscribers,  and public and private  property  from hazards which will
         cause  injury or damage.  The program  will be based on the  following:
         -national  and  local  regulations   -hazardous  materials,   including
         disposition -additional site precautions

4.24     Construction book

         The construction book is a basic document for the implementation of the
         Contract.  It shall be  maintained on the site by the  Contractor,  and
         shall be available any time for review by Owner's  representative.  The
         book shall contain three copies for each page and only a representative
         of the  Contractor or the Owner are entitled to make entries.  One copy
         belongs to the Contractor and the other copy to the Owner: the original
         copy shall be kept on the site. Contractor shall deliver the Owner copy
         to the Owner each week.

4.25     System documentation

         Contractor shall provide to the Owner three copies of all installation,
         maintenance,  and operations  documentation for all network  components
         necessary for Owner to manage and maintain the commercial  operation of
         the Project as implemented in accordance with the Contract.

4.26     Permits and licenses

         4.26.1   Government Permits and licenses
                           Contractor   is   responsible   for   obtaining   the
                           Construction  Permit  and  other  permissions  and/or
                           licenses  related to the Project  (with the exception
                           of the DECT  license  which the Owner has  obtained),
                           including   but  not  limited  to   microwave   radio
                           frequency licenses,  RLL frequency licenses,  and the
                           Project    commissioning   license   (in   Hungarian:
                           hasznalatbaveteli and/or rendszeresitesi engedely) in
                           the  name  of  Owner  to  be  issued  by   Government
                           Authorities    including   the   approvals   of   the
                           Telecommunication  Authority of Hungary  where needed
                           for construction,  right of way, and system operation
                           of the Project for commencing commercial traffic. The
                           costs related to this  responsibility  shall be borne
                           by the Contractor.

         4.26.2   Third Party Permits
                           The Contractor is obliged to apply for and obtain the
                           Permits of third  parties not  mentioned  above (e.g.
                           owners   of   affected    real    properties).    All
                           compensations  to be  paid  directly  to  such  third
                           parties  shall be borne by Owner.  The  Contractor in
                           consultation  with the  Owner  shall  identify  third
                           party-owned real properties and leaseholds  including
                           their  owners and holders  which are  affected by the
                           project during the designing period.  The process for
                           third party approvals is as follows:

                           4.26.2.1 Contractor is responsible for third party 
                                    approvals;
                           4.26.2.2 Contractor will optimize  network  locations
                                    for both PRTN and Contractor;
                           4.26.2.3 Contractor  will take  into  account
                                    the   availability   of  free   real
                                    estate,  provided either by Owner or
                                    local     municipalities,     during
                                    equipment site selection;
                           4.26.2.4 Owner cannot refuse the acceptance of 
                                    Contractor's  proposed  solution
                                    without reasonable cause.

4.27     Postabank  assurance

         Postabank shall provide  assurance in the form Attachment X hereof,  in
         which Postabank confirms its support for the Contractor  concerning the
         terms and conditions of the Contract.

4.28     Change Order

         The Contractor may initiate a change in the value,  schedule, or design
         of the  Contract  via Change  Order  subject to the  approval of Owner.
         Owner's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

5        OWNER'S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

5.1      Owner's Representatives

         The Owner will assign a Project Executive, Project Manager, Engineering
         Manager,  and such supporting  staff as appropriate to maintain liaison
         with  the  Contractor  during  the  course  of  the  project.   Written
         designation  of such  persons and their  responsibility  and  authority
         shall be  provided  within  fifteen  (15) days after the signing of the
         Contract.  The Project Manager shall be located at the project site and
         will provide daily inspections of the work site, contract  performance,
         and contract compliance.

5.2      Information to be Provided

         Owner  shall  provide   necessary   information  as  requested  by  the
         Contractor for the successful  design and  installation of the Project,
         and agrees to provide further information  reasonably  requested by the
         Contractor.  Owner shall provide to Contractor  within ten (10) days or
         earlier of coming into force of the Contract  the current  waiting list
         and  CB/LB  subscribers  with  names,  addresses  and  type of  service
         residential or business.  The Owner shall provide weekly updates of the
         waiting list to the Contractor during the course of the Project.


5.3      Access

         Unless  specially  requested,  Owner  premises  will be available  only
         during normal business hours. In the case of work requiring  Contractor
         access  beyond such hours,  access  will be  requested  no less than 24
         hours prior to expected use. Contractor staff working on Owner premises
         will be supervised, carry appropriate identification,  and conform with
         the  dress  and  demeanor  of Owner  staff at that  activity.  Owner is
         obliged to issue and/or  obtain all permits for  Contractor  and/or its
         Subcontractors  to enter the premises owned and/or directed by Owner so
         that their contractual  obligations can be performed.  The above permit
         shall enable Contractor's or its Sub-Contractor's  authorized personnel
         to enter the premises when necessary.
5.4      Supplying data

         The Owner  undertakes to  continuously  hand over the data he possesses
         and especially  the data of the already  existing  subscribers  and the
         data of the subscribers on the waiting list within fifteen (15) working
         days  following  the coming into force of this  Contract.  If the owner
         fails to provide the aforementioned  data in a timely manner, the Owner
         shall take into account this delay when he permits a deadline extension
         for the Contractor.

5.5      Owner Review and Approval

         The  Owner  is  responsible  for the  timely  review  and  approval  of
         documents submitted by the Contractor in accordance with this Contract.
         Owner's  approvals  or the  reason  if one or  any  of  them  is  being
         withheld,  if any,  shall  be  passed  to  Contractor  within  five (5)
         business days from the date of the confirmed receipt,  as defined under
         Article 12.7 Notification, of application for approval.

5.6      Owner delay (other than financial)


         Owner  shall  meet  obligations  under  this  Contract  for only  those
         requirements specified in this Contract or in the latest version of the
         Project  Schedule  received  at least  fifteen  (15) days in advance of
         scheduled obligations so that Contractor is able to follow and keep the
         timing.  In case of delay of Owner relating only to those  requirements
         specified in this Contract or in the Project Schedule, Contractor shall
         be entitled to a reasonable extension of the performance deadline which
         cannot exceed twice the duration of the Owner's delay. Contractor shall
         be entitled to request an extension of the affected Contractor deadline
         only within  five (5) days of Owner's  delay  provided  that such delay
         affects Contractor's deadlines.

5.7      Authorization

         After  the  Contract  has  come  into  force,   Owner  shall  issue  an
         authorization   for   Contractor   within   fifteen  (15)  days.   This
         authorization  shall entitle  Contractor  to act on Owner's  behalf for
         obtaining Permits and licenses.

5.8      Payment obligation

         Owner  shall be  responsible  for all the  payments  to be  settled  to
         Contractor in accordance with Article 6 of this Contract.

5.9      Purchase of imports

         The Owner  hereby  declares  that the  equipment  to be supplied by the
         Contractor will serve for investment  purposes in the meaning according
         to  the  Hungarian  regulation.  The  Owner  upon  the  request  of the
         Contractor  shall provide the Contractor with a written  declaration of
         the above in the form required by the Contractor.

5.10     System Acceptance


         The Owner will  provide to the  Contractor  a written  notice of System
         Acceptance  upon  compliance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
         Contract  including  but not  limited to  receipt  of all  deliverables
         including  documentation,  test records, or other requirements of point
         4.11 herein.

5.11     HTCC Guarantees

         As set forth in  Attachment XI hereof,  HTCC US provides  surety to the
         Contractor  and  Postabank  on behalf of the Owner  under which HTCC US
         shall  meet the  Owner's  payment  obligations  if the  Owner  fails to
         fulfill any of those under the Contract.

6        FINANCIAL TERMS

6.1      Contract price

         Parties agree that the fixed price of this Contract shall be

                                HUF 6,902,550,000
i.e. Six-billion-nine-hundred-two-million five-hundred and fifty-thousand
     forints

         (excluding interest due for the deferred payment),  which amount equals
         40,000   subscriber   telephone  lines  times  USD  1,125  per  capable
         subscriber  line which equals USD  45,000,000 as calculated at the June
         27, 1996  HUF/USD  exchange  rate (i.e.  USD 1= HUF 153.39) plus VAT as
         applicable  from time to time  (currently  25%) payable  upon  invoices
         issued in accordance  with the  contractual  schedule in Attachment IX,
         which  contract  price is subject to the currency  exchange  adjustment
         according to Clause 6.3. of this  TURN-KEY  CONTRACT.  This fixed price
         shall be reduced by the Unit Price for  non-installed  components  from
         the Subscriber Network Connection Point.  Parties agree that this fixed
         price contains the total  compensation for all duties of the Contractor
         as  specified in Article 4 of this  Contract,  except the amount of the
         currency   exchange  rate  adjustment  and  the  amount  of  the  total
         obligation of Owner relating to the deferred payment.

6.2      Change of the price

         Parties  agree  that the fixed  price of this  Contract  as  defined in
         Articles  6.1  herein  may  only be  changed  with  the  prior  written
         agreement  of the Owner in the form of a Change  Order.  Change  Orders
         will be calculated in  accordance  with  Attachment IV Unit Price List"
         which Owner accepted.

6.3      Currency exchange rate adjustment

         Parties agree that the amount of invoices  (partial or final) specified
         in the  detailed  construction  and  financial  schedules as set out in
         Attachment IX and the HUF fixed price of this Contract will be modified
         when  invoiced  in  accordance  with any change in the middle  currency
         exchange  rate of HUF/USD  published by the  National  Bank Hungary Rt.
         between the date of signing of the Contract and the date of issuance of
         the  invoice  for the  instalment  payment.  Parties  agree that if the
         Contractor is delayed with his  performance  as scheduled in Attachment
         IX the actual  invoiced  amount shall be calculated  using the currency
         exchange rate that would have been applicable if the performance  would
         have been  completed  according to Attachment IX. In order to avoid any
         misunderstanding,  the  Parties  agree,  that the  previously  invoiced
         amounts  shall be not  affected by  subsequent  changes in the exchange
         rates.

6.4      Financing by Contractor

         Parties agree,  that Contractor shall provide deferred payment to Owner
         for paying the Contract price.

         6.4.1    Terms and conditions of the deferred payment

                  6.4.1.1  The amount of the deferred payment

                           is equal to the net  value of the  Turn-Key  Contract
                           which is the HUF equivalent  of a total of USD  
                           45,000,000.  plus the amount of the  capitalized
                           interest according to the provisions of this
                           Contract.

                  6.4.1.2  The maturity of the deferred payment

                           The  final  maturity  date  of the  deferred
                           payment is December  31,  2002.  The Parties
                           agree  that upon the  reasonable  request of
                           the Owner  this date may be  accelerated  or
                           extended subject to their future agreement.

                  6.4.1.3  Repayment of the financing

                                    The payment of the invoices,  as part of the
                                    deferred payment,  shall be due in quarterly
                                    instalments   between   March  31,  1998  to
                                    December 31, 2002.  Parties  agree,  that at
                                    Owner's  option,  the  amounts  of the first
                                    eight (8)  repayments  can be decreased by a
                                    maximum of 20 %,  provided  that the further
                                    repayments  shall be increased  pro rata for
                                    the   amount  of   deduction   and   related
                                    interest,  over the  balance  of the term of
                                    the repayment period.

                  6.4.1.4  Interest

                                    The interest rate of the financing  provided
                                    in  HUF  shall  be  equal  to  the  weighted
                                    mathematical  average of the interest of the
                                    six (6) and twelve  (12)  months  discounted
                                    bills (T Bills) of the previous quarter plus
                                    two point five (2.5) percent. The Contractor
                                    shall not  charge  any  additional  fees for
                                    providing the deferred payment.

                  6.4.1.5  Interest payments

                                    The Owner shall pay  interest  quarterly  on
                                    the last  day of the  given  quarter  or the
                                    first business day of the next quarter.

                                    Until  the  date  of the  completion  of the
                                    construction (December 31, 1997) the charged
                                    interest  shall  be  capitalized   quarterly
                                    increasing   the  amount  of  the   deferred
                                    payment   (defined   in  Clause  1  of  this
                                    document)  except that the Owner may pay the
                                    due  interest  at the  end  of the  interest
                                    period (quarters).

                                    Owner shall pay any  connection  fee paid by
                                    subscribers  for  the  payment  of  the  due
                                    interest.

                  6.4.1.6  Security of the deferred payment

                           -the pledge of the Project completed from the 
                            deferred payment;
                 
                           -the technical separation of the Project;

                           -a prompt  incasso in favour of the  Contractor  in
                            the case of failure
                            to satisfy the payment deadlines;

                           -the  guarantee  of HTCC USA for the  deferred  
                            payment as set forth in Attachment XI hereof;

                           -the  Owner  shall   effect  all   financial
                            transactions   of  the  Bekescsaba   Primary
                            Region through the bank account to be opened
                            within 10 banking days at Postabank.
6.5      Advance payment

         Parties agree that the Contractor will issue, within 1 banking day form
         the date of the delivery of the Postabank confirmation letter contained
         in Attachment X of the TURN-KEY  CONTRACT to Owner,  an advance payment
         invoice  for  an  amount  of  HUF  1,725,637,500   including  25%  VAT,
         exclusively for the completion of this TURN-KEY CONTRACT. The terms and
         conditions  of the  deferred  payment  shall be applied for the advance
         payment invoice  accordingly,  and the interest shall start for the net
         amount of the invoice form the date of the issuance of the invoice, and
         for the  amount  of VAT,  from the 19th of the  following  month of the
         issue of the invoice.

6.6      Payment schedule

         Parties  agree that the schedule  for the  issuance of invoices,  other
         than the advance payment invoice specified in Article 6.5 herein, shall
         be contained in Attachment  IX  Installation  and  Invoicing  Schedule"
         hereof.

6.7      The issuance of invoice

         Parties  agree  that  the  scheduled  invoices  may  be  issued  if the
         preliminary  take-over (i.e.  settlement or fiber construction  segment
         completed and tested but cannot carry commercial  traffic) according to
         the take-over  protocol of the scheduled part of the work as defined in
         Attachment IX hereof is fulfilled. Placing into operation (i.e. network
         connection of subscribers -- save for  subscribers  who fail to provide
         access to Contractor  despite  Contractor's  best efforts -- and of the
         transport of commercial  traffic) which meets all applicable  standards
         and technical  requirements  set out in Attachment II, II and VI hereof
         is deemed equal to final  take-over.  Contractor  shall notice Owner on
         cases  without  delay where his access to  subscriber  premises was not
         made  possible.  The Parties  agree that the  Contractor is entitled to
         issue an invoice  for ninety per cent (90%) of the gross  amount as set
         out in Attachment IX at the  Preliminary  Take-over of a scheduled part
         of the work. The  preconditions of the final takeover are obtaining all
         necessary  government  permits and approvals,  the operational  license
         among them. The invoice shall be approved within five (5) business days
         in the absence of a justified query. The interest shall accrue from the
         date  of  the  approval  of  the  invoice.  The  Contractor  is  hereby
         authorized  to issue an  invoice  for the  remaining  ten (10) % within
         three (3) banking days  following  the final  take-over of the relevant
         portion  of the  Project.  Parties  agree,  that  the  portion  of work
         corresponding  to those set out in Attachment IX hereof shall be deemed
         transferred into possession of the Owner for commercial  operation upon
         the issuance of the relevant invoice.  The interest shall start for the
         net amount of the invoice form the date of the approval of the invoice,
         and for the amount of VAT, from the 19th of the following  month of the
         issue of the invoice.

6.8      Payment delay

         In case of late financial performance,  the Contractor is entitled to a
         monthly 2.5% penalty interest based on the duration of the late payment
         pro rated on a daily basis.

6.9      Assignment of the payment

         The Contractor shall not assign to a third party any receivables  under
         this  Contract  without  the  prior  written  approval  of  the  Owner.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing any duty of the Owner which a third party
         may claim  pursuant to an  assignment  of  Contractor  must not be more
         burdensome  for the Owner in any respect  and the third party  assignee
         must  expressly  acknowledge  that the  assignment  must not affect the
         defences,  counterclaims, etc. of the Owner against the Contractor, and
         the approval of the Owner shall not be  interpreted  as a waiver of any
         claim or right of the Owner  against  the  Contractor  and it shall not
         change the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract.

         If the  foregoing  conditions  are met or if the assignee is Postabank,
         Rt., Owner will not unreasonably withhold the approval.

6.10     Connection between Contractor financing and Owner payments

         The Contractor  acknowledges  that it is authorized to issue an invoice
         only with  deferred  payment  and the Owner  shall  not be  obliged  to
         provide  any funds  for the  Project  before  the due date of the first
         instalment except as provided in Clause 6.4.1.5.

6.11     Confirmation of debt

         Parties  agree,  that the acceptance of the invoices by the Owner shall
         mean  the  confirmation  of the  debt by the  Owner,  and  the  payment
         obligation  under  this  TURN-  KEY  CONTRACT,  and it  undertakes  its
         repayment  by  deadline.  Parties  agree,  that  the  invoices  can  be
         delivered only to the Project Manager of Owner.


7        DEADLINES

7.1      Implemented infrastructure and line connections

         The final deadline for the completion of the TURN-KEY CONTRACT shall be
         no later then December 31, 1996 for a total of 14,000 lines and for the
         balance of 26,000 subscriber lines the final deadline of the completion
         of the TURN-KEY CONTRACT by Contractor shall be December 31, 1997.


7.2      System Acceptance Documents

         The Contractor  shall provide to Owner within sixty (60) days, with the
         exception of the digital  registration  book,  (which shall be provided
         within six (6) months) of the  completion  of the Project in accordance
         with Article 4.11.2 all  documentation and deliverables as provided for
         in Article 4.26 and the commissioning license.

7.3      Delay notification

         Contractor shall provide at least thirty (30) days advance notification
         of the potential failure to meet the deadlines for performances defined
         in Article 7. Owner's  claims related to  Contractor's  failure to meet
         the deadlines will be determined pursuant to Article 7.4 hereof.

7.4      Liquidated damages

         7.4.1    The Owner shall be entitled to claim  liquidated  damages from
                  the  Contractor if the  Contractorfails to meet any of the 
                  relevant  deadlines  set out in Point 7.1  herein for any 
                  reason.  The amount of the  liquidated  damages  shall be the
                  amount of penalty to be paid to the Ministry  of 
                  Transportation,   Telecommunication,   and  Water  Management
                  according  to  the Concession  Contract of the Owner,  which
                  total amount can be deducted from the Contract Price by
                  Owner.  The penalty is to be calculated  based on the 
                  aggregate  values set out in Attachment I of this  TURN-KEY  
                  CONTRACT  for the  technical  units which  have been not 
                  delivered or put into operation  by the  deadlines  referred
                  in Clause 7.1.  Further  sub-deadlines  are not subject to
                  penalty for delay.

                  The payment or set off of liquidated  damages from any sum due
                  or  becoming  due to the  Contractor  shall  not  relieve  the
                  Contractor from the obligation to finish the Project.
         7.4.2    Parties  agree that  Clause  7.4.1  shall not be  applied  for
                  delays caused by failure of the  manufacturers of switching or
                  RLL  technologies  to  deliver  the  equipment   according  to
                  schedule  if  delay  is  caused  by   circumstances   not  the
                  responsibility of the Contractor.

8        CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTIES

8.1      Period of warranty

         Upon the technical delivery of the technical  projects,  the Contractor
         will  undertake a warranty  for twelve (12)  months  commencing  on the
         actual date of System Acceptance. In case the Owner wants a replacement
         under  warranty,  the  warranty  time  applicable  to that  part of the
         project automatically starts again.

8.2      Reliability

         The  Contractor  guarantees  the  quality  and  accuracy,   within  the
         boundaries  determined by the authorized  standards,  total  conformity
         with the  requirements  of the  Contract,  the  required  high  quality
         indexes,  as well as the completeness and technical  feasibility of the
         construction  design  and all of the  documentation  made  by him.  The
         Contractor  must  guarantee  that the whole project or any of its parts
         has the  quality,  that is  based  on the  usually  expected  technical
         experience described in the Contract, and, fulfills the requirements of
         the established standards of the technology.



8.3      Warranty claim

         The written  statement of the Owner  representative on the same subject
         is qualified as a warranty claim.  The Contractor must notify the Owner
         representative  about the  expected  length and the  conditions  of the
         repair.  Regarding this, the Owner representative has a supervision and
         approval right.

8.4      Warranty response time constraint

         The defects  subject to the warranty which occurred during the warranty
         period  must be  eliminated  free of  charge  in  accordance  with  the
         response time defined in Attachment VII.

8.5      Type approval

         Contractor  shall  replace  any Goods  supplied  for the Project  free
         of charge if a competent  authority rejects to provide  final type  
         approval or withdraws a relevant type  approval  previously  issued. 
         This provision shall survive the Warranty Period.

9        INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

9.1      Contractor's Authorization

         Contractor  is  duly  authorized  by the  owners  of  the  intellectual
         property,  which is necessary for the implementation of the Project and
         the subsequent commercial operation of the newly implemented network by
         the  Owner,  to grant the use of those to Owner and the  payment of the
         Contract Price is deemed compensation for such use. This provision does
         not apply to any MATAV standards  referred to in this TURN-KEY CONTRACT
         and/or its attachments.

10       TERMINATION

10.1     Termination on default

         10.1.1   This  Contract may be  terminated by either Party in the event
                  of  default  by the other  Party.  In  either  event the Party
                  initiating  termination  is  required  to give the other party
                  sixty  (60)  calendar  days  advance  notice.  In the event of
                  termination for default,  the initiating Party agrees that the
                  default  notification  will be rescinded  if, within eight (8)
                  calendar days of notification,  the defaulting Party corrects,
                  to the notifying Party's satisfaction,  the material basis for
                  default.

         10.1.2   The Contractor  may terminate  this TURN-KEY  CONTRACT for the
                  cause of the Owner's  delay in repayment of financing  and the
                  payment of the interest, if the delay exceeds thirty-five (35)
                  days provided that Contractor sent a notice ("Payment Notice")
                  not  earlier  than  the  fifth  day  after  the due date of an
                  invoice which was not fully paid by Owner.

10.2     Legal consequences  of Termination
         10.2.1   Termination by Owner on default
                           Owner  will  compensate  Contractor  on  the
                           basis of the Unit  Price  List and of the Line  price
                           for constructed lines, for the work completed but not
                           delivered by the date of the termination,  the values
                           of  the  proved  stocks,  plans  purchased,   ordered
                           materials  and  equipment.  The  Owner  shall  pay to
                           Contractor at the  termination  the actual drawn down
                           financing  and  related  interest  at the time of the
                           final payment in full, and 10 % of contractual  value
                           for the work not performed by the relevant deadline.

         10.2.2   Termination by Contractor on default
                           In  accordance  with the Unit Prices and the
                           Line Price for the already  constructed  lines, Owner
                           will reimburse Contractor for the implemented portion
                           of  the  Project,   Goods  materials,   plans,  Goods
                           delivered,  Services rendered,  and expenses incurred
                           before the date of Contractor's  termination and also
                           for  tasks  properly  performed  after  the  date  of
                           termination  of the Contract  and those  arising from
                           obligations  relating to the  Contract if  undertaken
                           bona  fide.  From the above  amount all sums shall be
                           deducted which Contractor is obliged to pay to and/or
                           which  Contractor  owes Owner  including  the amounts
                           previously  paid  by  Owner.   Contractor   shall  be
                           entitled to claim damages.
11       GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

11.1     Governing law

         This  Contract  shall be  governed  by  Hungarian  law.  For issues not
         expressly  provided  for by the Parties  hereof the  provisions  of the
         Hungarian Civil Code (Act No. IV of 1959 as amended) shall apply.

11.2     Amicable dispute resolution

         If a dispute of any kind  whatsoever  arises  between the Owner and the
         Contractor,  in connection  with, or arising out of this Contract,  the
         Owner and the Contractor shall, in the first place, seek to resolve the
         dispute amicably between them.

11.3     Effect on the Project

         Unless the Contract  has already been  repudiated  or  terminated,  the
         Contractor  shall, in every case,  continue to proceed with the Project
         with all due  diligence  and the  Contractor  and the Owner  shall give
         effect forthwith to every decision they take to resolve their dispute.


11.4     Arbitration

         11.4.1   Notices of arbitration
                           If no amicable settlement is possible,  then
                           either the Owner or the Contractor may give notice to
                           the   other   party,   of   intention   to   commence
                           arbitration,  as  hereinafter  provided,  as  to  the
                           matter in dispute.  Such notice shall  establish  the
                           entitlement  of the party giving the same to commence
                           arbitration.  Unless  the  parties  otherwise  agree,
                           arbitration   may  be   commenced  on  or  after  the
                           twentieth  calendar day after the day on which notice
                           of intention to commence  arbitration of such dispute
                           was given, even if no attempt at amicable  settlement
                           thereof has been made.

         11.4.2   Arbitration procedure
                           Any dispute in respect of which  amicable  settlement
                           has not been reached shall be finally settled, unless
                           otherwise specified in the Contract,  under Hungarian
                           law and in accordance  with the Rules of Conciliation
                           and Arbitration of the Hungarian  Chamber of Industry
                           and  Trade  by one or  more  arbitrators  in  Hungary
                           appointed under such Rules.  The place of arbitration
                           shall be Hungary and the language of the  arbitration
                           shall be English.  The said arbitrator(s)  shall have
                           full  power  to  open  up,   review  and  revise  any
                           decision,   opinion,   instruction,    determination,
                           certificate or valuation related to the dispute.

12       MISCELLANEOUS TERMS AND CONDITIONS

12.1     Assignment

         This Contract or any of its  provisions or any receipt of payment shall
         not be assigned by either Party  without the prior  written  consent of
         the other except in cases defined in clause 6.10.

12.2     Force Majeure

         Neither party shall be considered in default in the  performance of its
         obligations  under this Contract to the extent that the  performance of
         such  obligation  is  prevented  or delayed by any cause,  existing  or
         future, which is beyond the reasonable control of such party.

         12.2.1   Notices
                           Should  any  Party  be   affected  by  Force
                           Majeure, such Party shall notify the other Party in a
                           written   form   within   seven  (7)  days  from  the
                           occurrence  of the Force  Majeure.  The  notification
                           shall include details  constituting the Force Majeure
                           as well as the  positive  evidences  which prove that
                           the  case was  unavoidable  and  that it  delays  the
                           fulfillment  of  the  contractual  obligation  of the
                           Party.  In  the  above  notification,  the  estimated
                           duration  of the Force  Majeure  shall be included as
                           well as a statement  declaring  the  inability of the
                           effected Party to perform the concerned obligation(s)
                           as long as the case of Force Majeure exists/remains.

         12.2.2   Effect on Contract
                           Should the duration of Force Majeure  exceed
                           the period of five (5) days,  Parties shall negotiate
                           the  reasonable  modification  of  the  Contract  and
                           equitable  compensation  for Contractor in respect of
                           work performed but not tested, if applicable,  due to
                           Force Majeure. If Parties cannot come to an agreement
                           within the above period,  they can submit the dispute
                           to be resolved pursuant to Article 11 herein.

         12.2.3   Limitation
                           The  Contractor  is not  entitled to rely on
                           any event  otherwise  qualifying  as Force Majeure if
                           the scheduled  deadline of the Project was due before
                           such event.

12.3     Data Ownership and Confidentiality

         Any  information  or  data,  in the form of  specifications,  drawings,
         technical  data  or  other  information,  not a work  product  of  this
         Contract, furnished by the Owner or Contractor to the other party shall
         remain the  property  of the  furnishing  party.  Work  product of this
         Contract  shall become the  property of the Owner under the  conditions
         stipulated   herein.   All  work  product  and  information  marked  as
         Proprietary  by either party prior to transfer to the other party shall
         be kept confidential by the receiving party and receive the same degree
         of care in  handling  and  retention  as that party  applies to its own
         proprietary   information.   The  party   receiving  such   proprietary
         information shall not disclose,  without the furnishing party's written
         permission,   such   information  to  any  other  person  or  use  such
         information  itself for any purpose other than the  performance of this
         Contract.  The  obligations  under this  paragraph  shall  survive  the
         termination of this Contract for a period of five (5) years.

12.4     Severability

         If any provision  hereof,  or the  application of any such provision to
         any person or  circumstance,  shall be held invalid or unenforceable by
         an arbitration tribunal of competent  jurisdiction,  then the remainder
         of this  Contract,  or the  application of such provision to persons or
         circumstances  other than those as to which it is held  invalid,  shall
         not be affected  thereby and such invalid  provisions shall be replaced
         by a valid provision (and for this purpose the arbitrator(s) may act as
         amiable compositor/s) which most closely gives effect to the intent and
         purpose of the parties  hereto and the allocation of risks and benefits
         reflected in such provision.

12.5     Contract Amendment

         Any  contract  terms can only be amended in written form duly signed by
         both Parties.

12.6     Copies

         The Contract was prepared in English and  Hungarian  languages  and was
         signed in four (4) original copies of which each Party keeps two (2).

12.7     Representatives of the Parties and Notices

         12.7.1   Parties  agree that in the course of the  performance  of this
                  Contract, a declaration, specifically making a confirmation of
                  the technical  performance  on behalf of the Owner can be made
                  exclusively by a  representative  appointed by Mr. Les Bender,
                  Mr.  James  Morrison,  or  Andrew  Nicholson  in  writing  and
                  exclusively  in the English  language.  Any other  declaration
                  made on behalf of the Owner will have no legal effect.

         12.7.2   Parties  agree  that in the  course  of the  execution  of the
                  Contract,  technical  questions  may be addressed by the Owner
                  directly  to Don  McCann,  Project  Manager of the  Bekescsaba
                  Primary  Region;  however,  this provision does not effect the
                  provision set out in 12.7.1 related to the legal effect.

         12.7.3   Parties  agree  that in the course of the  performance  of the
                  Contract,  the following persons can make declarations  having
                  legal effect on behalf of the Contractor:
                           -In all aspects of the Contract: Zold Gyula,
                           -In respect of project  implementation,  technical 
                            content,  scheduling and care of the project, etc.
                            the designated Project Manager shall be Mihaly 
                            Siristye.

         12.7.4   The Parties agree that any Change Order can be authorized only
                  by  James   Morrison   and  Gyula  Zols  or  their   appointed
                  representatives.

         12.7.5   Any kind of notice that  applies,  according to the  Contract,
                  either  to the  Owner or the  Contractor,  must be  mailed  or
                  delivered  to  their  correct  addresses  determined  for this
                  purpose in this Article.

         12.7.6   If either  Party  changes its  address  given  below,  it must
                  notify in advance the other party in writing.

         12.7.7   The addresses below are given by the Parties of the Contract:

Contractor:
Mr. Gyula Zold
FAZIS TAVKOZLESI HALOZATTERVEZO ES KIVITELEZO RT.
(1026 Budapest, Tomorkeny u. 3/A)
Phone: 275-1663
Fax: 275-1994

Owner:
James Morrison
Hungarotel Tavkozlesi Reszvenytarsasag
(1126 Budapest, Kiralyhago u. 2.)
Phone: 212-1100
Fax: 202-4778
12.8     Coming into Force

         The  Contract  comes  into  force on the date when  duly  signed by the
         authorized  representatives  of the both Parties  with the  Attachments
         (except for  Attachment  VI).  Owner is  authorized  to terminate  this
         TURN-KEY  CONTRACT if Contractor  fails to provide  within 15 bank days
         the confirmation letter issued by Postabank according to Clause 1.2. as
         Attachment X of this TURN-KEY CONTRACT.  In the latter case none of the
         Parties  shall be obliged  to bear or pay to the other  Party any legal
         consequences, payment obligation, or damages.

         Parties have both read this Contract and mutually agreed and understood
its contents.


Budapest, June 28, 1996







43034


                                                                EXHIBIT 10.78


                    AMENDED AND RESTATED CONCESSION CONTRACT

              For providing local public telephone services in the
                   Papa prime area of the Republic of Hungary

This CONCESSION  CONTRACT (the "Contract") is made on 6 May 1994 and amended and
restated  as of June 3, 1996 by and  between the  MINISTER  for  TRANSPORTATION,
TELECOMMUNICATIONS  and WATER  MANAGEMENT  (the  "Minister")  acting  for and on
behalf of the Republic of Hungary and Papa es Tersege Telefon  Concession  (8500
Papa,  Major u. 2.) as LOCAL  CONCESSION  COMPANY (the  "Concession  Company" or
"Papatel") upon the terms and conditions herein provided.

                                    PREAMBLE

Pursuant to Act No. LXXII of 1992 on Telecommunication (the  "Telecommunications
Act"), Act No. XVI of 1991 on Concessions  ("the  Concessions  Act") and Act No.
LXII of 1993 (the  "Frequency  Management  Act") the Minister was  authorized to
enter into concession contracts.

The Concession Company was established pursuant to Act No. VI of 1988 as a joint
stock company,  in which the Hungarian  ownership is in excess of 25% + 1 of the
shares.

The winner of the  concession  tender  issued by the Minister for the Papa prime
area was Papa and its Region Telephone Company Limited (8500 Papa, Major u. 2.).
Having won the Tender Papa and its Region Telephone Company Limited has obtained
the right to provide  local  public  telephone  services in the Papa prime area.
This  fact has been set out by the  "Agreement"  between  the  Minister  and the
Winner of the Tender dated February 8, 1994  (attached  hereto as Schedule "A").
All rights and obligations  set out by the  "Agreement"  have been undertaken by
the Concession Company.

Following  the  execution  hereof the  Concession  Company  shall be entitled to
provide  local public  telephone  services in the Papa prime area upon the terms
and conditions herein determined.



<PAGE>





                                      - 1 -

                                   CHAPTER 1.
                                 Interpretation

Words and phrases used herein shall have the following meaning:

     "Basic  Technical  Plans"  means all the  plans  described  by  Decree  No.
23/1993.  (IX.9.) of the Minister  for  Transportation,  Telecommunications  and
Water Management and in other rules connected therewith;
"Business   regulations"  means  the  publicly  available   regulations  of  the
Concession Company, which are provided to the customers before entering into the
Subscriber's Contract, and which contain the general terms and conditions of the
proceedings and the contractual  procedure of the Concession Company in addition
to conditions provided by legislation but not contradictory thereto;

"Completion  Date"  means  the day of  commencing  local  public  telephone
services, i.e., January 1, 1996;

     "Decree on charges" means the Decree No. 30/1993.  (IX.23.) of the Minister
for  Transportation,  Telecommunications  and Water  Management  on the fees and
charges payable for public telephone services;

"Effective  date"  means 6 May 1994  when  rights  and  obligations  under  this
Contract come into force;

"Financial year" shall correspond to the calendar year. The first financial
year of the Concession Company shall commence on 1 January 1995;

"Gross  returns  (income)"  means  the  pre-tax  profit  (excluding  VAT)  after
distribution of fees (settlement of the connection charges,  subject to traffic)
of the Concession  Company,  originating from the telephone  service in the Papa
prime area, which is subject to the concession;

"Hired line" means the total of electric circuit sections  connecting  domestic,
or  international   and  domestic   service  access  points   (telecommunication
apparatus),  which only includes  transmission  paths, access points (interface)
and the  monitoring  access  points  and which  establishes  connection  without
directing signals (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 3);

"Hired line  service"  means the  telecommunications  service  through which the
operator passes on to another person the electric  circuit  sections  connecting
service access points for the purpose of  telecommunications  activity in return
for a fee (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 4);

"Local Concession" means the concession granted by the Minister, pursuant to the
provisions  of which local  public  telephone  services can be carried on in the
Papa prime area of the  Republic  of Hungary  for a period of  twenty-five  (25)
years in such a manner,  that for the first  eight (8) years of such  period the
Minister  shall grant an exclusive  service  right to the  supplier  (Section 4,
sub-section 3 and Section 39, sub-section 2 of the Telecommunications Act);

"Main line" means all lines in the public telecommunications  network, including
lines  established  via radio,  cable and fibre optics,  which  connect  service
access  points to  subscribers'  terminals  or to local  switchboards  (centres)
generating profit thereby for the supplier. (For the purposes hereof "Main line"
shall not include the service and other,  non-profitable  lines.)  Lines used at
the public telephone stations are considered as main lines;

"Minister"  means the Minister  appointed in accordance with the  constitutional
order of the Republic of Hungary  having been  authorized by Act No. LXXII or an
amendment  thereof  or an  amendment  replacing  it, to publish  the  Concession
Tender, to grant the Concessions and to exercise rights connected therewith;

"Ministry"    or   "KHVM"   means   the    Ministry   of    Transportation,
Telecommunications and Water Management;

"Network  connection decree" means the Government Decree No. 158/1993.  (XI.11.)
on the connection of telecommunication networks, on the approval of co-operation
of such networks and on the network  agreements;  "Prime area" means part of the
public  telecommunications  network within which the use of the basic network is
not  necessary  for the service  provided in the  framework of the  subscriber's
contract for  establishing  connection  between two service  access  points (see
Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 16.);

"Public Telecommunications Network" means the entirety of service access points,
transmission  paths and  switching  devices  performing  the  connection of such
networks,  making it possible for anyone, under the same conditions,  wishing to
use  it,  to  make  a  sound  connection,  or  to  make  any  other  information
transmission  with  identical   characteristics  through  a  terminal  equipment
connected  to a service  access  point,  with the user of a  terminal  equipment
connected to another service access point (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule,
point 8.);

"Public Telephone Service" means that the provider of service ensures, in return
for a fee,  the  transmission  of human  speech  for the users  through a public
telecommunication  network. In the framework of a public telephone service,  the
provider of the service may provide local, domestic and international  telephone
service:

     a)   local telephone service is a  telecommunications  service subject to a
          concession  contract,  in which the provider of service  enters into a
          subscriber's  contract  with the user,  for the local  network  or the
          primary  area.  The  concession  company  entitled  to  provide  local
          telephone  service must enter -  reasonably - into a network  contract
          for  the  services  specified  in  paragraphs  b) and c) as  well; 

     b)   domestic  long-distance  telephone  service  is  a  telecommunications
          service  subject to a  concession  contract,  in which the provider of
          service, in accordance with the network contract entered into with the
          user,  reaches an agreement on the  connection  or  attachment  to the
          basic network;

     c)   international telephone service is a telecommunications service 
          subject to a concession contract, in which the provider ensures 
          connection to an international service access point;

"Telecommunications  Fund" means the state fund  described  in Section 36 of the
Telecommunications  Act,  which is operated  pursuant to Act XXI. of 1995 on the
Telecommunication  Fund and any  government  subsidy source which may substitute
the forgoing;

"Telecommunications  service"  means a business  activity  whereby the  supplier
carries on additional  public telephone service (subject to concession) or other
additional  telecommunications  service  falling within the scope of competition
for  another  person in return for a fee,  or  transfers  its network to another
person for this purpose (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 25.);

"Telecommunications Chief Inspectorate or "HFF"  means the
Telecommunications  Chief  Inspectorate  (or,  as the  text  may  indicate, the
regional bodies thereof) the duties and competence of which are regulated
by Government Decree No. 142/1993. (X.13.);

"Telecommunications  supplier" means a legal entity, or an economic  association
without legal  personality  or a private  entrepreneur  which/who is entitled to
provide  telecommunications  services  for anybody  (another  supplier,  user or
subscriber),(see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 26.);

"Term of exclusivity"  means the time period provided by 5.01 hereof  (including
the possibility of its adjustment as set out in 15.05 hereof),  during which the
Concession  Company  shall  enjoy an  exclusive  right to provide  local  public
telephone services in the given prime area;

"Unified  subscriber's  registration"  means  the  alphabetical  list  of  legal
entities  and private  individuals  in the given prime area having  entered into
subscriber's  contracts with the Concession  Company,  a list which - subject to
the customer's  approval - may contain the telephone  number,  the address,  the
profession (scope of activities) of the customer,  the publication  thereof must
not infringe the customer's  personal rights,  and such list provides for access
to other  customers'  similar  details.  In all other  matters the Company shall
comply with the relevant provisions of any future legislation.

Words    and   phrases   not   defined   herein   shall  be   governed   by  the
         Telecommunications Act and the relevant legal rules. CHAPTER 2.
                      The General purpose of this Contract

The general  purpose hereof is to entitle the Concession  Company to (i) provide
public telephone services falling under the Local Concession and (ii) to provide
additional services in connection therewith in accordance with the provisions of
the  Telecommunications  Act and the rules of execution thereof.  The Concession
Company shall comply with the provisions herein provided.

                                   CHAPTER 3.
                              The Local Concession

3.01     The scope of the Local Concession

         In accordance with this Contract, the Concession Company is entitled to
         provide  telecommunications  services falling under Local Concession in
         the Papa  prime  area.  Such  services  shall be  further  detailed  in
         sections 3.05 and 3.06 below.

3.02     Uninterrupted service

         The Concession Company shall provide local public telephone services in
         the Papa prime area under at least the same  conditions  as at the time
         of commencing the service.

3.03     The term of the Local Concession

         The term of the  Local  Concession  shall be  twenty-five  (25)  years,
expiring at 12.00 pm on 1 May 2019.

3.04     Extension of the term of the Local Concession

         The Minister may,  without  further  tendering,  extend the term of the
         Local Concession and the term hereof by an additional twelve and a half
         (12,5)  years,  provided  the  Concession  Company  submits  a  written
         proposal for such  extension not later than eighteen (18) months before
         the expiry of the initial  term.  Prior to coming to a decision on such
         extension,  the Minister shall require that professional and customers'
         interest   protection   bodies,   as   well  as  the   relevant   local
         municipalities,  submit their  proposals in accordance  with Section 4,
         sub-section 5 of the Telecommunications Act. The Minister shall come to
         a decision  on the  extension  not later  than nine (9)  months  before
         expiry of the initial term of the Local  Concession.  Such  decision of
         the Minister shall not be subject to the settlement  procedure provided
         for by section 18.02 hereof.

         In its proposal,  the Concession Company shall undertake the payment of
         a further  concession  fee  announced  by the  Minister in advance,  in
         relation to the extension of the term of the Local Concession.

         When determining the concession fee for the extended term, the Minister
shall consider:

         -        the changes that having taken place;
         -        the rate of inflation;
         -        the amount of the initial concession fee; and
         -        whether   the   Concession   Company  has  applied  to  the
                  Telecommunications  Fund  for  financial  support,  and if so,
                  whether it has actually been granted any support.

         When granting new concessions  following  termination of the Concession
         Contract,  the Concession Company shall enjoy  preferential  treatment,
         provided the other bidders offer equal conditions.

3.05     Additional services not relating to the concession

         Pursuant to the provisions of the Telecommunications Act and subject to
         the approval of the Minister  under Section 5 sub-section 4 and section
         20 sub-section 1 thereof,  the Concession  Company shall be entitled to
         carry on the following non concession-related activities:

         a)       other telecommunications services;
         b)       marketing, sale, maintenance and repair of products for 
                  telecommunications and information technology;

         c)       computer application services;

         d)       assessment and safety services;

         e)       general technical development activities;

         f)       telecommunications research and experimental development;

         g)       arranging investments and building maintenance, management 
                  and main contracting; and

         h)       telecommunications training courses and other educational
                  activities.

3.06     Pursuant  to  section  3.05/a  above,  the  Concession  Company  hereby
         declares that, in accordance with and based on Section 3, sub-section 2
         of the Telecommunications Act, it intends to carry on the following non
         concession-related, other telecommunications activities:

         -        SZJ 09521 Telegraph and data transmitting
         -        SZJ 095211 Forwarding telegraphs
         -        SZJ 095212 Forwarding telexes
         -        SZJ 095213 Data transmission
         -        SZJ 095214 Telecopying (Telefaxes)
         -        SZJ 09522 Telephone services
         -        SZJ 095221 Managing telephone communications
         -        SZJ 095222 Sub-operator services
         -        SZJ 095223 Special purpose telephone services
         -        SZJ 095224  Mobile  telecommunications  services  (other  than
                  national public mobile radio telephone services).

         According to Section 20, sub-section 1 of the  Telecommunications  Act,
         the Concession  Company may commence the above listed  activities  from
         the day of  execution  hereof.  (The  Concession  Company  shall obtain
         further  licenses  as  required  by Section  19,  sub-section  4 of the
         Telecommunications Act.) The terms of such licenses shall be determined
         therein and the withdrawal or cancellation of such licenses shall not -
         necessarily - be subject to the existence of the concession rights.

         Should the Concession  Company intend to provide  program  distribution
         via a cable  television  network,  it shall  obtain  all the  necessary
         licenses  (operational  and  technical)   accordingly.   The  technical
         provisions of the activities shall be contained by Schedule "E" hereof.
         The Minister has authorized  HFF to supervise the  compliance  with the
         terms and conditions of all licenses.

                                   CHAPTER 4.
                               The Concession fee
4.01     The Concession fee

The Concession fee shall comprise:

         (a)      The  one  time   concession  fee  shall  be  the  sum  of  HUF
                  123,750,000, which sum has been paid by the Concession Company
                  on November 8, 1995.

         (b)      A  concession   fee  payable   annually;   the  basis  of
                  calculation of which shall be the gross income of a given year
                  of the Papa prime area realized by the Concession Company. The
                  Concession Company shall annually pay 2.3% of its gross annual
                  income.

         The annual  concession fee shall be paid by the  Concession  Company on
         the  basis  of the  "Declaration"  taken  thereby  and  in  the  manner
         described in section 2.02 of the  Concession  Agreement  (Schedule  "A"
         hereto).

                                   CHAPTER 5.
           Exclusive right to provide local public telephone services

5.01     The extent and term of the Concession Company's exclusive right to 
         supply

         Pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof the  Concession  Company  shall be
         granted an exclusive right to carry on providing local public telephone
         services  falling under the Local  Concession  for eight (8) years from
         the Completion Date, but not later than 12.00 pm on 1 November 2002.

5.02     Shortening the term of exclusivity

         The  Minister  may  shorten  the term of the  exclusivity  of the Local
         Concession only pursuant to section 15.05 hereof.

                                   CHAPTER 6.
                Obligations of the Concession Company originating
          in its concessions right to provide local telephone services

6.01     Rules of public telephone services

         The  Concession  Company shall  provide  public  telephone  services in
         accordance  herewith,  and in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
         Telecommunications  Act and the decrees of  execution  thereof.  Unless
         there is a legislation to the contrary,  the  Concession  Company shall
         provide for equal treatment to customers in equal  positions,  it shall
         not  discriminate  either for or against  anybody  in  relation  to the
         conditions and the fees for providing public telephone services.

6.02     Requirements of annual development

         The Concession Company shall comply with the annual service development
         requirements  set  out  in  Schedule  "C"  hereto,  provided  there  is
         satisfactory  solvent  customers'  demand  for new  lines.  Should  the
         Concession Company fail to comply with the development  requirements in
         any calendar year despite the existence of solvent  customers'  demand,
         the  Concession  Company shall pay a penalty  payment in the manner set
         out in Schedule "D" hereto, to the  Telecommunications  Fund. The basis
         of the development requirements shall be the coverage (4.8/100 persons)
         existing on 31 December 1993  according to Schedule "B" hereto.  If the
         coverage  of the given  prime area is less than the  national  coverage
         (being 14.57 lines for 100 persons on 31 December 1993), the Concession
         Company shall achieve by 31 December 1997 the national coverage and the
         annual  development of 15.5% based on the national  coverage  (provided
         there is a solvent demand for such  development)  and the data included
         in Annex "C" shall be amended  according to these  rules.  Following 31
         December 1997 the  Concession  Company shall maintain the normal annual
         development  requirements  (being an annual  15,5%),  provided there is
         solvent  demand.  Should  the  coverage  of the given  prime area be in
         excess of the national  coverage,  the  development  obligation  of the
         Concession  Company  shall be an annual  15,5% in the first 6 years set
         out in the Tender  Documentation,  provided  there is solvent demand in
         connection therewith.

6.03     Fulfillment of customers' demand

         In  addition  to  achieving  the  development  requirements  set out in
         section 6.2 above, the Concession Company shall, in prime areas covered
         by the Local  Concession,  fulfil  90% of the total  customers'  demand
         within 6 months from the  application  therefore after 30 June 1998 and
         an additional 8% of the total  customers'  demand within 12 months from
         the application.

         For the purposes of calculation of the percentage  contained herein, if
         a customer  enters into a  preliminary  Subscriber's  Contract with the
         Concession Company, it shall be deemed to be a customers' demand.

         The Concession Company shall provide for the latest technology covering
         its whole service area.

6.04     Provisions for prohibited activities

         The Concession  Company shall not be obliged to provide any services if
         it can be proven that such provision  would  contradict or infringe the
         provisions of the Telecommunications Act, the decrees for the execution
         thereof or any  authorizations or licenses  necessary for providing any
         telecommunications services.

6.05     Temporary suspension of the service

         The public telephone service (save for the events of force majeure) may
         only be  temporarily  suspended  with the prior written  consent of the
         Minister and the prior  written  notification  to the  customers in due
         course;  such suspension  shall not include the term of any,  otherwise
         non-recoverable,  technical problems or maintenance; the length of such
         technical  problems or maintenance which shall not exceed 72 hours. The
         service  may,  temporarily  be  suspended  or  restricted  in a  manner
         specified in laws, for the purposes of protection of national  defence,
         economic   and   public   safety    (including    anti-terrorism    and
         drug-trafficking) of the Republic of Hungary.

6.06     Co-operation in the state of national emergency

         The Concession Company shall, in accordance with the laws,  participate
         in the preparation and  implementation of the action plan governing the
         procedure  for  national  emergencies  under  the  instructions  of the
         Minister and other relevant  ministers,  and it shall  co-operate  with
         other telecommunications  suppliers and network operators. In the event
         of a national  emergency,  or war,  and in the  interest of  protecting
         public safety,  the Concession Company shall act in accordance with the
         laws and under the  instructions  of the Minister  and the  Government.
         Should the Concession  Company suffer  significant  damage or loss as a
         consequence  of such action,  it may,  within one (1) year of suffering
         such  damage  or loss,  request  indemnification  in  writing  from the
         Minister.  The Minister shall reasonably  appraise the  indemnification
         application of the Concession Company within 30 days.

         Enforcement of interests of national defence and national safety

         a)       The  Concession  Company shall  provide for the  protection of
                  interests  of  national  defence,   national  safety  and  the
                  Government in its service area in accordance with the relevant
                  laws,  Government and  ministerial  decrees via closed circuit
                  networks and by enabling the telecommunications to be used for
                  the purposes of national defence. The duties of the Concession
                  Company  relating  thereto  shall  be set out in its  Business
                  Regulations.

         b)       The Concession  Company's  participation in the preparation of
                  certain  duties of national  defence  shall be governed by the
                  Act on National  Defence and by contracts  entered into by the
                  Concession  Company  with  the  Minister  and  other  relevant
                  authorities respectively.

         c)       The Concession Company may only change the ownership structure
                  and  interconnection  services of the closed circuit  networks
                  operating in its service area with the consent of the owner of
                  the network.

         d)       The  Concession  Company shall comply with the laws  governing
                  national  defence and safety when carrying on its registration
                  and data processing duties.

         e)       The  Concession  Company  agrees that it shall  provide the
                  technical  conditions  for competent  authorities  to control,
                  within the framework of relevant laws (as from time to time in
                  force),   the  sound  or  other   communications   of  certain
                  customers.  The  possibility  of control shall cover the whole
                  service  area  determined  hereby,  it shall  also  cover each
                  subscriber  category and each type of service  provided by the
                  Concession Company.  Detailed regulation of such control shall
                  be governed by an agreement.

         f)       The  Concession  Company agrees that it shall carry on certain
                  part  of  its   activities  in  accordance   with  a  separate
                  ministerial  decree regulating the operation of closed circuit
                  networks, normally on a contractual basis.

         g)       For services  provided in accordance  with the laws regulating
                  the   protection  of   international   and  national   defence
                  interests,  the Concession Company may apply for reimbursement
                  of the actual costs of such activities from the Minister; such
                  application shall be decided upon within 30 days.

6.07     The Subscriber's Contract and connection of the terminal equipment

         Pursuant  to  provisions   of  Government   decrees  and  the  Business
         Regulations  of  the  Concession   Company  as  approved  by  HFF,  the
         Concession Company shall enter into individual  Subscriber's Contracts,
         on the basis of which it shall  provide  the  subscribers  with  access
         points suitable for connection to the public telephone network.  In the
         circumstances set out by the Telecommunications Act and the decrees for
         the execution thereof,  the Concession Company may refuse to enter into
         or may terminate the  Subscriber's  Contract.  The  Concession  Company
         shall enable customers to connect their terminal equipment (the type of
         which is subject to HFF's  approval) to the access points of the public
         telephone network.

6.08     Service quality requirements

         The Concession Company shall fulfil the minimal quality requirements as
         set out by Schedule "H" hereto according to the action plan. If, due to
         certain  events  which could not have been  envisaged or avoided by the
         Concession   Company,  it  fails  to  fulfil  its  contractual  quality
         obligations,  the Concession Company shall follow the procedure set out
         by Schedule "D" hereto.

6.09     Co-operation with other telecommunications suppliers

         In order that the public telephone network operates  effectively and in
         order to ensure  connectability  to other  networks and  services,  the
         Concession  Company  shall  co-operate  with  the  National  Concession
         Company upon conditions provided by law and shall, following the expiry
         of the exclusivity  period,  co-operate  with other  telecommunications
         suppliers,  provided  they are not  connected  via the  network  of the
         National  Concession  Company.  Such co-operation  shall be governed by
         Sections 16 to 18 of the  Telecommunications  Act and by the provisions
         of  Government  Decree No.  158/1993.  (XI.11.)  on the  connection  of
         telecommunications  networks and on the  licensing of the  co-operation
         thereof.

6.10     General requirements of customers' supply

         a)       General requirements

                  Pursuant to the  provisions of the laws,  the Basic  Technical
                  Plans and the Business  Regulations,  the  Concession  Company
                  shall establish and operate an effective  customers' enquiries
                  service enabling  customers,  users and subscribers to enquire
                  in relation to  application,  instalment,  services,  billing,
                  telephone registers,  complains and other similar matters. The
                  Concession  Company  shall  not,  unlawfully  or  unreasonably
                  differentiate for or against any group of subscribers or users
                  in connection with the customers' enquiries activity.

                  The   Concession   Company  shall  connect  via  an  interface
                  (Telecommunications Act, Sections 16 to 18) to:

                  -       the National Operation Supporting System ("OSS");
                  -       the supervision of networks;
                  -       the National System Supporting Centre ("NRK")
                  -       the National Enquiries; and
                  -       the telephone card coding and distribution system.

         During  preparation of its technical  development plans, the Concession
         Company shall only apply standards approved in Europe or in Hungary.

         b)       Minimum requirements

                           During the term of exclusivity  determined in Chapter
                  5 hereof,  in the prime areas covered by the Local Concession,
                  the  Concession  Company  shall fulfil the  following  minimum
                  requirements:
                           (i) To ensure the  availability of local help-lines -
                           with one and the same connection  number as elsewhere
                           in the  country - from all  subscribers'  and  public
                           telephone  stations,  free of  charge.  This  service
                           shall  be  established  within  eight  months  of the
                           Completion  Date,  but at the  latest by 1  September
                           1996.

                           (ii) To issue a printed  telephone  directory  in the
                           prime   area   covered   by  the  Local   Concession,
                           containing  the name of each  subscriber in the area,
                           save those expressly  requesting not to be listed. In
                           its  standard  form the  directory  shall  contain at
                           least the name,  address,  connection  number of each
                           subscriber of the area; furthermore the dialling code
                           of the countries and the regions.  The directories of
                           the    Concession    Company    may   also    contain
                           advertisements.  The  Concession  Company  shall  not
                           charge  subscribers  for publishing  their details in
                           the standard form directory.  A reasonable  price for
                           the   telephone   directory   may   be   charged   to
                           subscribers.  In order to set up a unified  system of
                           customers'  details   registration,   the  Concession
                           Company shall  co-operate with the National and other
                           Local Concession Companies.  In addition to a unified
                           registration  of customers in its own prime area, the
                           Concession   Company  may  issue  its  own  telephone
                           directory.

                                    (iii) To set up an enquiries service whereby
                           information can be obtained on the telephone  numbers
                           of subscribers  of the area.  The Concession  Company
                           may charge a reasonable fee for the enquiries service
                           subject to the Minister's approval.

                                    (iv)  To  set  up   other  -   domestic   or
                           international  - enquiries  service for the operators
                           of other telecommunications networks for a reasonable
                           fee, in accordance with relevant legislation.
6.11     Public telephone stations

         The Concession Company undertakes:

         - to instal one public  telephone  station for each 250 people
           in a  manner,  that  it  shall  instal  at  least  one  public
           telephone station in each of the villages of the prime area; 
         - to instal 50% of the public  telephone  stations in a way that
           it is suitable for hearing-impaired  persons; 
         - to provide for text service for  hearing-impaired  people;
         - to instal 2% of the public telephone stations in a manner that 
           is suitable for disabled people; and 
         - that not less than 1 out of 4 installed public telephone stations 
           shall operate with phonecards.

6.12     Confidentiality of information on subscribers

         The  Concession   Company  shall  prepare  a  procedure  for  effective
         protection of maintaining both the business secrets obtained during its
         activity, and the personal data of subscribers and it shall comply with
         such  procedure  in relation to any  information  obtained.  As to data
         protection and maintaining  information,  the Concession  Company shall
         act   in   accordance   with   Section   24,   sub-section   5  of  the
         Telecommunications Act.

6.13     Requirements of registration and providing information

         The Concession  Company shall (i) maintain a registration  suitable for
         controlling  compliance herewith,  with the  Telecommunications Act and
         other laws; (ii) be prepared for reasonable  investigations;  and (iii)
         provide  information in accordance with the Minister's  instructions on
         such  activities.  Unless the Minister  otherwise  requires  within the
         framework of legislation,  data provided by the Concession Company save
         for confidential  information,  (eg. relating to the business or to the
         ownership  structure and  commercial  information),  should be publicly
         available.

6.14     Accounting requirements

         Following  the execution of the first  amendment,  but no later than 31
         December  1996, the Concession  Company shall,  in accordance  with the
         Hungarian accounting principles, prepare and submit to the Minister its
         accounting  principles for accounting  for the  investments,  costs and
         revenues.  The  accounting  principles  shall be prepared in such a way
         that details of investments, costs and revenues of the public telephone
         service and other activities of the Concession  Company,  i.e., product
         manufacturing,  marketing  and the trade of equipment can be registered
         separately.  The  Minister  shall  issue its  opinion  on the  proposed
         accounting principles within three (3) months of submission. Should the
         Minister  refuse to accept the submitted  proposal,  it may require the
         Concession Company to submit an acceptable  proposal for its accounting
         principles  within  twelve (12) months from the  effective  date of the
         first amendment to the Concession Contract, at the latest. However, the
         one (1) year deadline provided for herein shall not mean deviation from
         the deadlines provided for by the Accounting Act; the provisions herein
         contained shall be complied with in addition to those of the Accounting
         Act.

6.15     Obligation to enter into an agreement for handing over existing 
         networks of assets

         By  December  31,  1995 the  Concession  Company  shall  enter  into an
         agreement with the National  Concession  Company  (predecessor of which
         was: MATAV) on handing over the material tangible and intangible assets
         (hereinafter:  "the local assets") necessary for providing local public
         telephone  services in a given prime area.  Upon handing over  (putting
         into use,  proprietorship  or  ownership) - declared by the Minister as
         being a  generally  applicable  principle - the local  assets,  neither
         party shall realize any profit.  The parties  shall,  upon handing over
         the  local  assets,   determine   the  prices  and/or  values   thereof
         reasonably.  The Concession  Company shall deem the value  published in
         the Tender to be the basis for evaluation. It is the Concession Company
         that shall decide as to what assets it finds necessary from the offered
         assets for providing public telephone  services.  The agreement entered
         between the Parties  shall  contain a provision  according to which the
         Concession  Company  shall  offer  employment  for  (appr.)  62 persons
         previously  employed in the Papa prime area by the National  Concession
         Company.  If the Concession Company and the National Concession Company
         fail to achieve an agreement  within three (3) months of the  Effective
         Date  hereof  in  relation  to the value of the  local  assets  and the
         employees to be transferred, the Concession Company shall submit to the
         decision of an independent appraisal expert company. Unless the parties
         agree on the appraiser  within two (2) weeks,  the  appraisal  shall be
         appointed  by the  Minister.  The  opinion of the  appraiser - provided
         within 10 weeks - on the price of handing  over the local  assets or on
         the value  thereof  shall be accepted  to be binding by the  Concession
         Company.  The Minister  undertakes that the concession contract entered
         with the  National  Concession  Company duly  contains  the  provisions
         regulating the procedure by the appraisal including, unless there is an
         agreement between the parties, a provision that the National Concession
         Company shall accept the appraisal's opinion as binding.

6.16     Business regulations

         The Concession Company shall prepare and submit to HFF for approval its
         Business  Regulations  not later than 60 days prior to  commencing  the
         service at the latest.

6.17     If, on the basis of proper  authorizations and approved plans there was
         an investment  made or started on the  establishment  of a public local
         telephone network in the given prime area, the Concession Company under
         an agreement to be made  pursuant to point 6.15 above - shall take over
         each and every cost,  prepayment of credits and interest,  provided the
         agreement requires it to do so.

                                   CHAPTER 7.
                                 Interconnection

7.01     Cost of the connection interface and instalment of equipment relating 
         thereto

         In this respect the  provisions  of  Government  Decree No.  158/1993.
         (XI.11.) on the connection of telecommunications networks, the 
         licensing of co-operation thereof and on the network contracts shall 
         apply.

7.02     Information obligation relating the technical details of the network

         The Concession  Company shall provide  technical  information to HFF on
         its  public   telephone   network   relevant   for  the   purposes  of
         interconnection, in accordance with legal requirements.

7.03     The Concession Company's right to connect to the networks of other 
         public telecommunications suppliers

         During the (8 year) term of the Concession  Company's exclusive service
         right,  it may only use the  basic  telecommunications  network  of the
         National Concession Company in order to connect to other prime areas.

7.04     Requirement of unification of telephone-centres

         The Concession  Company shall submit to the Minister its reasonable and
         feasible  action  plan for the  necessary  development  of the  already
         existing telephone switchboards (centres) and it shall ensure that such
         development be suitable for the settlement  between suppliers of public
         telephone services.  The Minister shall, towards all other suppliers of
         public  telephone  services -  including,  following  the expiry of the
         exclusive supply,  any other suppliers having been granted a concession
         - achieve the minimum requirement of the concession  companies of using
         switchboards   suitable   for   accounting   settlement   of  suppliers
         immediately  in the case of a newly  obtained  switchboard,  and within
         eighteen (18) months from the Completion Date hereof in the case of the
         already existing switchboards  (centres). If the data necessary for the
         precise determination of  income-distribution as required by the Decree
         on Prices is not available,  the Concession Company shall agree to such
         data being  determined  by way of reasonable  estimation.  The Minister
         declared  in  the  Concession  Contract  concluded  with  the  National
         Concession  Company  that in respect of the revenue  sharing it obliges
         the  National  Concession  Company  to the  same  procedure  and to the
         conclusion of an agreement,  based on this  procedure.  The  Concession
         Company agrees that, during the eight (8) year term of exclusivity,  it
         may connect to other suppliers only through the network of the National
         Concession Company.

         In addition to the  obligations  contained  by section 6.2 hereof,  the
         Concession  Company  shall  prepare  a  3  year  development  plan  for
         switchboards;  such plan shall be  forwarded to the Minister by 31 July
         1996.  From  then on the  Concession  Company  shall  submit  an annual
         development plan in this respect.

7.05     Provision of a suitable basic network

         The Concession Company shall be provided with a suitable basic network
         pursuant to relevant legislation, i.e., Government Decree No. 158/1993.
         (XI. 11.) and Sections 7 and 16 to 18 of Act No. LXXII of 1992.

                                   CHAPTER 8.
                               Special provisions

8.01     The prohibition of abusing the monopoly position

         The Concession  Company shall not use its position obtained in the Papa
         prime area for providing  public  telephone  services to achieve unfair
         advantages   in   the   market   for   telecommunications,    the   non
         telecommunications-related    market    and    on    product-marketing.
         Anti-competitive pricing (eg. dumping prices) is prohibited.

8.02     The prohibition of cross-financing

         The  Concession  Company  shall not use income  generated by its public
         telephone  services to support its non  concession-related  activities,
         nor its computing technology and product marketing activities.

         The  prohibition of  cross-financing,  however,  shall not apply if the
         same bidder is granted the  concession in more prime areas for which it
         establishes  one  Concession  Company.  In this case and in relation to
         public  telephone  services  the  Concession  Company  may  use  income
         generated by public telephone services in one prime area to finance the
         public  telephone  service of the other area.  This point 8.2 shall not
         prevent the  Concession  Company  from using its after- tax profit from
         public  telephone  services  to  improve  its  non   concession-related
         telecommunications services.

8.03     The obligation of equal treatment

         The  Concession  Company  shall not  discriminate  between,  and cannot
         provide unfair  advantages  for, any  authorized  operator of networks,
         telecommunications suppliers or subscribers, including companies in its
         partial ownership or in which it has any other interest.

8.04     Prohibition of tying arrangements upon trading the terminal equipment

         The  Concession  Company  may  only  sell  terminal  equipment  to  its
         subscribers  if (a) it does  not  tie  the  purchase  or  lease  of the
         terminal  equipment with the provision of public telephone services and
         (b) the price of such  equipment  is not included in the charge for any
         public telephone services.

8.05     Implementation of anti-monopoly rules for other concession companies

         The  Minister  undertakes  that it  shall  impose  anti-monopoly  rules
         identical to those contained  herein to all other  suppliers  providing
         public local telephone services under a concession.

8.06     The requirement of equal conditions

         Following the expiry of the term of exclusivity, the Concession Company
         shall not discriminate  between nor shall it provide unfair  advantages
         for any other authorized network operator,  telecommunications supplier
         or subscriber,  including companies in which the Concession Company has
         a participation or other interest.

8.07     The  Concession  Company shall consider that in its area there might be
         existing  closed  circuit  networks  or parts  thereof.  The  duties in
         relation  therewith  shall be subject to  agreement  with the owners of
         such networks.

                                   CHAPTER 9.
                     Rights and obligations of the Minister

9.01     Exclusive right to supply

         During  the  term  set out in  Chapter  5 hereof  (and  save for  those
         described in section 15.5) the Minister shall not,  without the consent
         of the Concession Company, grant a concession-related services right in
         respect of the area and the services covered by the Local Concession.

9.02     Fair and impartial treatment

         The Minister  undertakes that it shall provide a treatment  towards the
         Concession    Company   as   fair   and   equal   as   towards    other
         telecommunications suppliers and network operators; furthermore, should
         the need  arise,  the  Minister  shall  make the  concession  contracts
         entered with the National  Concession Company and/or other suppliers of
         telecommunication  services  available to the Concession  Company.  The
         Concession  Company  shall submit to these  provisions  should the need
         arise.

9.03     Requirement of procedures to be clear and easily understood

         The Minister  undertakes  that, in its legislative  and  administrative
         procedures in relation to the rights, obligations and activities of the
         Concession  Company  hereunder,   as  well  as  in  the  procedures  in
         connection  herewith  and  in the  procedures  of  KHVM  and  HFF,  the
         principle that  procedures be clear and easily  understood  shall apply
         and that all such procedures shall be fair and impartial.

9.04     Granting authorizations/licenses

         The Minister  undertakes that, it shall support the Concession  Company
         in order that it be given all  licenses,  consents  and  authorizations
         necessary for the fulfillment of its obligations  hereunder  within the
         shortest possible period of time.

9.05     Significant amendment of decrees regulating the concession-related
         activities

         The  Minister   endeavors  not  to  amend  the  provisions   (having  a
         significant  impact for the activity of the Concession  Company) of the
         Decree  on  Prices,  the  Decree  on  connecting   networks  and  other
         telecommunications  decrees  within eight (8) years from the  Effective
         Date hereof in a manner that they would cause a  significantly  adverse
         change in the position of the  Concession  Company.  Such decrees shall
         not impose disproportional obligations on the supplier and the proposed
         amendments  shall be made  available to the supplier by the Minister in
         due course.  The time period prior to a proposed  amendment coming into
         force  shall be long enough for the  supplier  to make the  preparatory
         arrangements in time.

                                   CHAPTER 10.
                                Approval of fees

The provisions of the Decree No. 30/1993. (XI. 23.) of the Minister for
Transportation, Telecommunications and Water Management shall be governing in
this respect.

The      Concession  Company shall publish charges not determined by legislation
         in its Business Regulations. 

                                  CHAPTER 11.
                            Use of radio frequencies

The frequencies and frequency zones necessary for the public telephone  services
to be provided by the  Concession  Company  shall be provided by HFF pursuant to
the provisions of Act No. LXII of 1993 on Frequency Management.

                                   CHAPTER 12.
                           Authorizations and licenses

The  Concession  Company  shall obtain the licenses  necessary for its operation
(i.e.,   radio-license,   construction-license,   equipment-license   etc.)   in
accordance with the Telecommunications Act and other relevant laws.

                                   CHAPTER 13.
                   The use of Hungarian products and services

13.01    Requirements in respect of Hungarian products and services

         The  Concession  Company  shall,  for the purpose of  providing  public
         telephone services,  use products and services of Hungarian origin when
         such Hungarian  products and services are relatively equal available as
         non-Hungarian  products  and  services in regard to quality,  technical
         capability,  price and delivery The Concession  Company undertakes that
         from the date of the first  amendment to the Concession  Contract,  not
         less than 25% of the total value of  products  purchased  and  services
         provided  for  the  purposes  of  the  public  telephone  service,  and
         following  1  January  1998,  not  less  than 50% of the  products  and
         services  shall be  fulfilled  with  products and services of Hungarian
         origin, if such products and services of Hungarian origin have at least
         the same  technical  capability  and price,  as those of  non-Hungarian
         origin.

         A product  shall be deemed to be of Hungarian  origin if (i) either 25%
         of the total value thereof was produced in Hungary or (ii) proof can be
         given that due to the manufacturing  process having been carried out in
         Hungary,  the added value of such product increased by 25%;  inspection
         by HFF on  behalf  of the  Minister  to  ensure  compliance  with  such
         provision may be carried out at any time.

         The Minister undertakes that it shall impose the obligations  contained
         herein in relation to the use of Hungarian products and services on all
         other suppliers of public telephone services.

         The Parties agree that they will apply the  provisions of the Act No XL
         of  1995 on  Public  Procurements  only in case of  utilizing/recording
         state  subsidies in accordance  with the basic  principles of the above
         mentioned Act on using budget sources.

13.02    Obligation of penalty payment

         The  Concession  Company  shall,  by 31  March of each  calendar  year,
         prepare a report  on the  previous  calendar  year  providing  detailed
         information on the compliance with the obligations under 13.1 hereof in
         the  given  calendar  year  by  the  Concession  Company.   Should  the
         Concession  Company,  fail to comply  with its  obligations  under 13.1
         hereof in any  calendar  year,  it shall pay a penalty  payment  to the
         Telecommunications  Fund equal to 0,1% of its annual investments of the
         given year for each  percentage  point by which it failed to fulfil its
         obligation.

                                   CHAPTER 14.
         The prohibition on transfer of the concession right and change
                           in the ownership structure

14.01    The prohibition of transfer of the concession right

         Without  the prior  written  consent of the  Minister,  the  Concession
         Company shall not assign and transfer its  concession  right to provide
         local public telephone services, nor shall it establish any mortgage on
         the same or allow any other encumbrances to be established  thereon and
         it shall not contribute it into any other company's assets.
14.02    Restrictions  of the transfer of and the  encumbrances on the assets of
         the  Concession   Company  When  transferring  any  of  its  assets  or
         permitting   encumbrances   thereon,   or  by  any  other   contractual
         obligations,  the Concession Company shall not put itself in a position
         whereby it becomes  unable to fulfil  its  obligations  under the Local
         Concession.

14.03    Change in the ownership structure of the Concession Company

         Pursuant to the provisions hereof, the substantial  shareholders of the
         Concession  Company at the time of the execution of the first amendment
         to the Concession  Contract or the control over such shareholding shall
         not be changed by transferring shares without the prior written consent
         of the Minister.

         The  change  in the  ownership  structure  shall be deemed to have been
         significant  if it  concerns  more  than  10%  of  the  shares  of  the
         Concession Company; such restrictions shall also apply if the transfers
         of shares following one another reaches the extent of 10%. The Minister
         may only  refuse to consent to the  change in the  ownership  structure
         (i.e., transfer of shares) if it has concluded that as a result of such
         change,  the  Concession  Company  will  become  unable to  fulfil  its
         obligations under the Local Concession either  financially,  legally or
         professionally.

         The  Parties  hereto  hereby  note that the  Winner of the  Tender  has
         complied  with the above  provisions  in the Deed of  Foundation of the
         Concession Company being a party hereto.

         The restrictions  herein contained shall not apply if the shares of the
         Concession  Company are  transferred  into a  creditor's  ownership  as
         security  for a credit  (loan)  agreement  provided by a lender  (bank,
         financial institution) for financing a project or a bond issue arranged
         by a bank  (financial  institution).  Following such  transactions  the
         restrictions  herein  contained  shall be  binding  upon the new owners
         (lender,  creditor).  Should the Concession  Company obtain a credit in
         the above  manner,  it shall report it to the Minister  within five (5)
         working days.

         The  above  restrictions  shall  also  apply  if  the  total  value  of
         individual  transfers is in excess of the above limit.  If at least 15%
         of the shares of the  Concession  Company  have been  transferred,  the
         Minister may execute an amendment hereof.  The restrictions  shall also
         apply if the total value of individual transfers is in excess of 15%.

14.04    Control of the Hungarian participation

         The Concession Company shall continuously control whether its ownership
         structure is in compliance  with the  provisions of the Tender.  Should
         the Concession Company become aware of any change in the ownership,  it
         shall  notify the  Ministry.  On the basis of an  authorization  by the
         Minister, HFF shall, at all times, be entitled to inspect the ownership
         structure.    Should   either   the    Concession    Company   or   the
         Telecommunication  Chief  Inspectorate  become aware of a change in the
         ownership  as a result of which the  Concession  Company will no longer
         comply with the  conditions of Hungarian  ownership  provided in Clause
         14.05 of the Concession  Contract,  the Minister shall,  with a 3 month
         deadline  period,  demand  that  the  Concession  Company  restore  its
         ownership  structure  as set out in  Clause  14.05.  If the  Concession
         Company is late with such  notice,  the  period of such delay  shall be
         included in the 3 month period by the Minister. Non-compliance with the
         Minister's  demand within the deadline  provided  shall give grounds to
         the Minister for termination of the Contract. (The tender documentation
         shall be an integral part hereof.)

14.05    Without any prior consent of the Minister the shareholdings owned by 
         the Hungarian shareholders of the Company may be as follows:

                  a) for the three month period from taking over the service,
                  0%, which means that during this period of time the foreign 
                  shareholding can be 100%;

                  b) for a seven  year  period  from the  effective  date of the
                  first  amendment  to  the  present  Contract,   the  Hungarian
                  ownership  may be  reduced  to 10%  provided  that the Deed of
                  Foundation  of the  Company is changed to the effect that when
                  the Company Act requires the affirmative  vote of seventy-five
                  percent  (75%) of the  outstanding  shares  of the  Concession
                  Company  to  approve  action  proposed  to  be  taken  by  the
                  Concession  Company,   then  for  so  long  as  the  Hungarian
                  ownership  of shares of the  Company  is between  ten  percent
                  (10%) and twenty-five  percent (25%) of the outstanding shares
                  of the Concession Company, the affirmative vote of such number
                  of the  outstanding  shares of the  Concession  Company as may
                  equal one hundred percent (100%) less such Hungarian ownership
                  percentage,  plus one share  shall be  required to approve the
                  action proposed to be taken by the Concession  Company; 
                  c) for a seven  year  period  from the  effective  date of the
                  first amendment of the present Contract,  Hungarian ownership
                  may be reduced  to 0.79%  provided  that  within  two years 
                  from such reduction  of Hungarian  ownership,  the  Hungarian
                  ownership provided in Clause 14.05 b) is restored.

         After  the  expiry  of the  seven  year  period  of  time  detailed  in
         subclauses  b) and c) the  25%+1  share  Hungarian  ownership  must  be
         restored,  or until  this time  25%+1  share of the  capital  should be
         issued on the Budapest  Stock  Exchange as registered  voting shares by
         the way of public offering. A failure to meet any of these requirements
         constitutes  a major breach of the  Concession  Contract  except if the
         Concession  Company  proves  that  despite  its acting in a  reasonable
         manner the  restoration  of Hungarian  ownership or the issuing was not
         successful.  If so,  the  Concession  Company  is  obliged  to submit a
         proposal to the Minister and  initiate a solution.  The Minister  shall
         not refuse such an initiation.

         Two out of  every  five  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  must be
         Hungarian  citizens;  if there are only  three  members of the Board of
         Directors,  then only one member must be a Hungarian citizen.  One-half
         of the members of the Supervisory Board must be Hungarian citizens;  if
         there are only three members of the  Supervisory  Board,  then only one
         member must be a Hungarian citizen.

                                   CHAPTER 15.
                   Amendment and termination of this Contract

15.01    Amendment of this Contract with the Parties' agreement
         In  accordance  with legal  requirements  the Parties may, by a written
         agreement, amend this Contract.

15.02    One-sided amendment hereof by the Minister

         The  Parties  may amend  this  Contract  subject  to the other  party's
         consent.  The Minister shall be entitled to one-sided  amendment hereof
         for the  purposes  of consumer  protection  or in  accordance  with its
         international  obligations  undertaken in the  meantime,  in accordance
         with Section 14 of the Concession Act and complying with the settlement
         procedure  provided  for by  section  18.2  hereof.  This  right of the
         Minister,  however, shall not impose disproportional obligations on the
         supplier.  The supplier shall be informed of any proposed  amendment in
         due  course by the  Minister.  The time  period  prior to an  amendment
         coming  into  force  shall  be long  enough  for the  supplier  to make
         preparatory  arrangements  and such amendments  cannot cause an adverse
         financial change in the position of the  concession's  beneficiary (see
         Section 14 of Act No. XVI of 1991.).

15.03    Termination

         Upon expiry of the initial and the  extended  term set out in Chapter 3
         hereof, this Contract shall automatically  terminate.  The Parties may,
         with  mutual  consent,   terminate  this  Contract  at  any  time.  The
         termination  hereof shall mean the termination of the concession  right
         accordingly.

15.04    Termination of the Local Concession

         Possessing  conclusive  evidence  -  determined  by the  minutes of the
         settlement procedure provided for by section 18.2 hereof - the Minister
         may terminate  the Local  Concession in respect of all services or of a
         given  geographic  area  or in  respect  of a  given  service  and of a
         geographic area in any of the following cases:

          a)   the Concession Company abuses, customarily and deliberately,  the
               provisions  hereof  including  rules set out by  Chapter 8 hereto
               relating  the  abuse/misuse  of  monopoly  position  and fails to
               comply with the Minister's  notice within a reasonable  deadline;
          b)   the  bankruptcy  procedure  of the  Concession  Company  has been
               initiated;  
          c)   a  procedure  has started  for the  liquidation  of the
               Concession  Company  or the  Concession  Company  makes a general
               assignment for the benefit of creditors.
15.05    Shortening the term of exclusive service rights

         If the  Concession  Company  fails to  fulfil  the  annual  development
         requirements set out in section 6.2 hereof,  in addition to the penalty
         payment  provided  for by section  6.2 and  Schedule  "C"  hereto,  and
         following the  settlement  procedure  according to section 18.2 hereof,
         the Minister may shorten the term of exclusive  service right by twenty
         (20) days for each percentage point by which the Concession  Company is
         behind the annual development requirement concerning the main lines. If
         the Concession Company is behind the annual development requirements by
         less  than  1%,  the  term of the  exclusive  service  rights  shall be
         shortened proportionally to this extent.

15.06    Rules of distribution of assets

         Should the Local  Concession  be  terminated  for  whatever  reason and
         thereby the  Concession  Company is no longer be authorized or licensed
         to provide  local  public  telephone  services  under  concession,  the
         shareholders  of the Concession  Company shall terminate the Concession
         Company in accordance  with the  provisions on the final  settlement of
         Act No. VI of 1988 on economic associations.

15.07    Termination of radio-licenses

         Should  any  of  the  services  provided  by  radio   telecommunication
         equipment   described  herein   terminate  for  whatever  reason,   the
         authorization  in relation to radio licenses - granted for the purposes
         of the concession activities - shall automatically terminate.
15.08    Obligation to provide service following termination

         The Concession Company shall provide the services determined herein for
         twelve  (12)  months  following  termination  hereof  or  -  if  a  new
         concession  is  granted  earlier  -  until  the  date of  granting  new
         concessions.  The  Parties  shall  enter into a separate  agreement  to
         regulate the conditions of providing such services.

         The  obligation  to supply shall cease on the day when the new supplier
         commences to provide local public telephone services.

                                   CHAPTER 16.
                                  Force majeure

In the case of failure by the Concession  Company to comply with its obligations
hereunder,  the  Concession  Company shall not be liable to the extent and for a
period of war  initiated  with or without  an  ultimatum;  a civilian  uprising;
terrorists' acts; strikes;  natural catastrophes;  a fire, an explosion or state
of emergency or any other facts of similar  nature  which,  under the Civil Code
make it impossible - and NOT being due to the failure by the Concession  Company
- - to fulfil such obligations or  prevent/obstruct  the fulfillment.  Should such
events cause damage to the telecommunications network operated by the Concession
Company,  it shall  arrange for the network to be repaired and  re-installed  in
accordance  with the action plan  approved by the  Minister.  Such  obligations,
however,  shall only bind the  Concession  Company if it is granted direct state
support or if it may implement reasonable changes in its billing/charging rates.

                                   CHAPTER 17.
                     The collective employment agreement and
              other contracts relevant to the employees' employment

The  Concession  Company  shall  comply  with the  terms and  conditions  of the
collective  employment agreement and other relevant employment contracts entered
into by the predecessor of the National Concession Company with the employees of
the given prime area. For a period of eight (8) years  following the coming into
force of the Agreement the Concession Company shall not propose any amendment of
such contracts which would adversely affect the employees' rights.

Upon transfer of employees the Parties shall act in accordance with the rules of
the settlement procedure as set out in section 6.15 hereof.

For the purposes of employment issues the Concession  Company shall be the legal
successor of the predecessor of National  Concession Company (MATAV Rt.). On the
basis thereof the Concession Company shall undertake, for at least 12 months, to
comply with:

          -    the program indicating the improvement of employment - efficiency
               as worked out by MATAV Rt. and its trade union (Matasz);
          -    the existing network of social benefits;
          -    the long-term  support of employees'  insurance  under a contract
               between MATAV and the Social Insurance Fund of Telecommunications
               employees;
          -    earlier employment contracts; and
          -    until the execution of a new collective employment agreement, but
               in any  case,  for not  less  than 12  months,  the  terms of the
               currently existing MATAV Collective Employment Agreement.

                                   CHAPTER 18.
                      Settlement of disputes and interests

18.01    Settlement

         The Parties  shall settle all disputes and claims  arising out of or in
         connection with this Contract by direct negotiations.

18.02    The right to settlement
         The Minister  shall carry on with the  settlement  procedure  described
         herein  prior to any action  relating to a change in the  fees/charges,
         the termination or amendment hereof, the fixing of penalty payments and
         any payments  payable to the  customers or any other action which would
         adversely  affect  the  position  of the  Concession  Company.  In this
         procedure the Minister shall notify the  Concession  Company in writing
         (a) of the  reasons of any  proposed  action and the  claimed  material
         breach  hereof;  (b)  of the  evidence  at the  Minister's  disposal  -
         providing  grounds for the  proposed  action - together  with any other
         statements   establishing   the  fact  of  a  material  breach  hereof.
         Thereafter  the  Concession  Company shall be given the  opportunity to
         make a statement either in writing or by a verbal  declaration,  it may
         provide  additional  proof and may review and comments on the arguments
         and evidence  brought  against it. The Minister  shall proceed with the
         settlement procedure promptly and - unless extraordinary  circumstances
         occur - come to a decision  within six (6)  months of  delivery  of its
         written notice thereof. In the case of an extraordinarily comprehensive
         matter the  Minister may extend the  procedure  by a further  three (3)
         months. The Minister undertakes that is shall justify such a decision.

                                   CHAPTER 19.
                 Specific obligations of the Concession Company

19.01    The Concession Company undertakes:
          -    to pay HUF 123,750,000 as a concession fee payable once, pursuant
               to section 4.1 of this Concession Contract;

          -    to pay 2.3% of its gross  annual  income as an  annually  payable
               concession  fee  pursuant  to  section  4.1  of  this  Concession
               Contract;

          -    to take  over the local  public  telephone  services  in the Papa
               prime area from MATAV Rt. by December 31, 1995;

          -    to further  employ the  employees  of MATAV Rt. in the Papa prime
               area with the same conditions for 8 years from the date of taking
               over the service;

          -    to charge  subscribers  the maximum amount allowed by the laws in
               effect  from  time to time,  which  amount  will  consist  of the
               investment  contribution  as determined by law, from time to time
               in force and a charge payable pursuant to the civil law agreement
               entered into with subscribers  however all the contributions paid
               by  subscribers  by 31 August 1995 shall not be  changed,  and it
               shall have no further claim in this regard;

          -    the  Hungarian  ownership  shall conform to the relevant laws and
               the text of the first  amendment to the  Concession  Contract and
               the Minister's special requirements;

          -    not  to   charge   the   monthly   subscribers'   fee  for  local
               municipalities  in the Papa prime area, and to provide each local
               municipality with 2 terminal equipments free of charge;

          -    to fulfill the demands of the waiting list by 30 June 1998;

          -    to provide a total sum of HUF 2,000,000  annually (such sum to be
               increased  by  the  official   inflation   rate)  for  the  local
               municipalities in the Papa prime area;

          -    to install one public telephone  station for each 250 people in a
               manner,  that it shall  instal  at  least  one  public  telephone
               station in each of the villages of the prime area;

          -    to install 50% of the public telephone  stations in a way that it
               is suitable for hearing-impaired persons;

          -    to provide for text service for hearing-impaired people;

          -    to install 2% of the public  telephone  stations in a manner that
               it is suitable for disabled people; and

          -    that 1 out of 4 installed public telephone stations shall operate
               with phonecards.

         The Parties hereby agree that  obligations of the Bid Winner and of the
         Concession  Company  herein  not  detailed  shall  be  governed  by the
         proposed bid for the  Concession of the Winner of the Tender,  with the
         condition  that,  following  the logic of the first  amendment  of this
         Concession  contract,  the  deadlines  and certain  other terms will be
         changed.

         In order to secure the payment obligation  detailed in the first indent
         of this  Clause,  the  Company  shall  provide  an  unconditional  bank
         guarantee for the stated amount at the latest by 18 September 1995, and
         a failure  to  provide  the  security  will  entitle  the  Minister  to
         terminate the Concession  contract and the first amendment in full with
         immediate effect.

         In order to secure the  undertakings  in the third and ninth  indent of
         this Clause,  the  Concession  Company shall  provide good  performance
         guarantees  (bank  guarantee)  by 1 December  1995 in the amount of HUF
         25,000,000  each,  and a failure in the  performance  of the underlying
         obligation will entitle the Ministry to this amount as penalty payment.
         If the  service  is taken over by 1  December  1995 or before,  no bank
         guarantee  securing the obligation  detailed in the third indent has to
         be provided.

19.02    The Concession  Company  undertakes  that if it stops  providing  local
         public telephone  services  thereby  breaching this Contract during the
         term  hereof,  it shall  pay,  as a penalty  payment,  the costs of the
         temporary  maintenance  of the service and the costs of a new tendering
         process;  such penalty payment has been guaranteed by the winner of the
         Concession  Tender in a manner  provided  for by  Concession  Agreement
         (attached hereto as Schedule "A").

                                   CHAPTER 20.
                                  Miscellaneous
20.01    Governing law

         This Contract  shall be  implemented  under and governed by the laws of
         the Republic of Hungary.

20.02    Partial invalidity

         This  Contract  shall be considered to be invalid only to the extent of
         any invalid  provisions,  all other  provisions  hereof shall remain in
         force unchanged.

20.03    Language of this Contract

         This  Contract is made and  executed  by the  Parties in the  Hungarian
         language.  Any versions hereof prepared in another language shall serve
         exclusively for information purposes for foreign investors.

20.04    Schedules to this Contract

          -    Schedule "A":the  Concession  Agreement  entered into between the
               Winner of the Tender and the Minister;

          -    Schedule   "B":the  table  containing  the  details  of  specific
               coverage of the Papa prime area;

          -    Schedule "C":Service development requirements;

          -    Schedule  "D":Penalty  payments payable upon  non-compliance with
               the service quality requirements;

          -    Schedule    "E":Technical    conditions    of    providing    non
               concession-related other telecommunications services;

          -    Schedule  "F":the  winning  Bid  submitted  by the  Winner of the
               Tender;

          -    Schedule "G":the "Declaration" of the Concession Company;

          -    Schedule "H":Service quality requirements; and

          -    Schedule  "I":The  laws of specific  importance  for the purposes
               hereof.

20.05    Notices

         All notices and other  communications made or forwarded hereunder shall
         be made by letter, telefax or telex and - unless otherwise indicated by
         the Parties in writing - shall be sent to the  respective  addresses of
         the  Parties  stated  herein or to such other  address or person as the
         Parties  may state in writing.  All  notices  and other  communications
         hereunder shall be made in the Hungarian language.

         Such notices shall be sent to the following addresses:

                  For the Minister or KHVM

                  Kozlekedesi, Hirkozlesi es Vizugyi Miniszterium
                  1077 Budapest
                  Dob u. 75-81.

                  For the attention of: [                  ]
                  Telefax: [            ]
                  Telex: [          ]

                  For the Concession Company
                  [address                  ]

                  For the attention of: [                   ]
                  Telefax: [           ]
                  Telex: [          ]


                                [SIGNATURE LINES]

                                [END OF CONTRACT]

43130


                                                               EXHIBIT 10.79

                    AMENDED AND RESTATED CONCESSION CONTRACT

        For providing local public telephone services in the Oroshaza prime area
        of the Republic of Hungary

This CONCESSION  CONTRACT (the "Contract") is made on 6 May 1994 and amended and
restated as of June 3, 1996,  by and between the  MINISTER  For  TRANSPORTATION,
TELECOMMUNICATIONS  and WATER  MANAGEMENT  (the  "Minister")  acting  for and on
behalf of the Republic of Hungary and HUNGAROTEL  TAVKOZLESI RT. (1126 Budapest,
Kiralyhago  u. 2.) as LOCAL  CONCESSION  COMPANY  (the  "Concession  Company" or
"Hungarotel") upon the terms and conditions herein provided.


                                    PREAMBLE

Pursuant to Act No. LXXII of 1992 on Telecommunication (the  "Telecommunications
Act"), Act No. XVI of 1991 on Concessions  ("the  Concessions  Act") and Act No.
LXII of 1993 (the "Frequency  Management  Act") the Minister has been authorized
to enter into concession contracts.

The Concession Company was established pursuant to Act No. VI of 1988 as a joint
stock company,  in which the Hungarian  ownership is in excess of 25% + 1 of the
shares.

The founders of the  Concession  Company are the Winners of the Tender issued by
the Minister for the Oroshaza prime area. Having won the Tender,  HUNGAROTEL has
obtained the right to provide  local public  telephone  services in the Oroshaza
prime area. This fact has been set out by the  "Agreement"  between the Minister
and the Winner of the Tender dated February 8, 1994 (attached hereto as Schedule
"A"). All rights and obligations  set out by the "Agreement"  have been assigned
and  transferred  by the  bidder  to the  Concession  Company  having  had  been
established in the meantime.

Following  the  execution  hereof the  Concession  Company  shall be entitled to
provide  local public  telephone  services in the  Oroshaza  prime area upon the
terms and conditions herein determined.


<PAGE>


                                   CHAPTER 1.

                                 Interpretation

Words and phrases used herein shall have the following meaning:

"Basic  Technical  Plans"  means all the plans  described  by Decree  No. 
23/1993.  (IX.9.)  of the  Minister  for
Transportation, Telecommunications and Water Management and in other rules
connected therewith;

"Business   regulations"  means  the  publicly  available   regulations  of  the
Concession Company, which are provided to the customers before entering into the
Subscriber's Contract, and which contain the general terms and conditions of the
proceedings and the contractual procedure of the Concession Company;

"Completion Date"  means the day of commencing local public telephone services,
i.e.  January 1, 1996;

"Decree  on   charges"   means  the  Decree  No.   30/1993.   (IX.23.)   of  the
Minister   for   Transportation,
Telecommunications and Water Management on the fees and charges payable for
public telephone services;

"Effective date"  means 6 May 1994 when rights and obligations under this
Contract come into force;

"Financial  year" shall  correspond  to the calendar  year.  The first 
financial  year of the  Concession  Company
shall commence on 1 January 1995;

"Gross  returns  (income)"  means  the  pre-tax  profit  (excluding  VAT)  after
distribution of fees (settlement of the connection charges,  subject to traffic)
of the  Concession  Company,  originating  from  the  telephone  service  in the
Oroshaza prime area, which is subject to the concession;

"Hired line" means the total of electric circuit sections  connecting  domestic,
or  international   and  domestic   service  access  points   (telecommunication
apparatus),  which only includes  transmission  paths, access points (interface)
and the  monitoring  access  points  and which  establishes  connection  without
directing signals (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 3);

"Hired line  service"  means the  telecommunications  service  through which the
operator passes on to another person the electric  circuit  sections  connecting
service access points for the purpose of  telecommunications  activity in return
for a fee (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 4);

"Local Concession" means the concession granted by the Minister, pursuant to the
provisions  of which local  public  telephone  services can be carried on in the
Oroshaza prime area of the Republic of Hungary for a period of twenty-five  (25)
years in such a manner,  that for the first  eight (8) years of such  period the
Minister  shall grant an exclusive  service  right to the  supplier  (Section 4,
sub-section 3 and Section 39, sub-section 2 of the Telecommunications Act);

"Minister"  means the Minister  appointed in accordance with the  constitutional
order of the Republic of Hungary  having been  authorized by Act No. LXXII or an
amendment  thereof  or an  amendment  replacing  it, to publish  the  Concession
Tender, to grant the Concessions and to exercise rights connected therewith;

"Ministry"  or "KHVM"  means the Ministry of Transportation, Telecommunications
and Water Management;

"Network   connection   decree"  means  the  Government  Decree  No.  158/1993.
(XI.11.)  on  the  connection  of
telecommunication networks, on the approval of co-operation of such networks and
on the subscribers' contracts;


"Prime area" means part of the public  telecommunications  network  within which
the use of the basic network is not  necessary  for the service  provided in the
framework of the subscriber's  contract for establishing  connection between two
service access points (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 16.);

"Public Telecommunications Network" means the entirety of service access points,
transmission  paths and  switching  devices  performing  the  connection of such
networks,  making it possible for anyone, under the same conditions,  wishing to
use  it,  to  make  a  sound  connection,  or  to  make  any  other  information
transmission  with  identical   characteristics  through  a  terminal  equipment
connected  to a service  access  point,  with the user of a  terminal  equipment
connected to another service access point (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule,
point 8.);

"Public Telephone Service" means that the provider of service ensures, in return
for a fee,  the  transmission  of human  speech  for the users  through a public
telecommunication  network. In the framework of a public telephone service,  the
provider of the service may provide international,  domestic and local telephone
service:

                  a)  local  telephone  service  is a  telecommunications 
                      service  subject  to  a  concession contract,  in which
                      the provider of service  enters into a  subscriber's 
                      contract with the user, for the local  network or the 
                      primary  area.  The  concession  company  entitled to
                      provide local telephone  service must enter - reasonably -
                      into a network  contract for the services  specified
                      in paragraphs b) and c) as well;

                  b)  domestic  long-distance  telephone service is a
                      telecommunications  service subject to a concession
                      contract,  in which the provider of service,  in 
                      accordance with the network contract entered into 
                      with the user,  reaches an agreement on the  connection
                      or  attachment to the basic network;

                  c)  international   telephone  service  is  a  
                      telecommunications   service  subject  to  a  concession 
                      contract,  in which the  provider  ensures  connection  to
                      an  international  service access point;

"Telecommunications  Fund" means the state fund  described  in Section 36 of the
Telecommunications  Act,  which is operated  pursuant to Act XXI. of 1995 on the
Telecommunication  Fund and any  government  subsidy source which may substitute
the forgoing.

"Telecommunications  service"  means a business  activity  whereby the  supplier
carries on additional  public telephone service (subject to concession) or other
additional  telecommunications  service  falling within the scope of competition
for  another  person in return for a fee,  or  transfers  its network to another
person for this purpose (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 25.);

"Telecommunications  Chief  Inspectorate  "HFF" means the  Telecommunications  
Chief  Inspectorate (or, as the text may indicate,  the regional bodies  
thereof) the duties and competence of which are regulated by Government  Decree
No.  142/1993.  (X.13.);

"Telecommunications  supplier" means a legal entity, or an economic  association
without legal  personality  or a private  entrepreneur  which/who is entitled to
provide  telecommunications  services  for anybody  (another  supplier,  user or
subscriber),(see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 26.);

"Term of exclusivity"  means the time period  provided by 5.1 hereof  (including
the  possibility of its adjustment as set out in 15.5 hereof),  during which the
Concession  Company  shall  enjoy an  exclusive  right to provide  local  public
telephone services in the given prime area;

"Unified  subscriber's  registration"  means  the  alphabetical  list  of  legal
entities  and private  individuals  in the given prime area having  entered into
subscriber's  contracts with the Concession  Company,  a list which - subject to
the customer's  approval - may contain the telephone  number,  the address,  the
profession (scope of activities) of the customer,  the publication  thereof must
not infringe the customer's  personal rights,  and such list provides for access
to other  customers'  similar  details.  In all other  matters the Company shall
comply with the relevant provisions of any future legislation.

Words and phrases not defined herein shall be governed by the Telecommunications
Act and the relevant legal rules.

                                   CHAPTER 2.

                      The General purpose of this Contract
 The general purpose hereof is to entitle the Concession  Company to (i) provide
 public  telephone  services  falling  under  the Local  Concession  and (ii) to
 provide  additional  services in connection  therewith in  accordance  with the
 provisions of the  Telecommunications  Act and the rules of execution  thereof.
 The Concession Company shall comply
                      with the provisions herein provided.

                                   CHAPTER 3.

                              The Local Concession

3.01     The scope of the Local Concession

         In accordance with this Contract and pursuant to the Local  Concession,
         the  Concession  Company  is  entitled  to  provide  telecommunications
         services in the Oroshaza  prime area.  Such  services  shall be further
         detailed in sections 3.5 and 3.6 below.

3.02     Uninterrupted service

         The Concession Company shall provide local public telephone services in
         the Oroshaza  prime area under at least the same  conditions  as at the
         time of commencing the service.

3.03     The term of the Local Concession

         The term of the  Local  Concession  shall be  twenty-five  (25)  years,
expiring at 12.00 pm on 1 May 2019.

3.04     Extension of the term of the Local Concession

         The Minister may,  without  further  tendering,  extend the term of the
         Local Concession and the term hereof by an additional twelve and a half
         (12.5)  years,  provided  the  Concession  Company  submits  a  written
         proposal for such  extension not later than eighteen (18) months before
         the expiry of the initial term.

         Prior to coming to a decision on such  extension,  the  Minister  shall
         require that professional and customers' interest protection bodies, as
         well as the relevant local  municipalities,  submit their  proposals in
         accordance with Section 4, sub-section 5 of the Telecommunications Act.
         The Minister  shall come to a decision on the  extension not later than
         nine  (9)  months  before  expiry  of the  initial  term  of the  Local
         Concession.  Such decision of the Minister  shall not be subject to the
         settlement procedure provided for by section 18.2 hereof.

         In its proposal,  the Concession Company shall undertake the payment of
         a further  concession  fee  announced  by the  Minister in advance,  in
         relation to the extension of the term of the Local Concession.

         When determining the concession fee for the extended term, the Minister
shall consider:

         -        the changes that having taken place recently;
         -        the rate of inflation;
         -        the amount of the initial concession fee; and
         -        whether   the   Concession   Company   has   applied   to  the
                  Telecommunications  Fund  for  financial  support,  and if so,
                  whether it has actually been granted any support.

         When granting new concessions  following  termination of the Concession
         Contract,  the Concession Company shall enjoy  preferential  treatment,
         provided the other bidders offer equal conditions.

3.05     Additional services not relating to the concession

         Pursuant to the provisions of the Telecommunications Act and subject to
         the approval of the Minister  under Section 5 sub-section 4 and section
         20 sub-section 1 thereof,  the Concession  Company shall be entitled to
         carry on the following non concession-related activities:

         a)       other telecommunications services;

         b)       marketing,  sale,  maintenance  and repair of products  for 
                  telecommunications  and  information technology;

         c)       computer application services;

         d)       assessment and safety services;

         e)       general engineering development activities;

         f)       telecommunications research and experimental development;

         g)       arranging investments and building maintenance, management and
                  main contracting; and

         h)       telecommunications training courses and other educational 
                  activities.

3.06     Pursuant to section 3.5/a above, the Concession Company hereby declares
         that, in accordance  with and based on Section 3,  sub-section 2 of the
         Telecommunications  Act,  it  intends  to  carry on the  following  non
         concession-related, other telecommunications activities:

                           -      SZJ 09521 Telegraph and data transmitting
                           -      SZJ 095211 Forwarding telegraphs
                           -      SZJ 095212 Forwarding telexes
                           -      SZJ 095213 Data transmission
                           -      SZJ 095214 Telecopying (Telefaxes)
                           -      SZJ 09522  Telephone services
                           -      SZJ 095221 Managing telephone communications
                           -      SZJ 095222 Sub-operator services
                           -      SZJ 095223 Special purpose telephone services
                           -      SZJ  095224  Mobile   telecommunications
                                  services  (other than  national  public 
                                  mobile radio telephone services).

         According to Section 20, sub-section 1 of the  Telecommunications  Act,
         the Concession  Company may commence the above listed  activities  from
         the day of  execution  hereof.  (The  Concession  Company  shall obtain
         further  licenses  as  required  by Section  19,  sub-section  4 of the
         Telecommunications Act.) The terms of such licenses shall be determined
         therein and the withdrawal or cancellation of such licenses shall not -
         necessarily - be subject to the existence of the concession rights.

         Should the Concession  Company intend to provide  program  distribution
         via  cable  network,   it  shall  obtain  all  the  necessary  licenses
         (operational and technical) accordingly.

         The  technical  provisions  of the  activities  shall be  contained  by
         Schedule "E" hereof.  The Minister shall authorize HFF to supervise the
         compliance with the terms and conditions of all licenses.


                                   CHAPTER 4.

                               The Concession fee

4.01     The Concession fee

         The Concession fee shall comprise:

                  (a) The  one  time  concession  fee,  shall  be the sum of HUF
                  58,500,000  which has been paid by the  Concession  Company on
                  November 8, 1995.

                  (b)  A  concession   fee  payable   annually;   the  basis  of
                  calculation of which shall be the gross income of a given year
                  of the Oroshaza prime area realized by the Concession Company.
                  The  Concession  Company  shall pay 0.3% of its  gross  annual
                  income.

         The annual  concession fee shall be paid by the  Concession  Company on
         the  basis of the  Assignment  and  Transfer  Agreement  in the  manner
         described  in section 2.2 of the  Concession  Agreement  (Schedule  "A"
         hereto).


                                   CHAPTER 5.

         Exclusive right to provide local public telephone services

5.01     The extent and term of the Concession Company's exclusive right to 
         supply

         Pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof the  Concession  Company  shall be
         granted an exclusive right to carry on providing local public telephone
         services  falling under the Local  Concession  for eight (8) years from
         the Completion Date, but not later than 12.00 pm on 1 November 2002.

5.02     Shortening the term of exclusivity

         The  Minister  may  shorten  the term of the  exclusivity  of the Local
         Concession only pursuant to section 15.5 hereof.


                                   CHAPTER 6.

   Obligations of the Concession Company originating in its concessions right
                       to provide local telephone services

6.01     Rules of public telephone services

         The  Concession  Company shall  provide  public  telephone  services in
         accordance  herewith,  and in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
         Telecommunications  Act and the decrees of  execution  thereof.  Unless
         there is a legislation to the contrary,  the  Concession  Company shall
         provide for equal  treatment to the  customers in equal  positions,  it
         shall not discriminate either for or against anybody in relation to the
         conditions and the fees for providing public telephone services.

6.02     Requirements of annual development

         The Concession Company shall comply with the annual service development
         requirements  set  out  in  Schedule  "C"  hereto,  provided  there  is
         satisfactory  solvent  customers'  demand  for new  lines.  Should  the
         Concession Company fail to comply with the development  requirements in
         any calendar year despite of solvent  customers' demand, the Concession
         Company  shall pay a penalty  payment in the manner set out in Schedule
         "D" hereto, to the Telecommunications Fund.

         The  basis  of the  development  requirements  shall  be  the  coverage
         (8.1/100 persons) existing on 31 December 1993.

         If the  coverage  of the given  prime  area is less  than the  national
         coverage (being 14.57 lines for 100 persons on 31 December  1993),  the
         Concession  Company  shall  achieve by 31  December  1997 the  national
         coverage  and the annual  development  of 15.5%  based on the  national
         coverage  (provided  there  is a  solvent  customers'  demand  for such
         development)  and the data  included  in  Annex  'C'  shall be  amended
         according to these rules.  Following  31 December  1997 the  Concession
         Company  shall  maintain  the normal  annual  development  requirements
         (being an annual 15,5%),  provided there is solvent  customers' demand.
         Should  the  coverage  of the  given  prime  area be in  excess  of the
         national coverage, the development obligation of the Concession Company
         shall be an annual  15,5% in the  first 6 years  set out in the  Tender
         Documentation,   provided  there  is  solvent   customers'   demand  in
         connection therewith.

6.03     Fulfillment of customers' demand

         In  addition  to  achieving  the  development  requirements  set out in
         section 6.2 above, the Concession Company shall, in prime areas covered
         by the Local  Concession,  fulfill 90% of the total  customers'  demand
         within 6 months from the  application  therefore after 30 June 1998 and
         an additional 8% of the total  customers'  demand within 12 months from
         the application.

         For the purposes of calculation of the percentage  contained herein, if
         a customer  enters into a  preliminary  Subscriber's  Contract with the
         Concession Company, it shall be deemed as a customers' demand.

         The Concession Company shall provide for the latest technology covering
its whole service area.

6.04     Provisions for prohibited activities

         The Concession  Company shall not be obliged to provide any services if
         it can be proven that such provision  would  contradict or infringe the
         provisions of the Telecommunications Act, the decrees for the execution
         thereof or any  authorizations or licenses  necessary for providing any
         telecommunications services.

6.05     Temporary suspension of the service

         The public telephone service (save for the events of force majeure) may
         only be  temporarily  suspended  with the prior written  consent of the
         Minister and the prior  written  notification  to the  customers in due
         course;  such suspension  shall not include the term of any,  otherwise
         non-recoverable,  technical problems or maintenance; the length of such
         temporary  suspension which shall not exceed 72 hours. The service may,
         temporarily  be suspended or restricted in a manner  specified in laws,
         for the purposes of protection of national defence, economic and public
         safety (including  anti-terrorism and drug-trafficking) of the Republic
         of Hungary.

6.06     Co-operation in the state of national emergency

         The Concession Company shall, in accordance with the laws,  participate
         in the preparation and  implementation of the action plan governing the
         procedure  for  national  emergencies  under  the  instructions  of the
         Minister and other relevant  ministers,  and it shall  co-operate  with
         other telecommunications  suppliers and network operators. In the event
         of a national  emergency,  or war,  and in the  interest of  protecting
         public safety,  the Concession Company shall act in accordance with the
         laws and under the  instructions  of the Minister  and the  Government.
         Should the Concession  Company suffer  significant  damage or loss as a
         consequence  of such action,  it may,  within one (1) year of suffering
         such  damage  or loss,  request  indemnification  in  writing  from the
         Minister.  The Minister shall reasonably  appraise the  indemnification
         application of the Concession Company within 30 days.

         Enforcement of interests of national defence and national safety

                  a) The Concession  Company shall provide for the protection of
                  interests  of  national  defence,   national  safety  and  the
                  Government in its service area in accordance with the relevant
                  laws,  Government and  ministerial  decrees via closed circuit
                  networks and by enabling the telecommunications to be used for
                  the purposes of national defence. The duties of the Concession
                  Company  relating  thereto  shall  be set out in its  Business
                  Regulations.

                  b) The Concession  Company's  participation in the preparation
                  of certain duties of national defence shall be governed by the
                  Act on National  Defence and by contracts  entered into by the
                  Concession  Company  with  the  Minister  and  other  relevant
                  authorities respectively.

                  c) The  Concession  Company  may  only  change  the  ownership
                  structure and  interconnection  services of the closed circuit
                  networks operating in its service area with the consent of the
                  owner of the network.

                  d) The Concession Company shall comply with the laws governing
                  national  defence and safety when carrying on its registration
                  and data processing duties.

                  e) The  Concession  Company  agrees that it shall  provide the
                  technical  conditions  for competent  authorities  to control,
                  within the framework of relevant laws (as from time to time in
                  force),   the  sound  or  other   communications   of  certain
                  customers.  The  possibility  of control shall cover the whole
                  service  area  determined  hereby,  it shall  also  cover each
                  subscriber  category and each type of service  provided by the
                  Concession Company.  Detailed regulation of such control shall
                  be governed by an agreement.

                  f) The  Concession  Company  agrees  that it  shall  carry  on
                  certain part of its  activities in accordance  with a separate
                  ministerial  decree regulating the operation of closed circuit
                  networks, normally on a contractual basis.

                  g)  For  services   provided  in  accordance   with  the  laws
                  regulating  the  protection  of  international   and  national
                  defence  interests,  the  Concession  Company  may  apply  for
                  reimbursement  of the actual costs of such activities from the
                  Minister;  such  application  shall be decided  upon within 30
                  days.

6.07     The Subscriber's Contract and connection of the terminal equipment

         Pursuant  to  provisions   of  Government   decrees  and  the  Business
         Regulations  of  the  Concession   Company  as  approved  by  HFF,  the
         Concession Company shall enter into individual  Subscriber's Contracts,
         on the  basis of which it shall  provide  access  points  suitable  for
         connection to the public telephone  network.  In the  circumstances set
         out by the  Telecommunications  Act and the decrees  for the  execution
         thereof,  the  Concession  Company  may  refuse  to  enter  into or may
         terminate  the  Subscriber's  Contract.  The  Concession  Company shall
         enable customers to connect their terminal equipment (the type of which
         is  subject  to HFF's  approval)  to the  access  points of the  public
         telephone network.

6.08     Service quality requirements

         The Concession Company shall fulfil the minimal quality requirements as
         set out by Schedule "H" hereto according to the action plan. If, due to
         certain  events  which could not have been  envisaged or avoided by the
         Concession   Company,  it  fails  to  fulfil  its  contractual  quality
         obligations,  the Concession Company shall follow the procedure set out
         by Schedule "D" hereto.

6.09     Co-operation with other telecommunications suppliers

         In order that the public telephone network operates  effectively and in
         order to ensure  connectability  of other  networks and  services,  the
         Concession  Company  shall  co-operate  with  the  National  Concession
         Company upon conditions provided by law and shall, following the expiry
         of the exclusivity  period,  co-operate  with other  telecommunications
         suppliers,  provided  they are not  connected  via the  network  of the
         National  Concession  Company.  Such co-operation  shall be governed by
         Sections 16 to 18 of the  Telecommunications  Act and by the provisions
         of  Government  Decree No.  158/1993.  (XI.11.)  on the  connection  of
         telecommunications  networks and on the  licensing of the  co-operation
         thereof.

6.10     General requirements of customers' supply

                   a)      General requirements

                  Pursuant to the  provisions of the laws,  the Basic  Technical
         Plans  and the  Business  Regulations,  the  Concession  Company  shall
         establish  and  operate  an  effective   customers'  enquiries  service
         enabling  customers,  users and  subscribers  to enquire in relation to
         application,  instalment,  services,  billing,  telephone registers and
         other similar matters.  The Concession Company shall not, unlawfully or
         unreasonably  differentiate  for or against any group of subscribers or
         users in connection with the customers' enquiries activity.

         The    Concession    Company    shall    connect   via   an   interface
(Telecommunications Act, Sections 16 to 18) to:

                  -the  National  Operation  Supporting  System  ("OSS");   -the
                  supervision  of  networks;  -the  National  System  Supporting
                  Centre  ("NRK") -the National  Enquiries;  and -the  telephone
                  card coding and distribution system.

                  During  preparation of its technical  development  plans,  the
         Concession  Company shall only apply standards approved in Europe or in
         Hungary.

                  b)       Minimum requirements

                  During the term of exclusivity determined in Chapter 5 hereof,
         in the prime  areas  covered by the Local  Concession,  the  Concession
         Company shall fulfil the following minimum requirements:

                           (i) To ensure the  availability of local help-lines -
                           with one and the same connection  number as elsewhere
                           in the  country - from all  subscribers'  and  public
                           telephone  stations,  free of  charge.  This  service
                           shall  be  established  within  eight  months  of the
                           Completion  Date  but at the  latest  by 1  September
                           1996.

                                    (ii) To issue a printed telephone  directory
                           in the prime area  covered  by the Local  Concession,
                           containing  the name of each  subscriber in the area,
                           save those expressly  requesting not to be listed. In
                           its  standard  form the  directory  shall  contain at
                           least the name,  address,  connection  number of each
                           subscriber of the area; furthermore the dialling code
                           of the countries and the regions.  The directories of
                           the    Concession    Company    may   also    contain
                           advertisements.  The  Concession  Company  shall  not
                           charge  subscribers  for publishing  their details in
                           the standard form directory.  A reasonable  price for
                           the   telephone   directory   may   be   charged   to
                           subscribers.  In order to set up a unified  system of
                           customers'  details   registration,   the  Concession
                           Company shall  co-operate with the National and other
                           Local Concession Companies.  In addition to a unified
                           registration  of customers in its own prime area, the
                           Concession   Company  may  issue  its  own  telephone
                           directory.

                                    (iii) To set up an enquiries service whereby
                           information can be obtained on the telephone  numbers
                           of subscribers  of the area,  the Concession  Company
                           may charge a reasonable fee for the enquiries service
                           subject to the Minister's approval.

                                    (iv)  To  set  up   other  -   domestic   or
                           international  - enquiries  service for the operators
                           of other telecommunications networks for a reasonable
                           fee, in accordance with relevant legislation.

6.11     Public telephone stations

         The Concession Company undertakes:

                    - to instal one public telephone station for each 250 people
                  in a  manner,  that  it  shall  instal  at  least  one  public
                  telephone station in each of the villages of the prime area;

                    -      to  instal  50% of the  public  telephone  stations 
                           in a way  that it is  suitable  for hearing-
                           impaired persons;

                    -      to provide for text service for hearing-impaired
                           people;
                   
                    -      to  instal  2% of the  public  telephone  stations 
                           in a  manner  that is  suitable  for disabled 
                           people; and

                    -      that at  least  1 out of 4  installed  public
                           telephone  stations  shall  operate  with
                           phonecards.

6.12     Confidentiality of information on subscribers

         The  Concession   Company  shall  prepare  a  procedure  for  effective
         protection of maintaining both the business secrets obtained during its
         activity, and the personal data of subscribers and it shall comply with
         such  procedure  in relation to any  information  obtained.  As to data
         protection and maintaining  information,  the Concession  Company shall
         act   in   accordance   with   Section   24,   sub-section   5  of  the
         Telecommunications Act.

6.13     Requirements of registration and providing information
         The Concession  Company shall (i) maintain a registration  suitable for
         controlling  compliance herewith,  with the  Telecommunications Act and
         other laws; (ii) be prepared for reasonable  investigations;  and (iii)
         provide  information in accordance with the Minister's  instructions on
         such  activities.  Unless the Minister  otherwise  requires  within the
         framework of legislation, data provided by the Concession Company, save
         for confidential  information,  (eg. relating to the business or to the
         ownership  structure and  commercial  information),  should be publicly
         available.

6.14     Accounting requirements

         Following  the execution of the first  amendment,  but no later than 31
         December  1996, the Concession  Company shall,  in accordance  with the
         Hungarian accounting principles, prepare and submit to the Minister its
         accounting  principles for accounting  for the  investments,  costs and
         revenues.  The  accounting  principles  shall be prepared in such a way
         that details of investments, costs and revenues of the public telephone
         service and other  activities of the  Concession  Company,  ie. product
         manufacturing,  marketing  and the trade of equipment can be registered
         separately.  The  Minister  shall  issue its  opinion  on the  proposed
         accounting principles within three (3) months of submission. Should the
         Minister  refuse to accept the submitted  proposal,  it may require the
         Concession Company to submit an acceptable  proposal for its accounting
         principles  within  twelve  (12)  months  from  the  date of the  first
         amendment to the Concession  Contract at the latest.  However,  the one
         (1) year deadline provided for herein shall not mean deviation from the
         deadlines  provided for by the Accounting  Act; the  provisions  herein
         contained shall be complied with in addition to those of the Accounting
         Act.

6.15     Obligation to enter into an agreement for handing over existing 
         networks of assets

         By  December  31,  1995,  the  Concession  Company  shall enter into an
         agreement with the National  Concession  Company  (predecessor of which
         was: MATAV) on handing over the material tangible and intangible assets
         (hereinafter:  "the local assets") necessary for providing local public
         telephone  services in a given prime area.  Upon handing over  (putting
         into use,  proprietorship or ownership ) - as the Minister has declared
         it as  being a  generally  applicable  principle  - the  local  assets,
         neither party shall realize any profit. The parties shall, upon handing
         over the local  assets,  determine  the prices  and/or  values  thereof
         reasonably.  The Concession  Company shall deem the value  published in
         the Tender to be the basis for evaluation. It is the Concession Company
         that shall decide as to what assets it finds necessary from the offered
         assets for providing public telephone  services.  The agreement entered
         between the Parties  shall  contain a provision  according to which the
         Concession  Company  shall  offer  employment  for  (appr.)  62 persons
         previously  employed  in  the  Oroshaza  prime  area  by  the  National
         Concession   Company.  If  the  Concession  Company  and  the  National
         Concession Company fail to achieve an agreement within three (3) months
         of the  Effective  Date  hereof in  relation  to the value of the local
         assets and the  employees to be  transferred,  the  Concession  Company
         shall  submit  to  the  decision  of an  independent  appraisal  expert
         company.  Unless  the  parties  agree on the  appraisal  within two (2)
         weeks, the appraiser shall be appointed by the Minister. The opinion of
         the appraiser - provided within 10 weeks - on the price of handing over
         the local  assets  or on the  value  thereof  shall be  accepted  to be
         binding by the Concession  Company.  The Minister  undertakes  that the
         concession  contract entered with the National  Concession Company duly
         contains the  provisions  regulating  the  procedure  by the  appraisal
         including,  unless  there  is  an  agreement  between  the  parties,  a
         provision  that  the  National  Concession  Company  shall  accept  the
         appraisal's opinion as binding.

6.16     Business regulations

         The Concession Company shall prepare and submit to HFF for approval its
         Business  Regulations  no later  than 60 days prior to  commencing  the
         service at the latest.

6.17     If, on the basis of proper  authorizations and approved plans there was
         an investment  made or started on the  establishment  of a public local
         telephone network in the given prime area, the Concession Company under
         an agreement to be made  pursuant to point 6.15 above - shall take over
         each and every cost,  prepayment of credits and interest,  provided the
         agreement requires it to do so.


                                   CHAPTER 7.

                                 Interconnection

7.01     Cost of the connection interface and instalment of equipment relating
         thereto

         In this  respect  the  provisions  of  Government  Decree No.  
         158/1993.  (XI.11.)  on the  connection  of telecommunications 
         networks,  the licensing of  co-operation  thereof and on the network
         contracts shall apply.

7.02     Information obligation relating the technical details of the network

         The Concession  Company shall provide  technical  information to HFF on
         its  public   telephone   network   relevant   for  the   purposes   of
         interconnection, in accordance with legal requirements.

7.03     The Concession Company's right to connect to the networks of other 
         public telecommunications suppliers

         During the (8 year) term of the Concession  Company's exclusive service
         right,  it may only use the  basic  telecommunications  network  of the
         National Concession Company in order to connect to other prime areas.

7.04     Requirement of unification of telephone-centres

         The Concession Company shall submit to the Minister its action plan for
         the   necessary   development   of  the  already   existing   telephone
         switchboards  (centres)  and it shall ensure that such  development  be
         suitable for the settlement of suppliers of public telephone  services.
         The Minister  shall,  towards all other  suppliers of public  telephone
         services - including, following the expiry of the exclusive supply, any
         other suppliers  having been granted a concession - achieve the minimum
         requirement of the concession companies of using switchboards  suitable
         for  accounting  settlement of suppliers  immediately  in the case of a
         newly obtained  switchboard,  and within  eighteen (18) months from the
         Completion   Date   hereof  in  the  case  of  the   already   existing
         switchboards.  If the data necessary for the precise  determination  of
         income-distribution  as  required  by  the  Decree  on  Prices  is  not
         available,  the  Concession  Company  shall  agree to such  data  being
         determined by way of reasonable  estimation.  The Minister  declared in
         the Concession  Contract concluded with the National Concession Company
         that  in  respect  of the  revenue  sharing  it  obliges  the  National
         Concession  Company to the same  procedure and to the  conclusion of an
         agreement based on this procedure.  The Concession Company agrees that,
         during the eight (8) year term of exclusivity,  it may connect to other
         suppliers only through the network of the National Concession Company.

         In addition to the  obligations  contained  by section 6.2 hereof,  the
         Concession  Company  shall  prepare  a  3  year  development  plan  for
         switchboards;  such plan shall be  forwarded to the Minister by 31 July
         1996.  From  then on the  Concession  Company  shall  submit  an annual
         development plan in this respect.

7.05     Provision of a suitable basic network

         The Concession  Company shall be provided with a suitable basic network
         pursuant to relevant  legislation, ie.  Government Decree No.  
         158/1993.  (XI.  11.) and Sections 7 and 16 to 18 of Act No. 
         LXXII of 1992.


                                   CHAPTER 8.

                               Special provisions

8.01     The prohibition of abusing the monopoly position

         The  Concession  Company  shall not use its  position  obtained  in the
         Oroshaza prime area for providing public telephone  services to achieve
         unfair  advantages  in  the  market  for  telecommunications,  the  non
         telecommunications-related    market    and    on    product-marketing.
         Anti-competitive pricing (eg. dumping prices) is prohibited.

8.02     The prohibition of cross-financing

         The  Concession  Company  shall not use income  generated by its public
         telephone  services to support its non  concession-related  activities,
         nor its computing technology and product marketing activities.

         The  prohibition of  cross-financing,  however,  shall not apply if the
         same bidder is granted the  concession in more prime areas for which it
         establishes  one  Concession  Company.  In this case and in relation to
         public  telephone  services  the  Concession  Company  may  use  income
         generated by public telephone services in one prime area to finance the
         public  telephone  service of the other area.  This point 8.2 shall not
         prevent  the  Concession  Company  from using its after tax profit from
         public  telephone  services  to  improve  its  non   concession-related
         telecommunications services.

8.03     The obligation of equal treatment

         The  Concession  Company  shall not  discriminate  between,  and cannot
         provide unfair  advantages  for, any  authorized  operator of networks,
         telecommunications suppliers or subscribers, including companies in its
         partial ownership or which it has any other interest.

8.04     Prohibition of tying arrangements upon trading the terminal equipment

         The  Concession  Company  may  only  sell  terminal  equipment  to  its
         subscribers  if (a) it does  not  tie  the  purchase  or  lease  of the
         terminal  equipment with the provision of public telephone services and
         (b) the price of such  equipment is not included in the charge from any
         public telephone services.

8.05     Implementation of anti-monopoly rules for other concession companies

         The  Minister  undertakes  that it  shall  impose  anti-monopoly  rules
         identical to those contained  herein to all other  suppliers  providing
         public local telephone services under a concession.

8.06     The requirement of equal conditions

         Following the expiry of the term of exclusivity, the Concession Company
         shall not discriminate  between nor shall it provide unfair  advantages
         for any other authorized network operator,  telecommunications supplier
         or subscriber,  including companies in which the Concession Company has
         a participation or other interest.

8.07     The  Concession  Company shall consider that in its area there might be
         existing  closed  circuit  networks  or parts  thereof.  The  duties in
         relation  therewith  shall be subject to  agreement  with the owners of
         such networks.


                                   CHAPTER 9.

                     Rights and obligations of the Minister

9.01     Exclusive right to supply

         During  the  term  set out in  Chapter  5 hereof  (and  save for  those
         described in section 15.5) the Minister shall not,  without the consent
         of the Concession Company, grant a concession-related services right in
         respect of the area and the services covered by the Local Concession.

9.02     Fair and impartial treatment

         The Minister  undertakes that it shall provide a treatment  towards the
         Concession    Company   as   fair   and   equal   as   towards    other
         telecommunications suppliers and network operators; furthermore, should
         the need  arise,  the  Minister  shall  make the  concession  contracts
         entered with the National  Concession Company and/or other suppliers of
         telecommunication  services  available to the Concession  Company.  The
         Concession  Company shall submit to these provisions if there is a need
         for that.

9.03     Requirement of procedures to be clear and easily understood

         The Minister  undertakes  that, in its legislative  and  administrative
         procedures in relation to the rights, obligations and activities of the
         Concession  Company  hereunder,   as  well  as  in  the  procedures  in
         connection  herewith  and  in the  procedures  of  KHVM  and  HFF,  the
         principle that  procedures be clear and easily  understood  shall apply
         and that all such procedures shall be fair and impartial.

9.04     Granting authorizations/licenses

         The Minister  undertakes that, it shall support the Concession  Company
         in order that it be given all  licenses,  consents  and  authorizations
         necessary for the fulfillment of its obligations  hereunder  within the
         shortest possible period of time.

9.05     Significant amendment of decrees regulating the concession-related 
         activities

         The  Minister   endeavors  not  to  amend  the  provisions   (having  a
         significant  impact for the activity of the Concession  Company) of the
         Decree  on  Prices,  the  Decree  on  connecting   networks  and  other
         telecommunications  decrees  within eight (8) years from the  Effective
         Date hereof in a manner that would cause a significantly adverse change
         in the  position of the  Concession  Company.  Such  decrees  shall not
         impose  disproportional  obligations  on the  supplier and the proposed
         amendments  shall be made  available to the supplier by the Minister in
         due course.  The time period prior to a proposed  amendment coming into
         force  shall be long enough for the  supplier  to make the  preparatory
         arrangements in time.


                                   CHAPTER 10.

                                Approval of fees

The provisions of the Decree No.  30/1993.  (XI. 23.) of the Minister for 
Transportation,  Telecommunications  and Water Management shall be governing in
this respect.

The  Concession  Company shall publish  charges not determined by legislation in
its Business Regulations.


                                   CHAPTER 11.

                            Use of radio frequencies

The frequencies and frequency zones necessary for the public telephone  services
to be provided by the  Concession  Company  shall be provided by HFF pursuant to
the provisions of Act No. LXII of 1993 on Frequency Management.


                                   CHAPTER 12.

                           Authorizations and licenses

The   Concession   Company  shall  obtain  the  licenses   necessary  for  its 
operation   (i.e.   radio-license, construction-license,  equipment-license 
etc.) in accordance  with the  Telecommunications  Act and other relevant
laws.

                                   CHAPTER 13.

                   The use of Hungarian products and services

13.01    Requirements in respect of Hungarian products and services

         The  Concession  Company  shall,  for the purpose of  providing  public
         telephone services,  use products and services of Hungarian origin when
         such Hungarian products or services are relatively equally available as
         non-Hungarian  products or  services  in regard to  quality,  technical
         capability,  price and delivery. The Concession Company undertakes that
         from the date of the first  amendment to the Concession  Contract,  not
         less than 25% of the total value of  products  purchased  and  services
         provided  for  the  purposes  of  the  public  telephone  service,  and
         following 1 January 1998 not less than 50% of the products and services
         shall be fulfilled with products and services of Hungarian  origin,  if
         such  products and services of Hungarian  origin have at least the same
         technical capability and price as those of non-Hungarian origin .

         A product  shall be deemed to be of Hungarian  origin if (i) either 25%
         of the total value thereof was produced in Hungary or (ii) proof can be
         given that due to the manufacturing  process having been carried out in
         Hungary,  the  added  value  of  such  product  increased  by  25%;  an
         inspection by HFF, on behalf of the Minister, to ensure compliance with
         such provision may be carried out at any time.

         The Minister undertakes that it shall impose the obligations  contained
         herein in relation to the use of Hungarian products and services on all
         other suppliers of public telephone services.

         The Parties agree that they will apply the  provisions of the Act No XL
         of  1995 on  Public  Procurements  only in case of  utilizing/recorsing
         state  subsidies in accordance  with the basic  principles of the above
         mentioned Act on using budget sources.

13.02    Obligation of penalty payment

         The  Concession  Company  shall,  by 31  March of each  calendar  year,
         prepare a report  on the  previous  calendar  year  providing  detailed
         information on the compliance with the obligations under 13.1 hereof in
         the  given  calendar  year  by  the  Concession  Company.   Should  the
         Concession  Company,  fail to comply  with its  obligations  under 13.1
         hereof in any  calendar  year,  it shall pay a penalty  payment  to the
         Telecommunications  Fund equal to 0,1% of its annual investments of the
         given  year for each  percentage  point  which it failed to fulfil  its
         obligation.


                                   CHAPTER 14.

         The prohibition on transfer of the concession right and change in
         the ownership structure

14.01    The prohibition of transfer of the concession right

         Without  the prior  written  consent of the  Minister,  the  Concession
         Company shall not assign and transfer its  concession  right to provide
         local public telephone services, nor shall it establish any mortgage on
         the same or allow any other encumbrances to be established  thereon and
         it shall not contribute it into another company's assets.

14.02    Restrictions of the transfer of and the encumbrances on the assets of
         the Concession Company

         When transferring any of its assets or permitting encumbrances thereon,
         or by any other contractual  obligations,  the Concession Company shall
         not put itself in a position  whereby it becomes  unable to fulfill its
         obligations under the Local Concession.

14.03    Change in the ownership structure of the Concession Company

         Pursuant to the provisions hereof, the substantial  shareholders of the
         Concession  Company at the time of the execution of the first amendment
         to the Concession  Contract or the control over such shareholding shall
         not be changed by transferring shares without the prior written consent
         of the Minister.

         The  change  in the  ownership  structure  shall be deemed to have been
         significant  if it  concerns  more  than  10%  of  the  shares  of  the
         Concession Company; such restrictions shall also apply if the transfers
         of shares  following  one another  reaches  10%.  The Minister may only
         refuse  to  consent  to the  change  in the  ownership  structure  (ie.
         transfer  of  shares)  if it has  concluded  that as a  result  of such
         change,  the  Concession  Company  will  become  unable to fulfill  its
         obligations under the Local Concession either  financially,  legally or
         professionally.

         The parties hereby note that the Winner of the Tender has complied with
         the  above  provisions  in the  Deed of  Foundation  of the  Concession
         Company being a party hereto.

         The restrictions  herein contained shall not apply if the shares of the
         Concession  Company are  transferred  into a  creditor's  ownership  as
         security  for a credit  (loan)  agreement  provided by a lender  (bank,
         financial institution) for financing a project or a bond issue arranged
         by a bank  (financial  institution).  Following such  transactions  the
         restrictions  herein  contained  shall be  binding  upon the new owners
         (lender,  creditor).  Should the Concession  Company obtain a credit in
         the above  manner,  it shall report it to the Minister  within five (5)
         working days.

         The  above  restrictions  shall  also  apply  if  the  total  value  of
         individual transfers is in excess of 10%. If at least 15% of the shares
         of the  Concession  Company  have been  transferred,  the  Minister may
         execute an amendment hereof.  The restrictions  shall also apply if the
         total value of individual transfers is in excess of 15%.

14.04    Control of the Hungarian participation

         The Concession Company shall continuously control whether its ownership
         structure is in compliance  with the  provisions of the Tender.  Should
         the Concession Company become aware of any change in the ownership,  it
         shall  notify the  Ministry.  On the basis of an  authorization  by the
         Minister, HFF shall be, at all times, entitled to inspect the ownership
         structure.    Should   either   the    Concession    Company   or   the
         Telecommunication  Chief  Inspectorate  become aware of a change in the
         ownership  as a result of which the  Concession  Company will no longer
         comply with the  conditions of Hungarian  ownership  provided in clause
         14.05 of the Concession  Contract,  the Minister shall,  with a 3 month
         deadline  period,  demand  that  the  Concession  Company  restore  its
         ownership  structure  as set out in  clause  14.05.  If the  Concession
         Company is late with such  notice,  the  period of such delay  shall be
         included in the 3 month period by the Minister. Non-compliance with the
         Minister's  demand within the deadline  provided  shall give grounds to
         the Minister for termination of the Contract. (The tender documentation
         shall be an integral part hereof.)

14.05    Without any prior consent of the Minister,  the shareholdings  owned by
         the Hungarian  shareholders of the Company may be as follows:

                  a) for the three month  period from taking over the  
                  service,  0%,  which means that during this period 
                  of time the foreign shareholding can be 100%;

                  b) for a seven  year  period  from the  effective  date of the
                  first  amendment  to  the  present  Contract,   the  Hungarian
                  ownership  may be  reduced  to 10%  provided  that the Deed of
                  Foundation  of the  Company is changed to the effect that when
                  the Company Act requires the affirmative  vote of seventy-five
                  percent  (75%) of the  outstanding  shares  of the  Concession
                  Company  to  approve  action  proposed  to  be  taken  by  the
                  Concession  Company,   then  for  so  long  as  the  Hungarian
                  ownership  of shares of the  Company  is between  ten  percent
                  (10%) and twenty-five  percent (25%) of the outstanding shares
                  of the Concession Company, the affirmative vote of such number
                  of the  outstanding  shares of the  Concession  Company as may
                  equal one hundred percent (100%) less such Hungarian ownership
                  percentage,  plus one share  shall be  required to approve the
                  action proposed to be taken by the Concession Company;

                  c)for a seven year period from the  effective  date of the 
                  first  amendment of the present Contract,  Hungarian  
                  ownership  may be reduced to 1%  provided  that  within two
                  years from such reduction  of  Hungarian  ownership,  the 
                  Hungarian  ownership  provided  in Clause  14.05 b) is
                  restored.

         After  the  expiry  of the  seven  year  period  of  time  detailed  in
         subclauses  b) and c) the  25%+1  share  Hungarian  ownership  must  be
         restored,  or until  this time  25%+1  share of the  capital  should be
         issued on the Budapest  Stock  Exchange as registered  voting shares by
         the way of public offering. A failure to meet any of these requirements
         constitutes  a major breach of the  Concession  Contract  except if the
         Concession  Company  proves  that  despite  its acting in a  reasonable
         manner the  restoration  of Hungarian  ownership or the issuing was not
         successful.  If so,  the  Concession  Company  is  obliged  to submit a
         proposal to the Minister and  initiate a solution.  The Minister  shall
         not refuse such an initiation.

         Two out of  every  five  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  must be
         Hungarian  citizens;  if there are only  three  members of the Board of
         Directors,  then only one member must be a Hungarian citizen.  One-half
         of the members of the Supervisory Board must be Hungarian citizens;  if
         there are only three members of the  Supervisory  Board,  then only one
         member must be a Hungarian citizen."


                                   CHAPTER 15.

                   Amendment and termination of this Contract

15.01    Amendment of this Contract with the Parties' agreement

         In  accordance  with legal  requirements  the Parties may, by a written
agreement, amend this Contract.

15.02    One-sided amendment hereof by the Minister

         The  Parties  may amend  this  Contract  subject  to the other  party's
         consent.  The Minister shall be entitled to one-sided  amendment hereof
         for the  purposes  of consumer  protection  or in  accordance  with its
         international obligations undertake in the meantime, in accordance with
         Section 14 of the  Concession  Act and  complying  with the  settlement
         procedure  provided  for by  section  18.2  hereof.  This  right of the
         Minister,  however, shall not impose disproportional obligations on the
         supplier.  The supplier shall be informed of any proposed  amendment in
         due  course by the  Minister.  The time  period  prior to an  amendment
         coming  into  force  shall  be long  enough  for the  supplier  to make
         preparatory  arrangements  and such amendments  cannot cause an adverse
         financial change in the position of the  concession's  beneficiary (see
         Section 14 of Act No. XVI of 1991.).

15.03    Termination

         Upon expiry of the initial and the  extended  term set out in Chapter 3
         hereof, this Contract shall automatically  terminate.  The Parties may,
         with  mutual  consent,   terminate  this  Contract  at  any  time.  The
         termination  hereof shall mean the termination of the concession  right
         as well.

15.04    Termination of the Local Concession

         Possessing  conclusive  evidence  -  determined  by the  minutes of the
         settlement procedure provided for by section 18.2 hereof - the Minister
         may terminate  the Local  Concession in respect of all services or of a
         given  geographic  area  or in  respect  of a  given  service  and of a
         geographic area in any of the following cases:

                  a)       the Concession  Company abuses,  customarily  and 
                           deliberately,  the provisions  hereof including rules
                           set out by Chapter 8 hereto - relating the  abuse/
                           misuse  of monopoly  position - and fails to
                           comply with the Minister's notice within a reasonable
                           deadline;

                  b)       the bankruptcy procedure of the Concession Company
                           has been initiated;

                  c)       a  procedure  has  started  for  the  liquidation  of
                           the  Concession  Company  or  the Concession Company
                           makes a general assignment for the benefit of 
                           creditors.

15.05    Shortening the term of exclusive service rights

         If the  Concession  Company  fails to fulfill  the  annual  development
         requirements set out in section 6.2 hereof,  in addition to the penalty
         payment  provided  for by section  6.2 and  Schedule  "C"  hereto,  and
         following the  settlement  procedure  according to section 18.2 hereof,
         the Minister may shorten the term of exclusive  service right by twenty
         (20) days for each percentage point by which the Concession  Company is
         behind the annual development requirement concerning the main lines. If
         the Concession Company is behind the annual development requirements by
         less  than  1%,  the  term of the  exclusive  service  rights  shall be
         shortened proportionally to this extent.

15.06    Rules of distribution of assets

         Should the Local  Concession  be  terminated  for  whatever  reason and
         thereby the  Concession  Company is no longer be authorized or licensed
         to provide  local  public  telephone  services  under  concession,  the
         shareholders  of the Concession  Company shall terminate the Concession
         Company in accordance  with the  provisions on the final  settlement of
         Act No. VI of 1988 on economic associations.

15.07    Termination of radio-licenses

         Should  any  of  the  services  provided  by  radio   telecommunication
         equipment   described  herein   terminate  for  whatever  reason,   the
         authorization  in relation to radio licenses - granted for the purposes
         of the concession activities - shall automatically terminate.

15.08    Obligation to provide service following termination

         The Concession Company shall provide the services determined herein for
         twelve  (12)  months  following  termination  hereof  or  -  if  a  new
         concession  is  granted  earlier  -  until  the  date of  granting  new
         concessions.  The  Parties  shall  enter into a separate  agreement  to
         regulate the conditions of providing such services.

         The  obligation  to supply shall cease on the day when the new supplier
         commences to provide local public telephone services.


                                   CHAPTER 16.

                                  Force majeure

In the case of failure by the Concession  Company to comply with its obligations
hereunder,  the  Concession  Company shall not be liable to the extent and for a
period of war  initiated  with or without  an  ultimatum;  a civilian  uprising;
terrorists' acts; strikes;  natural catastrophes;  a fire, an explosion or state
of emergency or any other facts of similar  nature  which,  under the Civil Code
make it impossible - and NOT due to the failure by the  Concession  Company - to
fulfill such obligations or prevent/obstruct the fulfillment. Should such events
cause damage to the telecommunications  network to be operated by the Concession
Company,  it shall  arrange for the network to be repaired and  re-installed  in
accordance  with the action plan  approved by the  Minister.  Such  obligations,
however,  shall only bind the  Concession  Company if it is granted direct state
support or if it may implement reasonable changes in its billing/charging rates.


                                   CHAPTER 17.

             The collective employment agreement and other contracts
                      relevant to the employees' employment

The  Concession  Company  shall  comply  with the  terms and  conditions  of the
collective  employment agreement and other relevant employment contracts entered
into by the predecessor of the National Concession Company with the employees of
the given prime area. For a period of eight (8) years  following the coming into
force of the Agreement the Concession Company shall not propose any amendment of
such contracts which would adversely affect the employees' rights.

Upon transfer of employees the Parties shall act in accordance with the rules of
the settlement procedure as set out in section 6.15 hereof.

For the purposes of employment issues the Concession  Company shall be the legal
successor of the predecessor of National  Concession Company (MATAV Rt.). On the
basis thereof the Concession Company shall undertake,  for at least 12 months to
comply with:

  -      the programme  indicating  the  improvement  of employment - efficiency
         as worked out by MATAV Rt. and its
         trade union (Matasz);
  -      the existing network of social benefits;
  -      the long-term  support of employees'  insurance  under a contract  
         between MATAV and the Social  Insurance
         Fund of Telecommunications employees;
  -      earlier employment contracts; and
  -      until the  execution  of a new  collective  employment  agreement, 
         but in any case,  for not less than 12 months, the terms of the 
         currently existing MATAV Collective Employment Agreement.

                                   CHAPTER 18.

                      Settlement of disputes and interests

18.01    Settlement

         The Parties  shall settle all disputes and claims  arising out of or in
         connection with this Contract by direct negotiations.

18.02    The right to settlement

         The Minister  shall carry on with the  settlement  procedure  described
         herein  prior to any action  relating to a change in the  fees/charges,
         the termination or amendment hereof, the fixing of penalty payments and
         any payments  payable to the  customers or any other action which would
         adversely  affect  the  position  of the  Concession  Company.  In this
         procedure the Minister shall notify the  Concession  Company in writing
         (a) of the  reasons of any  proposed  action and the  claimed  material
         breach  hereof;  (b)  of the  evidence  at the  Minister's  disposal  -
         providing  grounds for the  proposed  action - together  with any other
         statements   establishing   the  fact  of  a  material  breach  hereof.
         Thereafter  the  Concession  Company shall be given the  opportunity to
         make a statement either in writing or by a verbal  declaration,  it may
         provide  additional  proof and may review and comment on the  arguments
         and evidence  brought  against it. The Minister  shall proceed with the
         settlement procedure promptly and - unless extraordinary  circumstances
         occur - come to a decision  within six (6)  months of  delivery  of its
         written notice thereof. In the case of an extraordinarily comprehensive
         matter the  Minister may extend the  procedure  by a further  three (3)
         months. The Minister undertakes that is shall justify such a decision.


                                   CHAPTER 19.

                 Specific obligations of the Concession Company

19.01    The Concession Company undertakes:

                  - to pay HUF  58,500,000  as a  concession  fee payable  once,
                  pursuant to section 4.1 of this Concession  Contract; - to pay
                  0.3%  of  its  gross  annual  income  as an  annually  payable
                  concession  fee  pursuant  to section  4.1 of this  Concession
                  Contract;  - to take over the local public telephone  services
                  in the Oroshaza prime area from MATAV Rt. by 31 December 1995;
                  - to further employ the employees of MATAV Rt. in the Oroshaza
                  prime area with the same  conditions for 8 years from the date
                  of  taking  over the  service;  - to  charge  subscribers  the
                  maximum  amount  allowed by the laws,  in effect  from time to
                  time,  which  amount  will  consist  of  the  entrance  fee as
                  determined  by law,  from  time to time in force  and a charge
                  payable pursuant to the civil law agreement  entered into with
                  subscribers,   however  all  the  contributions  paid  by  the
                  subscribers  by 31 August  1995  shall not be  charged  and it
                  shall have no further claim in this regard;  - that  Hungarian
                  ownership  shall  conform to the relevant laws the text of the
                  first amendment to the Concession  Contract and the Minister's
                  special requirements; - not to charge the monthly subscribers'
                  fee for local  municipalities  in the Oroshaza prime area, and
                  to provide each local municipality with 2 terminal  equipments
                  free of  charge;  - to pay a sum  equal to 10 times  the local
                  occupational  excise tax pursuant to the laws regulating local
                  taxation;  - to fulfill the demands of the waiting  list by 30
                  June, 1998; - to instal one public telephone  station for each
                  250  people  in a  manner,  that it shall  instal at least one
                  public telephone  station in each of the villages of the prime
                  area;  - to instal 50% of the public  telephone  stations in a
                  way that it is suitable  for  hearing-impaired  persons;  - to
                  provide for text service for hearing-impaired people; - that 1
                  out of every 4 public telephones  installed in one place shall
                  be a texttelephone  (hospitals,  schools, museums, etc.); - to
                  instal 2% of the public telephone stations in a manner that it
                  is suitable for disabled  people;  - that 1 out of 4 installed
                  public telephone stations shall operate with phonecards;  - it
                  shall ensure a control of 3% of the  telephones  installed for
                  local municipalities,  ie. the municipalities may decide which
                  telephones should be installed by the Concession  Company free
                  of connection charge.

         The Parties hereby agree that  obligations of the Bid Winner and of the
         Concession Company herein not detailed shall be governed by the bid for
         the  Concession of the Winner of the Tender,  with the condition  that,
         following the logic of the first amendment of this Concession Contract,
         the deadlines and certain other terms will be changed.

         In order to secure the payment obligation  detailed in the first indent
         of this  Clause,  the  Company  shall  provide  an  unconditional  bank
         guarantee for the stated amount by 18 September  1995, and a failure to
         provide the  security  will  entitle  the  Minister  to  terminate  the
         Concession  Contract  and the first  amendment  in full with  immediate
         effect.  In order to  secure  the  undertakings  in the third and ninth
         indent of this  Clause,  the  Concession  Company  shall  provide  good
         performance  guarantees  (bank  guarantee)  by 1  December  1995 in the
         amount of HUF 25,000,000  each, and a failure in the performance of the
         underlying  obligation  will  entitle  the  Ministry  to this amount as
         penalty  payment.  If the  service is taken over by 1 December  1995 or
         before, no bank guarantee securing the obligation detailed in the third
         indent has to be provided.

19.02    The Concession  Company  undertakes  that if it stops  providing  local
         public telephone  services  thereby  breaching this Contract during the
         term  hereof,  it shall  pay,  as a penalty  payment,  the costs of the
         temporary  maintenance  of the service and the costs of a new tendering
         process;  such penalty payment has been guaranteed by the winner of the
         Concession  Tender  in the  Concession  Agreement  (attached  hereto as
         Schedule "A").


                                   CHAPTER 20.

                                  Miscellaneous

20.01    Governing law

         This Contract  shall be  implemented  under and governed by the laws of
the Republic of Hungary.

20.02    Partial invalidity

         This  Contract  shall be considered to be invalid only to the extent of
         any invalid  provisions,  all other  provisions  hereof shall remain in
         force unchanged.

20.03    Language of this Contract

         This  Contract is made and  executed  by the  Parties in the  Hungarian
         language.  Any versions hereof prepared in another language shall serve
         exclusively for information purposes for foreign investors.

20.04    Schedules to this Contract

                  - Schedule "A":the  Concession  Agreement entered into between
                  the Winner of the Tender and the Minister;  - Schedule "B":the
                  table  containing  the  details of  specific  coverage  of the
                  Oroshaza  prime  area;  -  Schedule  "C":Service   development
                  requirements;  - Schedule  "D":Penalty  payments  payable upon
                  non-compliance  with  the  service  quality  requirements;   -
                  Schedule    "E":Technical    conditions   of   providing   non
                  concession-related   other   telecommunications   services;  -
                  Schedule  "F":the  winning Bid  submitted by the Winner of the
                  Tender; - Schedule  "G":Assignment and Transfer  Agreement;  -
                  Schedule  "H":Service  quality  requirements;  and -  Schedule
                  "I":The laws of specific importance for the purposes hereof.

20.05    Notices

         All notices and other  communications made or forwarded hereunder shall
         be made by letter, telefax or telex and - unless otherwise indicated by
         the Parties in writing - shall be sent to the  respective  addresses of
         the  Parties  stated  herein or to such other  address or person as the
         Parties  may state in writing.  All  notices  and other  communications
         hereunder shall be made in the Hungarian language.

         Such notices shall be sent to the following addresses:

                  For the Minister or KHVM
                  Kozlekedesi, Hirkozlesi es Vizugyi Miniszterium
                           1077 Budapest
                           Dob u.  75-81.
                  For the attention of: [             ]
                  Telefax: [            ]
                  Telex: [          ]

         For the Concession Company
                  [address                  ]
                  For the attention of: [                   ]
                  Telefax: [           ]
                  Telex: [          ]



                                [SIGNATURE LINES]


                                [END OF CONTRACT]
                                      43153


                                                                EXHIBIT 10.80

                    AMENDED AND RESTATED CONCESSION CONTRACT

        For providing local public telephone services in the Bekescsaba
                     prime area of the Republic of Hungary

This CONCESSION  CONTRACT (the "Contract") is made on 6 May 1994 and amended and
restated  as of June 3, 1996 by and  between the  MINISTER  For  TRANSPORTATION,
TELECOMMUNICATIONS  and WATER  MANAGEMENT  (the  "Minister")  acting  for and on
behalf of the Republic of Hungary and HUNGAROTEL  TAVKOZLESI RT. (1126 Budapest,
Kiralyhago  u2.)  as  LOCAL  CONCESSION  COMPANY  (the  "Concession  Company  or
Hungarotel") upon the terms and conditions herein provided.

                                    PREAMBLE

Pursuant to Act No. LXXII of 1992 on Telecommunication (the  "Telecommunications
Act"), Act No. XVI of 1991 on Concessions  ("the  Concessions  Act") and Act No.
LXII of 1993 (the "Frequency  Management  Act") the Minister has been authorized


The Concession Company was established pursuant to Act No. VI of 1988 as a joint
stock  company,  in which the  Hungarian  ownership  was in excess of 25% + 1 of
shares upon establishment.

The founders of the  Concession  Company are the Winners of the Tender issued by
the Minister for the Bekescsaba prime area Having won the Tender, HUNGAROTEL has
obtained the right to provide local public telephone  services in the Bekescsaba
prime area This fact has been set out by the  "Agreement"  between the  Minister
and the Winner of the Tender dated February 8, 1994 (attached hereto as Schedule
"A") All rights and obligations  set out by the  "Agreement"  have been assigned
and transferred by the bidder to the Concession  Company having been established
in the meantime.

Following  the  execution  hereof the  Concession  Company  shall be entitled to
provide local public  telephone  services in the Bekescsaba  prime area upon the
terms and conditions herein determined.



<PAGE>





                                      - 1 -

                                   CHAPTER 1.
                                 Interpretation

Words and phrases used herein shall have the following meaning:

"Basic  Technical  Plans"  means  all the plans  described  by  Decree  
No.  23/1993(IX.  9.) of the  Minister  for Transportation, Telecommunications 
and Water Management and in other rules connected therewith;

"Business   regulations"  means  the  publicly  available   regulations  of  the
Concession  Company,  which are provided to customers  before  entering into the
subscriber's contract, and which contain the general terms and conditions of the
proceedings and the contractual procedure of the Concession Company;

"Completion Date"  means the day of commencing local public telephone services,
 i.e. January 1, 1996;

"Decree on charges" means the Decree No.  30/1993(IX.23.)  of the Minister for
Transportation,  Telecommunications and Water Management on the fees and 
charges payable for public telephone services;

"Effective date"  means 6 May 1994 when rights and obligations under this 
Contract come into force;

"Financial  year" shall correspond to the calendar year The first financial year
of the Concession Company shall commence on 1 January 1995;

"Gross  returns  (income)"  means  the  pre-tax  profit  (excluding  VAT)  after
distribution of fees (settlement of the connection charges,  subject to traffic)
of the  Concession  Company,  originating  from  the  telephone  service  in the
Bekescsaba prime area, which is subject to the concession;

"Hired line" means the total of electric circuit sections  connecting  domestic,
or  international   and  domestic   service  access  points   (telecommunication
apparatus),  which only includes  transmission  paths, access points (interface)
and the  monitoring  access  points  and which  establishes  connection  without
directing signals (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 3);

"Hired line  service"  means the  telecommunications  service  through which the
operator passes on to another person the electric  circuit  sections  connecting
service access points for the purpose of  telecommunications  activity in return
for a fee (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 4);

"Local Concession" means the concession granted by the Minister, pursuant to the
provisions  of which local  public  telephone  services can be carried on in the
Bekescsaba  prime area of the  Republic of Hungary  for a period of  twenty-five
(25) years in such a manner,  that for the first  eight (8) years of such period
the Minister shall grant an exclusive  service right to the supplier (Section 4,
sub-section 3 and Section 39, sub-section 2 of the Telecommunications Act);

"Main line" means all lines in the public telecommunications  network, including
lines  established  via radio,  cable and fibre optics,  which  connect  service
access  points to  subscribers'  terminals  or to local  switchboards  (centres)
generating  profit thereby for the supplier (For the purposes hereof "Main line"
shall not include the service and other,  non-profitable  lines.)  Lines used at
the public telephone stations are considered as main lines;

"Minister"  means the Minister  appointed in accordance with the  constitutional
order of the Republic of Hungary  having been  authorized by Act No. LXXII or an
amendment  thereof  or an  amendment  replacing  it, to publish  the  Concession
Tender, to grant the Concessions and to exercise rights connected therewith;

"Ministry" or "KHVM"  means the Ministry of Transportation, Telecommunications
and Water Management;

"Network   connection   decree"  means  the   Government   Decree  No.
158/1993(XI.11.)on the connection of telecommunication networks,on the approval
of co-operation of such networks and on the subscribers' contracts;

"Prime area" means part of the public  telecommunications  network  within which
the use of the basic network is not  necessary  for the service  provided in the
framework of the subscriber's  contract for establishing  connection between two
service access points (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 16.);

"Public Telecommunications Network" means the entirety of service access points,
transmission  paths and  switching  devices  performing  the  connection of such
networks,  making it possible for anyone, under the same conditions,  wishing to
use  it,  to  make  a  sound  connection,  or  to  make  any  other  information
transmission  with  identical   characteristics  through  a  terminal  equipment
connected  to a service  access  point,  with the user of a  terminal  equipment
connected to another service access point (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule,
point 8.);

"Public Telephone Service" means that the provider of service ensures, in return
for a fee,  the  transmission  of human  speech  for the users  through a public
telecommunication  network In the framework of a public telephone  service,  the
provider of the service may provide international,  domestic and local telephone
service:

     a) local  telephone  service is a  telecommunications  service subject to a
concession contract, in which the provider of service enters into a subscriber's
contract with the user, for the local network or the primary area The concession
company  entitled to provide local  telephone  service must enter - reasonably -
into a network  contract for the services  specified in  paragraphs b) and c) as
well;

     b) domestic long-distance telephone service is a telecommunications service
subject  to a  concession  contract,  in  which  the  provider  of  service,  in
accordance  with the network  contract  entered  into with the user,  reaches an
agreement on the connection or attachment to the basic network;

     c) international telephone service is a telecommunications  service subject
to a  concession  contract,  in which  the  provider  ensures  connection  to an
international service access point;

"Telecommunications  Fund" means the state fund  regulated  in Section 36 of the
Telecommunications  Act,  which is operated  pursuant to Act XXI. of 1995 on the
Telecommunication  Fund and any  government  subsidy source which may substitute
the forgoing;

"Telecommunications  service"  means a business  activity  whereby the  supplier
carries on additional  public telephone service (subject to concession) or other
additional  telecommunications  service  falling within the scope of competition
for  another  person in return for a fee,  or  transfers  its network to another
person for this purpose (see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 25.);

"Telecommunications  Chief Inspectorate "HFF" means the Telecommunications Chief
Inspectorate  (or,as the text may  indicate,  the regional  bodies  thereof) the
duties and competence of which are regulated by Government Decree No.
142/1993(X. 13.);

"Telecommunications  supplier" means a legal entity, or an economic  association
without legal  personality  or a private  entrepreneur  which/who is entitled to
provide  telecommunications  services  for anybody  (another  supplier,  user or
subscriber),(see Telecommunications Act, Schedule, point 26.);

"Term of exclusivity"  means the time period  provided by 5.1 hereof  (including
the  possibility of its adjustment as set out in 15.5 hereof),  during which the
Concession  Company  shall  enjoy an  exclusive  right to provide  local  public
telephone services in the given prime area;

"Unified  subscriber's  registration"  means  the  alphabetical  list  of  legal
entities  and private  individuals  in the given prime area having  entered into
subscriber's  contracts with the Concession  Company,  a list which - subject to
the customer's  approval - may contain the telephone  number,  the address,  the
profession (scope of activities) of the customer,  the publication  thereof must
not infringe the customer's  personal rights,  and such list provides for access
to other  customers'  similar  details.  In all other  matters the Company shall
comply with the relevant provisions of any future legislation.

Words and phrases not defined herein shall be governed by the Telecommunications
Act and the relevant legal rules.


                                   CHAPTER 2.
                      The General purpose of this Contract

The general  purpose hereof is to entitle the Concession  Company to (i) provide
public telephone services falling under the Local Concession and (ii) to provide
additional services in connection therewith in accordance with the provisions of
the  Telecommunications  Act and the rules of execution  thereof The  Concession
Company shall comply with the provisions herein provided.


                                   CHAPTER 3.
                              The Local Concession

3.01     The scope of the Local Concession

         In accordance with this Contract and pursuant to the Local  Concession,
         the  Concession  Company  is  entitled  to  provide  telecommunications
         services in the  Bekescsaba  prime area Such services  shall be further
         detailed in sections 3.5 and 3.6 below.

3.02     Uninterrupted service

         The Concession Company shall provide local public telephone services in
         the Bekescsaba  prime area under at least the same conditions as at the
         time of commencing the service.

3.03     The term of the Local Concession

         The term of the  Local  Concession  shall be  twenty-five  (25)  years,
         expiring at 12.00 pm on 1 May 2019.

3.04     Extension of the term of the Local Concession

         The Minister may,  without  further  tendering,  extend the term of the
         Local Concession and the term hereof by an additional twelve and a half
         (12,5)  years,  provided  the  Concession  Company  submits  a  written
         proposal for such  extension not later than eighteen (18) months before
         the expiry of the initial term

         Prior to coming to a decision on such  extension,  the  Minister  shall
         require that professional and customers' interest protection bodies, as
         well as the relevant local  municipalities,  submit their  proposals in
         accordance with Section 4, sub-section 5 of the  Telecommunications Act
         The Minister  shall come to a decision on the  extension not later than
         nine  (9)  months  before  expiry  of the  initial  term  of the  Local
         Concession  Such  decision of the Minister  shall not be subject to the
         settlement procedure provided for by section 18.2 hereof.

         In its proposal,  the Concession Company shall undertake the payment of
         a further  concession  fee  announced  by the  Minister in advance,  in
         relation to the extension of the term of the Local Concession.

         When determining the concession fee for the extended term, the Minister
shall consider:

                  -the changes that having  taken place  recently; 
                  -the rate of inflation; 
                  -the amount of the initial concession fee; and
                  -whether   the   Concession   Company   has   applied  to  the
                    Telecommunications  Fund for financial  support,  and if so,
                    whether it has actually been granted any support.

                  When granting new  concessions  following  termination  of the
         Concession  Contract,  the Concession  Company shall enjoy preferential
         treatment, provided the other bidders offer equal conditions.

3.05     Additional services not relating to the concession

         Pursuant to the provisions of the Telecommunications Act and subject to
         the approval of the Minister  under Section 5 sub-section 4 and section
         20 sub-section 1 thereof,  the Concession  Company shall be entitled to
         carry on the following non concession-related activities:

                  a)    other telecommunications services;
                  b)    marketing, sale, maintenance and repair of products 
                           for telecommunications and information technology;
                  c)    computer application services;
                  d)    assessment and safety services;
                  e)    general engineering development activities;
                  f)    telecommunications research and experimental 
                           development;
                  g)    arranging investments and building maintenance, 
                           management and main contracting; and
                  h)    telecommunications training courses and other 
                           educational activities.

3.06     Pursuant to section 3.5/a above, the Concession Company hereby declares
         that, in accordance  with and based on Section 3,  sub-section 2 of the
         Telecommunications  Act,  it  intends  to  carry on the  following  non
         concession-related, other telecommunications activities:

          -SZJ 09521 Telegraph and data  transmitting
          -SZJ 095211 Forwarding telegraphs  
          -SZJ 095212 Forwarding telexes  
          -SZJ 095213 Data transmission  
          -SZJ 095214 Telecopying  (Telefaxes) 
          -SZJ 09522  Telephone services   
          -SZJ 095221 Managing telephone communications 
          -SZJ 095222 Sub-operator  services 
          -SZJ 095223 Special purpose telephone services
          -SZJ 095224 Mobile telecommunications services (other
                  than national public mobile radio telephone services).

                  According    to   Section   20,    sub-section    1   of   the
         Telecommunications  Act, the Concession  Company may commence the above
         listed  activities  from the day of  execution  hereof (The  Concession
         Company  shall  obtain  further  licenses  as  required  by Section 19,
         sub-section  4 of  the  Telecommunications  Act.)  The  terms  of  such
         licenses shall be determined therein and the withdrawal or cancellation
         of such licenses  shall not - necessarily - be subject to the existence
         of the concession rights.

         Should the Concession  Company intend to provide  program  distribution
         via  cable  network,   it  shall  obtain  all  the  necessary  licenses
         (operational and technical) accordingly.

         The  technical  provisions  of the  activities  shall be  contained  by
         Schedule "E" hereof.The  Minister shall  authorize HFF to supervise the
         compliance with the terms and conditions of all licenses.


                                   CHAPTER 4.
                               The Concession fee

4.01     The Concession fee

         The Concession fee shall comprise:
                  (a)  The  one  time  concession  fee  shall  be the sum of HUF
                  756,000,000,  which has been paid by the Concession Company on
                  November 8, 1995. (b) A concession fee payable  annually;  the
                  basis of  calculation  of which shall be the gross income of a
                  given  year  of the  Bekescsaba  prime  area  realized  by the
                  Concession  Company The  Concession  Company shall pay 2.3% of
                  its gross annual income.

                  The  annual  concession  fee  shall be paid by the  Concession
         Company on the basis of the  Assignment  and Transfer  Agreement in the
         manner described in section 2.2 of the Concession  Agreement  (Schedule
         "A" hereto).


                                   CHAPTER 5.
           Exclusive right to provide local public telephone services

5.01     The extent and term of the Concession Company's exclusive right to 
         supply

         Pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof the  Concession  Company  shall be
         granted an exclusive right to carry on providing local public telephone
         services  falling under the Local  Concession  for eight (8) years from
         the Completion Date, but not later than 12.00 pm on 1 November 2002.

5.02     Shortening the term of exclusivity

         The  Minister  may  shorten  the term of the  exclusivity  of the Local
         Concession only pursuant to section 15.5 hereof.


                                   CHAPTER 6.
   Obligations of the Concession Company originating in its concessions right
                       to provide local telephone services

6.01     Rules of public telephone services

         The  Concession  Company shall  provide  public  telephone  services in
         accordance  herewith,  and in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
         Telecommunications  Act and the  decrees of  execution  thereof  Unless
         there is  legislation  to the contrary,  the  Concession  Company shall
         provide for equal treatment to customers in equal  positions,  it shall
         not  discriminate  either for or against  anybody  in  relation  to the
         conditions and the fees for providing public telephone services.

6.02     Requirements of annual development

         The Concession Company shall comply with the annual service development
         requirements  set  out  in  Schedule  "C"  hereto,  provided  there  is
         satisfactory  solvent  customers'  demand  for  new  lines  Should  the
         Concession Company fail to comply with the development  requirements in
         any calendar year despite the existence of solvent  customers'  demand,
         the  Concession  Company shall pay a penalty  payment in the manner set
         out in Schedule "D" hereto, to the Telecommunications Fund The basis of
         the development  requirements  shall be the coverage (10.3/100 persons)
         existing on 31 December 1993 If the coverage of the given prime area is
         less than the national  coverage  (being 14.57 lines for 100 persons on
         31 December 1993), the Concession  Company shall achieve by 31 December
         1998 the national coverage and the annual development of 15.5% based on
         the national  coverage  (provided there is a solvent  customers' demand
         for such  development)  and the data  included  in Annex  "C"  shall be
         amended  according  to  these  rules  Following  31  December  1998 the
         Concession   Company  shall  maintain  the  normal  annual  development
         requirements  (being  an  annual  15,5%),  provided  there  is  solvent
         customers'  demand  Should the  coverage  of the given prime area be in
         excess of the national  coverage,  the  development  obligation  of the
         Concession  Company  shall be an annual  15,5% in the first 6 years set
         out in the Tender  Documentation,  provided there is solvent customers'
         demand in connection therewith.

6.03     Fulfillment of customers' demand

         In  addition  to  achieving  the  development  requirements  set out in
         section 6.2 above, the Concession Company shall, in prime areas covered
         by the Local  Concession,  fulfil  90% of the total  customers'  demand
         within 6 months from the  application  therefore after 30 June 1998 and
         an additional 8% of the total  customers'  demand within 12 months from
         the application.

         For the purposes of calculation of the percentage  contained herein, if
         a customer  enters into a  preliminary  Subscriber's  Contract with the
         Concession Company, it shall be deemed as customers' demand.

         The Concession Company shall provide for the latest technology covering
         its whole service area.

6.04     Provisions for prohibited activities

         The Concession  Company shall not be obliged to provide any services if
         it can be proven that such provision  would  contradict or infringe the
         provisions of the Telecommunications Act, the decrees for the execution
         thereof or any  authorizations or licenses  necessary for providing any
         telecommunications services.

6.05     Temporary suspension of the service

         The public telephone service (save for the events of force majeure) may
         only be  temporarily  suspended  with the prior written  consent of the
         Minister and the prior  written  notification  to the  customers in due
         course;  such suspension  shall not include the term of any,  otherwise
         non-recoverable,  technical problems or maintenance; the length of such
         temporary  suspension  which shall not exceed 72 hours The service may,
         temporarily,  be suspended or restricted in a manner specified in laws,
         for the purposes of protection of national defence, economic and public
         safety (including  anti-terrorism and drug-trafficking) of the Republic
         of Hungary.

6.06     Co-operation in the state of national emergency

         The Concession Company shall, in accordance with the laws,  participate
         in the preparation and  implementation of the action plan governing the
         procedure  for  national  emergencies  under  the  instructions  of the
         Minister and other relevant  ministers,  and it shall  co-operate  with
         other  telecommunications  suppliers and network operators In the event
         of a national  emergency  or war,  and in the  interest  of  protecting
         public safety,  the Concession Company shall act in accordance with the
         laws and under the  instructions  of the  Minister  and the  Government
         Should the Concession  Company suffer  significant  damage or loss as a
         consequence  of such action,  it may,  within one (1) year of suffering
         such  damage  or loss,  request  indemnification  in  writing  from the
         Minister The Minister  shall  reasonably  appraise the  indemnification
         application of the Concession Company within 30 days.

         Enforcement of interests of national defence and national safety

                  a) The Concession  Company shall provide for the protection of
                  interests  of  national  defence,   national  safety  and  the
                  Government in its service area in accordance with the relevant
                  laws,  Government and  ministerial  decrees via closed circuit
                  networks and by enabling the telecommunications to be used for
                  the purposes of national  defence The duties of the Concession
                  Company  relating  thereto  shall  be set out in its  Business
                  Regulations.

                  b) The Concession  Company's  participation in the preparation
                  of certain duties of national defence shall be governed by the
                  Act on National  Defence and by contracts  entered into by the
                  Concession  Company  with  the  Minister  and  other  relevant
                  authorities respectively.

                  c) The  Concession  Company  may  only  change  the  ownership
                  structure and  interconnection  services of the closed circuit
                  networks operating in its service area with the consent of the
                  owner of the network.

                  d) The Concession Company shall comply with the laws governing
                  national  defence and safety when carrying on its registration
                  and data processing duties.

                  e) The  Concession  Company  agrees that it shall  provide the
                  technical  conditions  for competent  authorities  to control,
                  within the framework of relevant laws (as from time to time in
                  force), the sound or other communications of certain customers
                  The  possibility of control shall cover the whole service area
                  determined   hereby,  it  shall  also  cover  each  subscriber
                  category and each type of service  provided by the  Concession
                  Company Detailed  regulation of such control shall be governed
                  by an agreement.

                  f) The  Concession  Company  agrees  that it  shall  carry  on
                  certain part of its  activities in accordance  with a separate
                  ministerial  decree regulating the operation of closed circuit
                  networks, normally on a contractual basis.

                  g)  For  services   provided  in  accordance   with  the  laws
                  regulating  the  protection  of  international   and  national
                  defence  interests,  the  Concession  Company  may  apply  for
                  reimbursement  of the actual costs of such activities from the
                  Minister;  such  application  shall be decided  upon within 30
                  days.

6.07     The Subscriber's Contract and connection of the terminal equipment

         Pursuant  to  provisions   of  Government   decrees  and  the  Business
         Regulations  of  the  Concession   Company  as  approved  by  HFF,  the
         Concession Company shall enter into individual  Subscriber's Contracts,
         on the  basis of which it shall  provide  access  points  suitable  for
         connection to the public telephone network In the circumstances set out
         by the  Telecommunications  Act  and  the  decrees  for  the  execution
         thereof,  the  Concession  Company  may  refuse  to  enter  into or may
         terminate the Subscriber's Contract The Concession Company shall enable
         customers to connect  their  terminal  equipment  (the type of which is
         subject to HFF's approval) to the access points of the public telephone
         network.

6.08     Service quality requirements

         The Concession Company shall fulfil the minimal quality requirements as
         set out by Schedule "H" hereto  according to the action plan If, due to
         certain  events  which could not have been  envisaged or avoided by the
         Concession   Company,  it  fails  to  fulfil  its  contractual  quality
         obligations,  the Concession Company shall follow the procedure set out
         by Schedule "D" hereto.

6.09     Co-operation with other telecommunications suppliers

         In order that the public telephone network operates  effectively and in
         order to ensure  connectability  of other  networks and  services,  the
         Concession  Company  shall  co-operate  with  the  National  Concession
         Company upon conditions provided by law and shall, following the expiry
         of the exclusivity  period,  co-operate  with other  telecommunications
         suppliers,  provided  they are not  connected  via the  network  of the
         National  Concession  Company  Such  co-operation  shall be governed by
         Sections 16 to 18 of the  Telecommunications  Act and by the provisions
         of  Government  Decree  No.  158/1993(XI.  11.)  on the  connection  of
         telecommunications  networks and on the  licensing of the  co-operation
         thereof.

6.10     General requirements of customers' supply

         a)       General requirements

                  Pursuant to the  provisions of the laws,  the Basic  Technical
         Plans  and the  Business  Regulations,  the  Concession  Company  shall
         establish  and  operate  an  effective   customers'  enquiries  service
         enabling  customers,  users and  subscribers  to enquire in relation to
         application,  instalment,  services,  billing,  telephone registers and
         other similar matters The Concession  Company shall not,  unlawfully or
         unreasonably  differentiate  for or against any group of subscribers or
         users in connection with the customers' enquiries activity.

         The    Concession    Company    shall    connect   via   an   interface
(Telecommunications Act, Sections 16 to 18) to:

         -the National Operation Supporting System ("OSS");  -the supervision of
         networks;  -the National System Supporting Centre ("NRK") -the National
         Enquiries; and -the telephone card coding and distribution system.

                  During  preparation of its technical  development  plans,  the
         Concession  Company shall only apply standards approved in Europe or in
         Hungary.

                  b)       Minimum requirements

                  During the term of exclusivity determined in Chapter 5 hereof,
         in the prime  areas  covered by the Local  Concession,  the  Concession
         Company shall fulfil the following minimum requirements:

                                    (i) To  ensure  the  availability  of  local
                           help-lines - with one and the same connection  number
                           as elsewhere  in the country - from all  subscribers'
                           and public  telephone  stations,  free of charge This
                           service shall be  established  within eight months of
                           the  Completion  Date but at  latest  by 1  September
                           1996.

                                    (ii) To issue a printed telephone  directory
                           in the prime area  covered  by the Local  Concession,
                           containing  the name of each  subscriber in the area,
                           save those  expressly  requesting not to be listed In
                           its  standard  form the  directory  shall  contain at
                           least the name,  address,  connection  number of each
                           subscriber of the area; furthermore the dialling code
                           of the countries and the regions The  directories  of
                           the    Concession    Company    may   also    contain
                           advertisements   The  Concession  Company  shall  not
                           charge  subscribers  for publishing  their details in
                           the standard  form  directory A reasonable  price for
                           the telephone directory may be charged to subscribers
                           In order to set up a  unified  system  of  customers'
                           details  registration,  the Concession  Company shall
                           co-operate   with  the   National   and  other  Local
                           Concession   Companies   In  addition  to  a  unified
                           registration  of customers in its own prime area, the
                           Concession   Company  may  issue  its  own  telephone
                           directory.

                                    (iii) To set up an enquiries service whereby
                           information can be obtained on the telephone  numbers
                           of subscribers  of the area,  the Concession  Company
                           may charge a reasonable fee for the enquiries service
                           subject to the Minister's approval.

                                    (iv)  To  set  up   other  -   domestic   or
                           international  - enquiries  service for the operators
                           of other telecommunications networks for a reasonable
                           fee, in accordance with relevant legislation.

6.11     Public telephone stations

         The Concession Company undertakes:

         -to  instal  one  public  telephone  station  for each 250  people in a
         manner,  that it shall instal at least one public telephone  station in
         each of the  villages of the prime  area;  -to instal 50% of the public
         telephone  stations in a way that it is suitable  for  hearing-impaired
         persons; -to provide for text service for hearing-impaired  people; -to
         instal 2% of the public telephone stations in a manner that is suitable
         for  disabled  people;  and -that at least 1 out of 4 installed  public
         telephone stations shall operate with phonecards.

6.12     Confidentiality of information on subscribers

         The  Concession   Company  shall  prepare  a  procedure  for  effective
         protection of maintaining both the business secrets obtained during its
         activity, and the personal data of subscribers and it shall comply with
         such  procedure  in  relation  to any  information  obtained As to data
         protection and maintaining  information,  the Concession  Company shall
         act   in   accordance   with   Section   24,   sub-section   5  of  the
         Telecommunications Act.

6.13     Requirements of registration and providing information

         The Concession  Company shall (i) maintain a registration  suitable for
         controlling  compliance herewith,  with the  Telecommunications Act and
         other laws; (ii) be prepared for reasonable  investigations;  and (iii)
         provide  information in accordance with the Minister's  instructions on
         such  activities  Unless the  Minister  otherwise  requires  within the
         framework of legislation , data provided by the Concession Company save
         for confidential  information,  (eg. relating to the business or to the
         ownership  structure and  commercial  information),  should be publicly
         available.

6.14     Accounting requirements

         By 31 December 1996, the Concession  Company shall,  in accordance with
         the Hungarian accounting principles, prepare and submit to the Minister
         its accounting principles for accounting for the investments, costs and
         revenues The accounting principles shall be prepared in such a way that
         details of  investments,  costs and  revenues  of the public  telephone
         service and other  activities of the Concession  Company,  i.e. product
         manufacturing,  marketing  and the trade of equipment can be registered
         separately  The  Minister  shall  issue  its  opinion  on the  proposed
         accounting  principles within three (3) months of submission Should the
         Minister  refuse to accept the submitted  proposal,  it may require the
         Concession Company to submit an acceptable  proposal for its accounting
         principles  within  twelve (12) months from the  effective  date of the
         first amendment to the Concession  Contract.  However, the one (1) year
         deadline  provided  for  herein  shall  not  mean  deviation  from  the
         deadlines  provided for by the Accounting  Act; the  provisions  herein
         contained shall be complied with in addition to those of the Accounting
         Act.

6.15     Obligation to enter into an agreement for handing over existing 
         networks of assets

         By  December  31,  1995,  the  Concession  Company  shall enter into an
         agreement with the National  Concession  Company  (predecessor of which
         was: MATAV) on handing over the material tangible and intangible assets
         (hereinafter:  "the local assets") necessary for providing local public
         telephone  services in a given prime area Upon  handing  over  (putting
         into use, proprietorship or ownership), as the Minister has declared it
         as being a generally applicable  principle - the local assets,  neither
         party shall realize any profit The parties shall, upon handing over the
         local assets, determine the prices and/or values thereof reasonably The
         Concession  Company shall deem the value  published in the Tender to be
         the basis for evaluation It is the Concession Company that shall decide
         as to what  assets  it finds  necessary  from the  offered  assets  for
         providing public telephone  services The agreement  entered between the
         Parties  shall  contain a provision  according to which the  Concession
         Company  shall  offer  employment  for  (appr.) 62  persons  previously
         employed  in the  Bekescsaba  prime  area  by the  National  Concession
         Company If the Concession  Company and the National  Concession Company
         fail to achieve an agreement  within three (3) months of the  Effective
         Date  hereof  in  relation  to the value of the  local  assets  and the
         employees to be transferred, the Concession Company shall submit to the
         decision of an independent  appraisal expert company Unless the parties
         agree on the appraisal  within two (2) weeks,  the  appraiser  shall be
         appointed  by the  Minister  The  opinion of the  appraiser  - provided
         within 10 weeks - on the price of handing  over the local  assets or on
         the value  thereof  shall be accepted  to be binding by the  Concession
         Company The Minister  undertakes that the concession  contract  entered
         with the  National  Concession  Company duly  contains  the  provisions
         regulating the procedure by the appraisal including, unless there is an
         agreement between the parties, a provision that the National Concession
         Company shall accept the appraisal's opinion as binding.

6.16     Business regulations

         The Concession Company shall prepare and submit to HFF for approval its
         Business  Regulations  no later  than 60 days prior to  commencing  the
         service.

6.17     If, on the basis of proper authorizations and approved plans, there was
         an investment made or commenced on the  establishment of a public local
         telephone  network in the given prime area,  the  Concession  Company -
         under an agreement to be made pursuant to point 6.15 above - shall take
         over each and every cost, prepayment of credits and interest,  provided
         the agreement requires it to do so.


                                   CHAPTER 7.
                                 Interconnection

7.01     Cost of the connection interface and instalment of equipment relating 
         thereto

         In this respect the provisions of Government Decree  No.158/1993
         (XI.11.) on the connection of telecommunications networks, the 
         licensing of  co-operation thereof and on the network contracts shall 
         apply.

7.02     Information obligation relating the technical details of the network

         The Concession  Company shall provide  technical  information to HFF on
         its  public   telephone   network   relevant   for  the   purposes   of
         interconnection, in accordance with legal requirements.

7.03     The Concession Company's right to connect to the networks of other 
         public telecommunications suppliers

         During the initial (8 year) term of the Concession  Company's exclusive
         service right, it may only use the basic telecommunications  network of
         the  National  Concession  Company in order to  connect to other  prime
         areas.

7.04     Requirement of unification of telephone-centres

         The Concession Company shall submit to the Minister its action plan for
         the   necessary   development   of  the  already   existing   telephone
         switchboards  (centres)  and it shall ensure that such  development  be
         suitable for the settlement of suppliers of public  telephone  services
         The Minister  shall,  towards all other  suppliers of public  telephone
         services - including, following the expiry of the exclusive supply, any
         other suppliers  having been granted a concession - achieve the minimum
         requirement of the concession companies of using switchboards  suitable
         for  accounting  settlement of suppliers  immediately  in the case of a
         newly obtained  switchboard,  and within  eighteen (18) months from the
         Completion   Date   hereof  in  the  case  of  the   already   existing
         switchboards.  If the data necessary for the precise  determination  of
         income-distribution  as  required  by  the  Decree  on  Prices  is  not
         available,  the  Concession  Company  shall  agree to such  data  being
         determined by way of reasonable estimation The Minister declared in the
         Concession Contract concluded with the National Concession Company that
         in respect of the revenue  sharing it obliges the  National  Concession
         Company to the same  procedure  and to the  conclusion  of an agreement
         based on this procedure The Concession  Company agrees that, during the
         eight (8) year term of  exclusivity,  it may connect to other suppliers
         only through the network of the National Concession Company

         In addition to the  obligations  contained by section 6.02 hereof,  the
         Concession  Company  shall  prepare  a  3  year  development  plan  for
         switchboards;  such plan shall be  forwarded to the Minister by 31 July
         1996.  From  then on the  Concession  Company  shall  submit  an annual
         development plan in this respect.

7.05     Provision of a suitable basic network

         The Concession Company shall be provided with a suitable basic network
         pursuant to relevant legislation, i.e. Government Decree No.158/1993
         (XI11.) and Sections 7 and 16 to 18 of Act No. LXXII of 1992.


                                   CHAPTER 8.
                               Special provisions

8.01     The prohibition of abusing the monopoly position

         The  Concession  Company  shall not use its  position  obtained  in the
         Bekescsaba  prime  area for  providing  public  telephone  services  to
         achieve  unfair  advantages in the market for  telecommunications,  non
         telecommunications-related     market    and    on    product-marketing
         Anti-competitive pricing (eg. dumping prices) is prohibited.

8.02     The prohibition of cross-financing

         The  Concession  Company  shall not use income  generated by its public
         telephone  services to support its non  concession-related  activities,
         nor its computing technology and product marketing activities.

         The  prohibition of  cross-financing,  however,  shall not apply if the
         same bidder is granted the  concession in more prime areas for which it
         establishes  one  Concession  Company In this case and in  relation  to
         public  telephone  services  the  Concession  Company  may  use  income
         generated by public telephone services in one prime area to finance the
         public  telephone  service  of the other  area This point 8.2 shall not
         prevent the  Concession  Company from using its  after-tax  profit from
         public  telephone  services  to  improve  its  non   concession-related
         telecommunications services.

8.03     The obligation of equal treatment

         The  Concession  Company  shall not  discriminate  between,  and cannot
         provide unfair  advantages  for, any  authorized  operator of networks,
         telecommunications suppliers or subscribers, including companies in its
         partial ownership or in which it has any other interest.

8.04     Prohibition of tying arrangements upon trading the terminal equipment

         The  Concession  Company  may  only  sell  terminal  equipment  to  its
         subscribers  if (a) it does  not  tie  the  purchase  or  lease  of the
         terminal  equipment with the provision of public telephone services and
         (b) the price of such  equipment  is not included in the charge for any
         public telephone services.

8.05     Implementation of anti-monopoly rules for other concession companies

         The  Minister  undertakes  that it  shall  impose  anti-monopoly  rules
         identical to those contained  herein to all other  suppliers  providing
         public local telephone services under a concession.

8.06     The requirement of equal conditions

         Following the expiry of the term of exclusivity, the Concession Company
         shall not discriminate  between nor shall it provide unfair  advantages
         for any other authorized network operator,  telecommunications supplier
         or subscriber,  including companies in which the Concession Company has
         a participation or other interest.

8.07     The  Concession  Company shall consider that in its area there might be
         existing  closed  circuit  networks  or parts  thereof  The  duties  in
         relation  therewith  shall be subject to  agreement  with the owners of
         such networks.

                                   CHAPTER 9.
                     Rights and obligations of the Minister

9.01     Exclusive right to supply

         During  the  term  set out in  Chapter  5 hereof  (and  save for  those
         described in section 15.5) the Minister shall not,  without the consent
         of the Concession Company, grant a concession-related services right in
         respect of the area and the services covered by the Local Concession.

9.02     Fair and impartial treatment

         The Minister  undertakes that it shall provide a treatment  towards the
         Concession    Company   as   fair   and   equal   as   towards    other
         telecommunications suppliers and network operators; furthermore, should
         the need  arise,  the  Minister  shall  make the  concession  contracts
         entered with the National  Concession Company and/or other suppliers of
         telecommunication  services  available  to the  Concession  Company The
         Concession  Company  shall submit to these  provisions  should the need
         arise.

9.03     Requirement of procedures to be clear and easily understood

         The Minister  undertakes  that, in its legislative  and  administrative
         procedures in relation to the rights, obligations and activities of the
         Concession  Company  hereunder,   as  well  as  in  the  procedures  in
         connection  herewith  and  in the  procedures  of  KHVM  and  HFF,  the
         principle that  procedures be clear and easily  understood  shall apply
         and that all such procedures shall be fair and impartial.

9.04     Granting authorizations/licenses

         The Minister  undertakes that, it shall support the Concession  Company
         in order that it be given all  licenses,  consents  and  authorizations
         necessary for the fulfillment of its obligations  hereunder  within the
         shortest possible period of time.

9.05     Significant amendment of decrees regulating the concession-related 
         activities

         The  Minister   endeavors  not  to  amend  the  provisions   (having  a
         significant  impact for the activity of the Concession  Company) of the
         Decree  on  Prices,  the  Decree  on  connecting   networks  and  other
         telecommunications  decrees  within eight (8) years from the  Effective
         Date hereof in a manner that would cause a significantly adverse change
         in the position of the Concession Company Such decrees shall not impose
         disproportional obligations on the supplier and the proposed amendments
         shall be made  available  to the supplier by the Minister in due course
         The time period prior to a proposed  amendment  coming into force shall
         be long enough for the supplier to make the preparatory arrangements in
         time.


                                   CHAPTER 10.
                                Approval of fees

The provisions of the Decree No.  30/1993(XI23.) of the Minister of
Transportation, Telecommunications and Water Management shall be governing 
in this respect.

The  Concession  Company shall publish  charges not determined by legislation in
its Business Regulations.


                                   CHAPTER 11.
                            Use of radio frequencies

The frequencies and frequency zones necessary for the public telephone  services
to be provided by the  Concession  Company  shall be provided by HFF pursuant to
the provisions of Act No. LXII of 1993 on Frequency Management.


                                   CHAPTER 12.
                           Authorizations and licenses

The Concession Company shall obtain the licenses necessary for its operation 
(i.e.radio-license, construction-license, equipment-license etc.) in accordance
with the Telecommunications Act and other relevant laws.


                                   CHAPTER 13.
                   The use of Hungarian products and services

13.01    Requirements in respect of Hungarian products and services

         The  Concession  Company  shall,  for the purpose of  providing  public
         telephone services,  use products and services of Hungarian origin when
         such Hungarian products or services are relatively equally available to
         non-Hungarian  products or  services  in regard to  quality,  technical
         capability,  price and delivery The Concession  Company undertakes that
         from  the  effective  date of the  first  amendment  to the  Concession
         Contract,  not less than 25% of the total value of  products  purchased
         and services provided for the purposes of the public telephone service,
         and  following 1 January  1998,  not less than 50% of the  products and
         services  shall be  fulfilled  with  products and services of Hungarian
         origin, if such products and services of Hungarian origin have at least
         the same  technical  capability  and price,  as those of  non-Hungarian
         origin.

         A product  shall be deemed to be of Hungarian  origin if (i) either 25%
         of the total value thereof was produced in Hungary or (ii) proof can be
         given that due to the manufacturing  process having been carried out in
         Hungary,  the added value of such product increased by 25%;  inspection
         by HFF on  behalf  of the  Minister  to  ensure  compliance  with  such
         provision may be carried out at any time.

         The Minister undertakes that it shall impose the obligations  contained
         herein in relation to the use of Hungarian products and services on all
         other suppliers of public  telephone  services.  The Parties agree that
         they  will  apply  the  provisions  of the Act No. XL of 1995 on Public
         Procurements  only in case of  utilizing/recorsing  state  subsidies in
         accordance  with the basic  principles  of the above  mentioned  Act on
         using budget sources.

13.02    Obligation of penalty payment

         The Concession Company shall, by 31 March of each calendar year prepare
         a report on the previous calendar year providing  detailed  information
         on the compliance with the  obligations  under 13.1 hereof in the given
         calendar year by the Concession  Company Should the Concession  Company
         fail to comply with its  obligations  under 13.1 hereof in any calendar
         year,  it shall pay a penalty  payment to the  Telecommunications  Fund
         equal to 0,1% of its  annual  investments  of the  given  year for each
         percentage point by which it failed to fulfil its obligation.


                                   CHAPTER 14.
      The prohibition on transfer of the concession right and change in the
                              ownership structure

14.01    The prohibition of transfer of the concession right

         Without  the prior  written  consent of the  Minister,  the  Concession
         Company shall not assign and transfer its  concession  right to provide
         local public telephone services, nor shall it establish any mortgage on
         the same or allow any other encumbrances to be established  thereon and
         it shall not contribute it into another company's assets.

14.02    Restrictions of the transfer of and the encumbrances on the assets of 
         the Concession Company

         When transferring any of its assets or permitting encumbrances thereon,
         or by any other contractual  obligations,  the Concession Company shall
         not put  itself in a position  whereby it becomes  unable to fulfil its
         obligations under the Local Concession.

14.03    Change in the ownership structure of the Concession Company

         Pursuant to the provisions hereof, the substantial  shareholders of the
         Concession  Company at the time of the execution of the first amendment
         to the Concession  Contract or the control over such shareholding shall
         not be changed by share transfer  without the prior written  consent of
         the Minister.

         The  change  in the  ownership  structure  shall be deemed to have been
         significant  if it  concerns  more  than  10%  of  the  shares  of  the
         Concession Company; such restrictions shall also apply if the transfers
         of shares  following  one  another  reaches 10% The  Minister  may only
         refuse to  consent  to the  change  in the  ownership  structure  (i.e.
         transfer  of  shares)  if it has  concluded  that as a  result  of such
         change,  the  Concession  Company  will  become  unable to  fulfil  its
         obligations under the Local Concession either  financially,  legally or
         professionally.

         The parties hereby note that the Winner of the Tender has complied with
         the  above  provisions  in the  Deed of  Foundation  of the  Concession
         Company being a party hereto.

         The restrictions  herein contained shall not apply if the shares of the
         Concession  Company are  transferred  into a  creditor's  ownership  as
         security  for a credit  (loan)  agreement  provided by a lender  (bank,
         financial institution) for financing a project or a bond issue arranged
         by a bank  (financial  institution)  Following  such  transactions  the
         restrictions  herein  contained  shall be  binding  upon the new owners
         (lender, creditor) Should the Concession Company obtain a credit in the
         above  manner,  it shall  report  it to the  Minister  within  five (5)
         working days.

         The  above  restrictions  shall  also  apply  if  the  total  value  of
         individual  transfers is in excess of 10% If at least 15% of the shares
         of the  Concession  Company  have been  transferred,  the  Minister may
         execute an amendment  hereof The  restrictions  shall also apply if the
         total value of individual transfers is in excess of 15%.

14.04    Control of the Hungarian participation

         The Concession Company shall continuously control whether its ownership
         structure is in compliance with the provisions of the Tender Should the
         Concession  Company  become  aware of any change in the  ownership,  it
         shall  notify  the  Ministry  On the basis of an  authorization  by the
         Minister, HFF shall be, at all times, entitled to inspect the ownership
         structure Should either the Concession Company or the Telecommunication
         Chief  Inspectorate  become  aware of a change  in the  ownership  as a
         result of which the  Concession  Company will no longer comply with the
         conditions  of  Hungarian  ownership  provided  in clause  14.05 of the
         Concession  Contract,  the  Minister  shall,  with a 3  month  deadline
         period,  demand  that the  Concession  Company  restore  its  ownership
         structure as set out in clause 14.05 If the Concession  Company is late
         with such  notice,  the period of such delay shall be included in the 3
         month period by the Minister Non- compliance with the Minister's demand
         within the  deadline  provided  shall give  grounds to the Minister for
         termination  of the  Contract  (The  tender  documentation  shall be an
         integral part hereof.)

14.05    Without any prior consent of the Minister, the shareholdings owned by
          the Hungarian shareholders of the Company may be as follows:

                  a)       for the three month  period from taking over the 
                  service,  0%,  which means that during this period of time 
                  the foreign shareholding can be 100%;

                  b) for a seven  year  period  from the  effective  date of the
                  first  amendment  to  the  present  Contract,   the  Hungarian
                  ownership  may be  reduced  to 10%  provided  that the Deed of
                  Foundation  of the  Company is changed to the effect that when
                  the Company Act requires the affirmative  vote of seventy-five
                  percent  (75%) of the  outstanding  shares  of the  Concession
                  Company  to  approve  action  proposed  to  be  taken  by  the
                  Concession  Company,   then  for  so  long  as  the  Hungarian
                  ownership  of shares of the  Company  is between  ten  percent
                  (10%) and twenty-five  percent (25%) of the outstanding shares
                  of the Concession Company, the affirmative vote of such number
                  of the  outstanding  shares of the  Concession  Company as may
                  equal one hundred percent (100%) less such Hungarian ownership
                  percentage,  plus one share  shall be  required to approve the
                  action proposed to be taken by the Concession  Company; c) for
                  a seven  year  period  from the  effective  date of the  first
                  amendment of the present Contract,  Hungarian ownership may be
                  reduced  to 1%  provided  that  within  two  years  from  such
                  reduction  of Hungarian  ownership,  the  Hungarian  ownership
                  provided in Clause 14.05 b) is restored.

                  After the expiry of the seven year period of time  detailed in
         subclauses  b) and c) the  25%+1  share  Hungarian  ownership  must  be
         restored,  or until  this time  25%+1  share of the  capital  should be
         issued on the Budapest  Stock  Exchange as registered  voting shares by
         the way of public offering A failure to meet any of these  requirements
         constitutes  a major breach of the  Concession  Contract  except if the
         Concession  Company  proves  that  despite  its acting in a  reasonable
         manner the  restoration  of Hungarian  ownership or the issuing was not
         successful  If so,  the  Concession  Company  is  obliged  to  submit a
         proposal to the Minister and initiate a solution The Minister shall not
         refuse such an initiation.

                  Two out of every five members of the Board of  Directors  must
         be Hungarian citizens;  if there are only three members of the Board of
         Directors, then only one member must be a Hungarian citizen One-half of
         the members of the  Supervisory  Board must be Hungarian  citizens;  if
         there are only three members of the  Supervisory  Board,  then only one
         member must be a Hungarian citizen."


                                   CHAPTER 15.
                   Amendment and termination of this Contract

15.01    Amendment of this Contract with the Parties' agreement

         In  accordance  with legal  requirements  the  Parties  may, by written
         agreement, amend this Contract.

15.02    One-sided amendment hereof by the Minister

         The  Parties  may amend  this  Contract  subject  to the other  party's
         consent The Minister  shall be entitled to one-sided  amendment  hereof
         for the  purposes  of consumer  protection  or in  accordance  with its
         international  obligations  undertaken in the  meantime,  in accordance
         with Section 14 of the Concession Act and complying with the settlement
         procedure  provided  for by  section  18.2  hereof  This  right  of the
         Minister,  however, shall not impose disproportional obligations on the
         supplier  The supplier  shall be informed of any proposed  amendment in
         due course by the Minister The time period prior to an amendment coming
         into force  shall be long enough for the  supplier to make  preparatory
         arrangements  and such  amendments  cannot  cause an adverse  financial
         change in the position of the concession's  beneficiary (see Section 14
         of Act No. XVI of 1991.).

15.03    Termination

         Upon  expiry  of the  initial  term  and any  extended  term set out in
         Chapter 3 hereof,  this  Contract  shall  automatically  terminate  The
         Parties may, with mutual  consent,  terminate this Contract at any time
         The  termination  hereof shall mean the  termination  of the concession
         right as well.

15.04    Termination of the Local Concession

         Possessing  conclusive  evidence  -  determined  by the  minutes of the
         settlement procedure provided for by section 18.2 hereof - the Minister
         may terminate  the Local  Concession in respect of all services or of a
         given  geographic  area  or in  respect  of a  given  service  and of a
         geographic area in any of the following cases:

          a)  the  Concession  Company  abuses,   customarily  and  deliberately
          the provisions  hereof  including  rules set out by Chapter 8 hereto 
          - relating  the abuse/misuse  of  monopoly  position - and fails to
          comply  with the  Minister's notice  within  a  reasonable  deadline;
          b)  the bankruptcy procedure  of the Concession Company has been
           initiated;
          c) a  procedure  has  begun  for the liquidation of the Concession 
          Company or the Concession Company makes a general assignment for the
          benefit of creditors.

15.05    Shortening the term of exclusive service rights

         If the  Concession  Company  fails to  fulfil  the  annual  development
         requirements set out in section 6.2 hereof,  in addition to the penalty
         payment  provided  for by section  6.2 and  Schedule  "C"  hereto,  and
         following the  settlement  procedure  according to section 18.2 hereof,
         the Minister may shorten the term of exclusive  service right by twenty
         (20) days for each percentage point by which the Concession  Company is
         behind the annual development requirement concerning the main lines. If
         the Concession Company is behind the annual development requirements by
         less  than  1%,  the  term of the  exclusive  service  rights  shall be
         shortened proportionally to this extent.

15.06    Rules of distribution of assets

         Should the Local  Concession  be  terminated  for  whatever  reason and
         thereby the Concession  Company is no longer  authorized or licensed to
         provided  local  public  telephone   services  under  concession,   the
         shareholders  of the Concession  Company shall terminate the Concession
         Company in accordance  with the  provisions on the final  settlement of
         Act No. VI of 1988 on economic associations.

15.07    Termination of radio-licenses

         Should  any  of  the  services  provided  by  radio   telecommunication
         equipment   described  herein   terminate  for  whatever  reason,   the
         authorization  in relation to radio licenses - granted for the purposes
         of the concession activities - shall automatically terminate.

15.08    Obligation to provide service following termination

         The Concession Company shall provide the services determined herein for
         twelve  (12)  months  following  termination  hereof  or  -  if  a  new
         concession  is  granted  earlier  -  until  the  date of  granting  new
         concessions  The  Parties  shall  enter  into a separate  agreement  to
         regulate the conditions of providing such services.

         The  obligation  to supply shall cease on the day when the new supplier
         commences to provide local public telephone services.


                                   CHAPTER 16.
                                  Force majeure

In the case of failure by the Concession  Company to comply with its obligations
hereunder,  the  Concession  Company shall not be liable to the extent and for a
period of war  initiated  with or without  an  ultimatum;  a civilian  uprising;
terrorists' acts; strikes;  natural catastrophes;  a fire, an explosion or state
of emergency or any other facts of similar  nature  which,  under the Civil Code
make it impossible - and NOT being due to the failure by the Concession  Company
- - to fulfil such  obligations or  prevent/obstruct  the fulfillment  Should such
events cause damage to the telecommunications network operated by the Concession
Company,  it shall  arrange for the network to be repaired and  re-installed  in
accordance  with the action plan  approved  by the  Minister  Such  obligations,
however,  shall only bind the  Concession  Company if it is granted direct state
support or if it may implement reasonable changes in its billing/charging rates.


                                   CHAPTER 17.
       The collective employment agreement and other contracts relevant to
                           the employees' employment

The  Concession  Company  shall  comply  with the  terms and  conditions  of the
collective  employment agreement and other relevant employment contracts entered
into by the predecessor of the National Concession Company with the employees of
the given prime area For a period of eight (8) years  following  the coming into
force of the Agreement the Concession Company shall not propose any amendment of
such contracts which would adversely affect the employees' rights.

Upon transfer of employees the Parties shall act in accordance with the rules of
the settlement procedure as set out in section 6.15 hereof.

For the purposes of employment issues the Concession  Company shall be the legal
successor of the predecessor of National  Concession  Company (MATAV Rt.) On the
basis thereof the Concession Company shall undertake, for at least 12 months, to
comply with:

      -     the programme  indicating  the  improvement  of employment - 
            efficiency as worked out by MATAV Rt. and its trade union (Matasz);
      -     the existing network of social benefits;
      -     the long-term  support of employees'insurance under a contract 
            between MATAV and the Social Insurance Fund of Telecommunications 
            employees;
      -     earlier employment contracts; and
      -     until  the  execution  of a  new  collective  employment
            agreement,  but in any case, for not less than 12 months, with
            the  terms  of  the  currently   existing   MATAV   Collective
            Employment Agreement.


                                   CHAPTER 18.
                      Settlement of disputes and interests

18.01    Settlement

         The Parties  shall settle all disputes and claims  arising out of or in
         connection with this Contract by direct negotiations.

18.02    The right to settlement

         The Minister  shall carry on with the  settlement  procedure  described
         herein  prior to any action  relating to a change in the  fees/charges,
         the termination or amendment hereof, the fixing of penalty payments and
         any payments  payable to the  customers or any other action which would
         adversely  affect  the  position  of the  Concession  Company  In  this
         procedure the Minister shall notify the  Concession  Company in writing
         (a) of the  reasons of any  proposed  action and the  claimed  material
         breach  hereof;  (b)  of the  evidence  at the  Minister's  disposal  -
         providing  grounds for the  proposed  action - together  with any other
         statements establishing the fact of a material breach hereof Thereafter
         the  Concession  Company  shall  be  given  the  opportunity  to make a
         statement either in writing or by a verbal declaration,  it may provide
         additional  proof and may  review  and  comment  on the  arguments  and
         evidence  brought  against  it The  Minister  shall  proceed  with  the
         settlement procedure promptly and - unless extraordinary  circumstances
         occur - come to a decision  within six (6)  months of  delivery  of its
         written notice thereof In the case of an extraordinarily  comprehensive
         matter the  Minister may extend the  procedure  by a further  three (3)
         months The Minister undertakes that is shall justify such a decision.


                                   CHAPTER 19.
                 Specific obligations of the Concession Company

19.01    The Concession Company undertakes:

         -to pay HUF 756,000,000  one time  concession fee,  pursuant to section
         4.1 of this  Concession  Contract;  -to pay  2.3% of its  gross  annual
         income as an annually payable concession fee pursuant to section 4.1 of
         this  Concession  Contract;  -to take over the local  public  telephone
         services in the  Bekescsaba  prime area from MATAV Rt. by December  31,
         1995.  -to further  employ the employees of MATAV Rt. in the Bekescsaba
         prime area with the same conditions for 8 years from the date of taking
         over the service;  -to charge subscribers a maximum amount,  allowed by
         the laws in effect from time to time,  which amount will consist of the
         entrance  fee as  determined  by law from  time to time in force  and a
         charge  payable  pursuant to the civil law agreement  entered into with
         subscribers,  however all the  contributions  paid by subscribers by 31
         August 1995 shall not be changed and it shall have no further  claim in
         this regard;  -that  Hungarian  ownership shall conform to the relevant
         laws and the text of the first amendment to the Concession Contract and
         Minister's   special   requirements;   -not  to  charge   the   monthly
         subscribers' fee for local municipalities in the Bekescsaba prime area,
         and to provide each local municipality with 2 terminal  equipments free
         of  charge;  -to pay a sum  equal to 10 times  the  local  occupational
         excise tax pursuant to the laws regulating  local taxation;  -to fulfil
         the demands of the waiting list by 30 June 1998; -to install one public
         telephone station for each 250 people in a manner, that it shall instal
         at least one public  telephone  station in each of the  villages of the
         prime area;  -to instal 50% of the public  telephone  stations in a way
         that it is suitable for hearing-impaired persons (having loudspeakers);
         -to provide for text service for  hearing-impaired  people; -that 1 out
         of every 4 public  telephones  installed  in one place shall be a text-
         telephone  (hospitals,  schools,  museums,  etc.); -to instal 2% of the
         public telephone  stations in a manner that it is suitable for disabled
         people;  -that 1 out of 4 installed  public  telephone  stations  shall
         operate  with  phonecards;  -it  shall  ensure a  control  of 3% of the
         telephones installed for local municipalities,  i.e. the municipalities
         may decide  which  telephones  should be  installed  by the  Concession
         Company free of connection charge.

                  The Parties  hereby agree that  obligations  of the Bid Winner
         and of the Concession  Company herein not detailed shall be governed by
         the  proposed bid for the  Concession  of the Winner of the Tender with
         the condition that,  following the logic of the first amendment of this
         Concession  Contract,  the  deadlines  and certain  other terms will be
         changed.

                  In order to secure  the  payment  obligation  detailed  in the
         first indent of this Clause, the Company shall provide an unconditional
         bank  guarantee  for the  stated  amount by 18  September  1995,  and a
         failure to provide the security  will entitle the Minister to terminate
         the Concession  Contract and the first amendment in full with immediate
         effect.

                  In order to  secure  the  undertakings  in the third and ninth
         indent of this  Clause,  the  Concession  company  shall  provide  good
         performance  guarantees  (bank  guarantee)  by 1  December  1995 in the
         amount of HUF 25,000,000  each, and a failure in the performance of the
         underlying  obligation  will  entitle  the  Ministry  to this amount as
         penalty  payment If the  service  is taken  over by 1 December  1995 or
         before, no bank guarantee securing the obligation detailed in the third
         indent has to be provided.

19.02    The Concession  Company  undertakes  that if it stops  providing  local
         public telephone  services  thereby  breaching this Contract during the
         term  hereof,  it shall  pay,  as a penalty  payment,  the costs of the
         temporary  maintenance  of the service and the costs of a new tendering
         process;  such penalty payment has been guaranteed by the winner of the
         Concession  Tender  in the  Concession  Agreement  (attached  hereto as
         Schedule "A").


                                   CHAPTER 20.
                                  Miscellaneous

20.01    Governing law

         This Contract  shall be  implemented  under and governed by the laws of
         the Republic of Hungary.

20.02    Partial invalidity

         This  Contract  shall be considered to be invalid only to the extent of
         any invalid  provisions,  all other  provisions  hereof shall remain in
         force unchanged.

20.03    Language of this Contract

         This  Contract is made and  executed  by the  Parties in the  Hungarian
         language Any versions hereof  prepared in another  language shall serve
         exclusively for information purposes for foreign investors.

20.04    Schedules to this Contract

         -Schedule  "A":the  Concession  Agreement  entered  into between the 
          Winner of the Tender and the Minister;

         -Schedule  "B":the table  containing  the details of specific
          coverage of the  Bekescsaba  prime area;

         -Schedule "C":Service development requirements;

         -Schedule   "D":Penalty payments payable upon non-compliance with the 
          service quality requirements;

         -Schedule "E":Technical  conditions of providing non concession-related
          other telecommunications services;

         -Schedule "F":the winning Bid submitted by the Winner of the Tender;

         -Schedule "G":Assignment and Transfer Agreement;

         -Schedule "H":Service quality requirements; and

         -Schedule "I":The laws of specific importance for the purposes hereof.

20.05    Notices

         All notices and other  communications made or forwarded hereunder shall
         be made by letter, telefax or telex and - unless otherwise indicated by
         the Parties in writing - shall be sent to the  respective  addresses of
         the  Parties  stated  herein or to such other  address or person as the
         Parties  may state in  writing  All  notices  and other  communications
         hereunder shall be made in the Hungarian language

         Such notices shall be sent to the following addresses:


                                [SIGNATURE LINES]

                                [END OF CONTRACT]

43128



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission